Cassapa

PL10 01 R A
POLARIS 10 SERIES
Hydraulic Gear Pumps and Motors
PRESSURE
Max. continuous 3770 psi (260 bar)
Replaces edition: 10.1995
Max. intermittent 4060 psi (280 bar)

Max. peak 4350 psi (300 bar)
DISPLACEMENT SPEED
3 3
From 0.06 in /rev (1 cm /rev) Min. speed 650 rpm
3 3
To 0.60 in /rev (9,9 cm /rev) Max. speed 4000 rpm
POLARIS 10 gear pumps and motors meet a wide range of mobile and industrial applications. SAE and EUROPEAN
mounting flanges and rear covers are available in both cast iron and aluminum for reduced weight. The extruded aluminum
body houses single piece gear, journal, shaft assemblies with a pressure balancing system that provides the highest
volumetric and overall efficiencies available. Exceptionally large bearings make possible longer life at high pressure. A
complete range of drive shafts in spline, parallel keyed, and tapered versions to meet all SAE, and EUROPEAN standards.
Pump
Max. Max. (2) Motor
POLARIS POLARIS Theoretical Min. (1) flow (3) Approx. (5)
(1) continuous torque (4)
pump motor displacement speed @ 1800 rpm weight
speed pressure p 1 @ 100 psi
size size @ p1
in 3 /rev cm 3 /rev rpm rpm psi bar US gpm lbf in kg lb
PLP 10-1 PLM 10-1 0.06 1 650 4000 3770 260 0.46 0.84 1.40 3.09
PLP 10-1,5 (6) PLM 10-1,5 (6) 0.09 1.5 650 4000 3770 260 0.69 1.26 1.45 3.20
PLP 10-2 PLM 10-2 0.12 2 650 4000 3770 260 0.92 1.68 1.50 3.31
POLARIS 10
PLP 10-2,5 (6) PLM 10-2,5 (6) 0.15 2.5 650 4000 3770 260 1.15 2.10 1.52 3.35
PLP 10-3,15 PLM 10-3,15 0.19 3.1 650 4000 3770 260 1.42 2.60 1.54 3.40
PLP 10-4 PLM 10-4 0.24 4 650 4000 3625 250 1.84 3.35 1.58 3.48
Edition: 01.1998
PLP 10-5 PLM 10-5 0.30 4.9 650 4000 3625 250 2.25 4.10 1.65 3.64
PLP 10-5,8 (7) PLM 10-5,8 (7) 0.35 5.8 650 3500 3300 230 2.67 4.86 1.70 3.75
PLP 10-6,3 PLM 10-6,3 0.38 6.2 650 3500 3300 230 2.85 5.20 1.73 3.81
PLP 10-8 PLM 10-8 0.48 7.9 650 3500 2610 180 3.69 6.62 1.80 3.97
PLP 10-10 PLM 10-10 0.60 9.9 650 3500 2030 140 4.64 8.30 1.90 4.19
(1) Minimum speeds can be reduced, maximum speeds can be increased. For specific operating conditions consult CASAPPA tech-
nical dept. for recommendations and approval.
(2) Significantly higher intermittent pressures are allowed. Consult catalog or contact CASAPPA technical dept.
(3) Flow shown is minimum allowed for production pump at rated pressure with 10 wt oil at 110° Fahrenheit and can be used to cal-
culate minimum volumetric efficiency under these conditions.
(4) Indicated torque is obtained by considering the average mechanical efficiency.
(5) Weight shown is for pump and motor with cast iron end-covers. There is a weight reduction for aluminum covers.
(6) Available only for single units with shaft code 81.
(7) Available only for single units with shafts code 81 and 86.
Please contact your CASAPPA distributor for further assistance.
Polaris 10
SHAFT OPTIONS
SAE "A-A" STRAIGHT 30 SAE STRAIGHT 36

Mounting flange availability: Mounting flange availability:
S0 R9 R8 B1 K2 R8 R9 W9
Dimensions refer to flange code S0 Dimensions refer to flange code R8
SAE "A-A" SPLINE 02 STRAIGHT 29

R9 R8 B1 K2 E8 E1 E7
Dimensions refer to flange code R9 Dimensions refer to flange code E8
D033-001/10.95
EUROPEAN TAPERED 1:8 81 EUROPEAN TAPERED 1:8 86
E1 E7 E1 E8
Dimensions refer to flange code E1 Dimensions refer to flange code E7
2 002
Polaris 10
MOUNTING FLANGE OPTIONS
SAE "A-A" 2 BOLT S0 SAE "A-A" 2-4 BOLT R9
SAE 2 BOLT W9 SAE 2-4 BOLT R8

D033-001/10.95
002 3
Polaris 10
EUROPEAN RECTANGULAR E1 EUROPEAN RECTANGULAR E7
EUROPEAN RECTANGULAR E8 THROUGH 2 BOLTS (32 mm pilot) B1
D033-001/10.95
THROUGH 4 BOLTS (32 mm pilot) K2
4 002
Polaris 10
PORT OPTIONS
SAE STRAIGHT THREAD PORTS O-RING BOSS
B C D
NOMINAL
CODE
SIZE
A mm mm mm
(in) (in) (in)
21 0,5 14
03 (•) 1/4 7/16-20 UNF-2B
(0.827) (0.020) (0.551)
26 0,5 15
OA (•) 3/8 9/16-18 UNF-2B
Replaces: D033-001/10.95
(1.024) (0.020) (0.591)

32 0,5 15
OB 1/2 3/4-16 UNF-2B
(1.260) (0.020) (0.591)
35 0,5 17
OC 5/8 7/8-14 UNF-2B
(1.378) (0.020) (0.669)
BSPP STRAIGHT THREAD PORTS
B
NOMINAL
CODE
SIZE
A mm
(in)
11
GA (•) 1/8 G 1/8
(0.433)
14
GC 3/8 G 3/8
(0.551)
14
GD 1/2 G 1/2
(0.551)
GERMAN 4 BOLT FLANGE
A B C
D033-001/01.98
CODE
mm mm Thread
(in) (in) Depth mm (in)
8 30 M 6
BA (0.315) (1.181) 12 (0.472)
13 30 M 6
BB (0.512) (1.181) 12 (0.472)
(•): Drain ports options.
002 5
Polaris 10
SIDE PORTS PUMPS AND MOTORS DIMENSIONS
Unidirectional and bidirectional rotation with internal drain
Replaces: D033-001/10.95
Bidirectional rotation with external drain
Connecting shaft
MAX. TORQUE 30 Nm
(266 lbf in)
REAR DRAIN
SIDE DRAIN
Drain port position

L= Side
= Bottom
Note:
X Dimension: see mounting flanges
at pages 3 and 4.
Z Dimension: see ports options at
page 5. D033-001/01.98
Pump Motor A (*) B C D E F

size size
mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in)
PLP 10-1 PLM 10-1 51,7 (2.035) 17,6 (0.693) 29,6 (1.165) 34,1 (1.343) 65,2 (2.567) 32,6 (1.283)
PLP 10-1,5 PLM 10-1,5 53,3 (2.098) 18,4 (0.724) 66,8 (2.630) 33,4 (1.315)
PLP 10-2 PLM 10-2 54,9 (2.161) 19,2 (0.756) 31,2 (1.228) 35,7 (1.406) 68,4 (2.693) 34,2 (1.346)
PLP 10-2,5 PLM 10-2,5 56,5 (2.224) 20 (0.787) 70 (2.756) 35 (1.378)
PLP 10-3,15 PLM 10-3,15 58,5 (2.303) 21 (0.827) 33 (1.299) 37,5 (1.476) 72 (2.835) 36 (1.417)
PLP 10-4 PLM 10-4 61,3 (2.413) 22,4 (0.882) 34,4 (1.354) 38,9 (1.531) 74,8 (2.945) 37,4 (1.472)
PLP 10-5 PLM 10-5 64,5 (2.539) 24 (0.945) 36 (1.417) 40,5 (1.594) 78 (3.071) 39 (1.535)
PLP 10-5,8 PLM 10-5,8 67,1 (2.642) 25,3 (0.996) 80,6 (3.173) 40,3 (1.587)
PLP 10-6,3 PLM 10-6,3 68,5 (2.697) 26 (1.024) 38 (1.496) 42,5 (1.673) 82 (3.228) 41 (1.614)
PLP 10-8 PLM 10-8 74 (2.913) 28,8 (1.134) 40,8 (1.606) 45,2 (1.780) 87,5 (3.445) 43,8 (1.724)
PLP 10-10 PLM 10-10 80,5 (3.169) 32 (1.260) 44 (1.732) 48,5 (1.909) 94 (3.701) 47 (1.850)
(*) For bidirectional rotation with internal drain pumps and motors, A dimension is replaced by E dimension.
6 002
Polaris 10
REAR PORTS PUMPS AND MOTORS DIMENSIONS

Replaces: D033-001/10.95
REAR DRAIN
SIDE DRAIN
Drain port position

= Bottom
Note:
at pages 3 and 4.
D033-001/01.98
page 5.
Pump Motor A B
size size
mm (in) mm (in)
PLP 10-1 PLM 10-1 65,2 (2.567) 50,2 (1.976)
PLP 10-1,5 PLM 10-1,5 66,8 (2.630) 51,8 (2.039)
PLP 10-2 PLM 10-2 68,4 (2.693) 53,4 (2.102)
PLP 10-2,5 PLM 10-2,5 70 (2.756) 55 (2.165)
PLP 10-3,15 PLM 10-3,15 72 (2.835) 57 (2.244)
PLP 10-4 PLM 10-4 74,8 (2.945) 59,8 (2.354)
PLP 10-5 PLM 10-5 78 (3.071) 63 (2.480)
PLP 10-5,8 PLM 10-5,8 80,6 (3.173) 65,6 (2.583)
PLP 10-6,3 PLM 10-6,3 82 (3.228) 67 (2.638)
PLP 10-8 PLM 10-8 87,5 (3.445) 72,5 (2.854)
PLP 10-10 PLM 10-10 94 (3.701) 79 (3.110)
002 7
Polaris 10
MAX. PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE FIXED SETTING
VPEF 35
Valve type:
VPEF:Fixed setting valve with external drain Fixed setting pressure value [bar]:
VPIF:Fixed setting valve with internal drain (see table below)
FIXED SETTING PRESSURE VALUE
bar 17 35 44 50 80 100 120 125 140 150 160 175 190 210 250 280 300 330 350
psi 247 508 638 725 1160 1450 1740 1813 2030 2175 2320 2538 2755 3045 3625 4060 4350 4785 5075
VPEF
VPIF
D033-001/10.95
Note:
Pump Motor A B C
size size X Dimension: see mounting flanges
mm (in) mm (in) mm (in)
at page 3 and 4.
PLP 10-1 PLM 10-1 65,2 (2.567) 17,6 (0.693) 50,2 (1.976)
PLP 10-1,5 PLM 10-1,5 66,8 (2.630) 18,4 (0.724) 51,8 (2.039)
PLP 10-2 PLM 10-2 68,4 (2.693) 19,2 (0.756) 53,4 (2.102)
PLP 10-2,5 PLM 10-2,5 70 (2.756) 20 (0.787) 55 (2.165)
PLP 10-3,15 PLM 10-3,15 72 (2.835) 21 (0.827) 57 (2.244)
PLP 10-4 PLM 10-4 74,8 (2.945) 22,4 (0.882) 59,8 (2.354)
PLP 10-5 PLM 10-5 78 (3.071) 24 (0.945) 63 (2.480)
PLP 10-5,8 PLM 10-5,8 80,6 (3.173) 25,3 (0.996) 65,6 (2.583)
PLP 10-6,3 PLM 10-6,3 82 (3.228) 26 (1.024) 67 (2.638)
PLP 10-8 PLM 10-8 87,5 (3.445) 28,8 (1.134) 72,5 (2.854)
PLP 10-10 PLM 10-10 94 (3.701) 32 (1.260) 79 (3.110)
8 002
Polaris 10
MAX. PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE ADJUSTABLE SETTING
VPER / TS
Valve type:
VPER:Adjustable setting valve with external drain Pressure range code:
VPIR:Adjustable setting valve with internal drain (see table below)
SETTING PRESSURE RANGE
Code bar psi

Replaces: D033-001/10.95
TV 20 ÷ 75 290 ÷ 1090
TS 75 ÷ 220 1090 ÷ 3190
VPER
VPIR
D033-001/01.98
Pump Motor A B C Note: For X dimension see moun-

size size ting flanges at page 3 and 4.
PLP 10-1 PLM 10-1 65,2 (2.567) 17,6 (0.693) 50,2 (1.976)
PLP 10-1,5 PLM 10-1,5 66,8 (2.630) 18,4 (0.724) 51,8 (2.039)
PLP 10-2 PLM 10-2 68,4 (2.693) 19,2 (0.756) 53,4 (2.102)
PLP 10-2,5 PLM 10-2,5 70 (2.756) 20 (0.787) 55 (2.165)
PLP 10-3,15 PLM 10-3,15 72 (2.835) 21 (0.827) 57 (2.244)
PLP 10-4 PLM 10-4 74,8 (2.945) 22,4 (0.882) 59,8 (2.354)
PLP 10-5 PLM 10-5 78 (3.071) 24 (0.945) 63 (2.480)
PLP 10-5,8 PLM 10-5,8 80,6 (3.173) 25,3 (0.996) 65,6 (2.583)
PLP 10-6,3 PLM 10-6,3 82 (3.228) 26 (1.024) 67 (2.638)
PLP 10-8 PLM 10-8 87,5 (3.445) 28,8 (1.134) 72,5 (2.854)
PLP 10-10 PLM 10-10 94 (3.701) 32 (1.260) 79 (3.110)
002 9
Polaris 10
HOW TO ORDER SINGLE PUMPS AND MOTORS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
PLP 10-2 S 0 – 30 S0 – L OB/OA – N – EL – L OA –
12 13
H – VPER ...
Replaces: D033-001/10.95
1 Size PUMP MOTOR CODE Inlet/outlet ports 7
in3/rev cm3/rev CODE CODE SAE STRAIGHT THREAD PORTS O-RING BOSS
0.06 1 PLP 10-1 PLM 10-1 Side ports Rear ports Series and size
0.09 1.5 PLP 10-1,5 PLM 10-1,5 OB/OA OB/OA PLP 10 1 - 1,5 - 2 - 2,5 - 3,15
0.12 2 PLP 10-2 PLM 10-2 OA/OB OA/OB PLM 10 4 - 5 - 5,8 - 6,3
0.15 2.5 PLP 10-2,5 PLM 10-2,5 OC/OB OB/OB PLP 10
8 - 10
0.19 3.1 PLP 10-3,15 PLM 10-3,15 OB/OC OB/OB PLM 10
0.24 4 PLP 10-4 PLM 10-4 BSPP STRAIGHT THREAD PORTS
0.30 4.9 PLP 10-5 PLM 10-5 Side ports Rear ports Series and size
0.35 5.8 PLP 10-5,8 PLM 10-5,8 PLP 10 1 - 1,5 - 2 - 2,5
GC/GC GC/GC
0.38 6.2 PLP 10-6,3 PLM 10-6,3 PLM 10 3,15 - 4
0.48 7.9 PLP 10-8 PLM 10-8 PLP 10
GD/GD GD/GD 5 - 5,8 - 6,3 - 8 - 10
0.60 9.9 PLP 10-10 PLM 10-10 PLM 10
Side ports Rear ports Series and size
2 Rotation CODE
BB/BA PLP 10 1 - 1,5 - 2 - 2,5 - 3,15
Left S BA/BB PLM 10 4 - 5 - 5,8 - 6,3 - 8 - 10
Right D
Reversible rear external drain R
Reversible side external drain L CODE Seals 8
Reversible internal drain B N Buna (standard)
V Viton
3 Version CODE
No outboard bearing 0 CODE Cover options 9
With outboard bearing (only W9 flange) 1 EL Aluminum mounting flange and rear cover
Cast iron mounting flange and aluminum
L rear cover
4 Drive shaft CODE
SAE "A-A" straight 30 CODE Drain port positions 10
SAE straight 36
L Side
SAE "A-A" spline
Straight
02
29 Bottom
European tapered 1:8 81
European tapered 1:8 86 CODE Drain ports 11 D033-001/01.98
5 Mounting flange CODE 03 7/16-20 UNF-2B
SAE "A-A" 2 bolt S0 OA 9/16-18 UNF-2B
SAE "A-A" 2-4 bolt R9 BSPP STRAIGHT THREAD PORTS
SAE 2 bolt W9 GA G 1/8
SAE 2-4 bolt R8
European rectangular
E1
CODE Shaft seal options 12
(25,4 mm pilot, 52x72 mm bolt pattern) C High back pressure seal with wiper seal
European rectangular D Standard seal with wiper seal
(30 mm pilot, 56x73 mm bolt pattern) E7
H High back pressure seal
E8
(30 mm pilot, 52x72 mm bolt pattern)
Through 2 bolt
B1
CODE Max. pressure relief valve 13
(32 mm pilot, 42x42 mm bolt pattern) VPEF ... Fixed setting with external drain
Through 4 bolt VPIF ... Fixed setting with internal drain
(32 mm pilot, 42x42 mm bolt pattern) K2
VPER ... Adjustable setting with external drain
VPIR ... Adjustable setting with internal drain
6 Ports position CODE
Side L
Rear P
10 002
Polaris 10
HOW TO ORDER MULTIPLE PUMPS
DOUBLE PUMPS
1 2 3 4 5 1 4 5 6 7 8
PLP 10-2 – 30 S0 – L OB/OA / 10-2 – L OB/OA – S – N – EL

Front section Rear section
1 Pump size CODE Inlet/outlet ports 5

CODE
in3/rev cm3/rev SAE STRAIGHT THREAD PORTS O-RING BOSS
0.06 1 PLP 10-1 Side ports Pump size
0.09 1.5 PLP 10-1,5 1 - 1,5 - 2 - 2,5 - 3,15
OB/OA PLP 10
0.12 2 PLP 10-2 4 - 5 - 5,8 - 6,3
0.15 2.5 PLP 10-2,5 OC/OB PLP 10 8 - 10
0.19 3.1 PLP 10-3,15 BSPP STRAIGHT THREAD PORTS
0.24 4 PLP 10-4 Side ports Series and size
0.30 4.9 PLP 10-5 GC/GC PLP 10 1 - 1,5 - 2 - 2,5 - 3,15 - 4
0.35 5.8 PLP 10-5,8 GD/GD PLP 10 5 - 5,8 - 6,3 - 8 - 10
0.38 6.2 PLP 10-6,3 GERMAN 4 BOLT FLANGE
0.48 7.9 PLP 10-8 Side ports Pump size
0.60 9.9 PLP 10-10 1 - 1,5 - 2 - 2,5 - 3,15
BB/BA PLP 10
4 - 5 - 5,8 - 6,3 - 8 - 10
2 Drive shaft CODE
SAE "A-A" straight 30 CODE Rotation 6
SAE straight 36 S Left
SAE "A-A" spline 02 D Right
Straight 29
86
CODE Seals 7
European tapered 1:8
N Buna (standard)
V Viton
3 Mounting flange CODE
SAE "A-A" 2 bolt S0
SAE "A-A" 2-4 bolt R9
CODE Cover options 8
SAE 2 bolt W9 EL Aluminum mounting flange and rear cover
R8 Cast iron mounting flange and aluminum
SAE 2-4 bolt L rear cover
(25,4 mm pilot, 52x72 mm bolt pattern) E1
D033-001/10.95

Through 2 bolt
(32 mm pilot, 42x42 mm bolt pattern) B1
Through 4 bolt
(32 mm pilot, 42x42 mm bolt pattern) K2

Side L
Rear P
TRIPLE PUMPS
1 2 3 4 5 1 4 5 1 4 5 6 7 8
PLP10-2 – 30 S0 – L OB/OA / 10-2 – L OB/OA / 10-2 – L OB/OA – S – N – EL

Front section Intermediate section Rear sections
002 11
PL20 02 R A
POLARIS 20 SERIES
PRESSURE

DISPLACEMENT SPEED
3 3
From 0.29 in /rev (4,8 cm /rev) Min. speed 500 rpm
3 3
mounting flanges and rear covers are available in both cast iron and aluminum for reduced weight. The extruded aluminum
body houses single piece gear, journal, shaft assemblies with a pressure balancing system that provides the highest
volumetric and overall efficiencies available. Exceptionally large bearings make possible the most complete range of drive
shafts in spline, parallel keyed, and tapered versions to meet all SAE, DIN, and EUROPEAN standards.
Pump
Max. (2) Motor
POLARIS POLARIS Theoretical Min. (1) Max. (1) flow (3) Approx. (5)
continuous torque (4)
pump motor displacement speed speed @ 1800 rpm weight
pressure p 1 @ 100 psi
size size @ p1
PLP 20-4 PLM 20-4 0.29 4.8 600 4000 4060 280 2.14 4.03 3.80 8.38
PLP 20-6,3 PLM 20-6,3 0.39 6.5 600 4000 4060 280 2.90 5.45 3.85 8.48
PLP 20-8 PLM 20-8 0.50 8.3 600 3500 4060 280 3.75 6.96 3.90 8.60
POLARIS 20
PLP 20-9 PLM 20-9 0.55 9 600 3500 4060 270 4.06 7.52 3.98 8.78
PLP 20-11,2 PLM 20-11,2 0.67 11.1 600 3500 3900 270 5.01 9.31 4.05 8.93
Edition: 02.1998
PLP 20-14 PLM 20-14 0.87 14.4 500 3500 3770 260 6.61 12.08 4.15 9.15
PLP 20-16 PLM 20-16 1.01 16.6 500 3000 3625 250 7.67 13.92 4.30 9.48
PLP 20-20 PLM 20-20 1.27 20.8 500 3000 2900 200 9.61 17.44 4.45 9.81
PLP 20-25 PLM 20-25 1.58 26 500 2500 2465 170 11.8 21.80 4.70 10.36
PLP 20-31,5 PLM 20-31,5 1.99 32.6 500 2000 1855 130 15.11 27.34 4.90 10.80
(5) Weight shown is for standard pump and motor with cast iron end-covers. There is a weight reduction for aluminum covers.
Polaris 20
SHAFT OPTIONS
SAE "A" STRAIGHT (5/8"dia) 31 STRAIGHT (3/4"dia 2" lenght) 49

S1 S2 S1 S2
Dimensions refer to flange code S1 Dimensions refer to flange code S1
Replaces: D033-001/02.96
SAE "B" STRAIGHT 32
Not available with size: STRAIGHT (3/4"dia) 50
20-4 20-8 20-9 20-11,2 Mounting flange availability:
Mounting flange availability: S1 S2
S1 S2 S5 Dimensions refer to flange code S1
Dimensions refer to flange code S5
D033-001/02.98
SAE "A" SPLINE (9 T) 03 SAE SPLINE (11 T) 07

S1 S2 S1 S2
2 001
Polaris 20
SHAFT OPTIONS
SAE "B" SPLINE (13 T) 04 DIN 5482 SPLINE 12

Not available with size: Not available with size:
20-4 20-8 20-9 20-9 20-31,5
S1 S2 S5 S1 S2 B2 B4 B5 E2
Dimensions refer to flange code S5 Dimensions refer to flange code B2
Replaces: D033-001/02.96
GERMAN TAPERED 1:5 54

Not available with size:
EUROPEAN TAPERED 1:8 82 20-9 20-31,5
S1 S2 E2 B2 B4 B5
Dimensions refer to flange code E2 Dimensions refer to flange code B4 and B5
D033-001/02.98
EUROPEAN STRAIGHT 46 TANG 95

20-9 20-25 20-31,5 20-9 20-31,5
E2 B6
Dimensions refer to flange code E2 Dimensions refer to flange code B6
001 3
Polaris 20
SAE "A" 2 BOLT S1 SAE "A" 2 BOLT S2
Replaces: D033-001/12.94
SAE "B" 2 BOLT S5 EUROPEAN RECTANGULAR E2
D033-001/02.96
GERMAN RECTANGULAR B2 THROUGH 2 BOLT (50 mm pilot) B4
4 001
Polaris 20
THROUGH 2 BOLT (50 mm pilot) B5 THROUGH 4 BOLT (52 mm pilot) B6

Replaces: D033-001/02.96
PORT OPTIONS
B C
NOMINAL
CODE
SIZE
A mm mm
(in) (in)
21 12
03 (•) 1/4 7/16-20 UNF-2B
(0.827) (0.472)
26 12
OA (•) 3/8 9/16-18 UNF-2B
(1.024) (0.472)
34 17
OC 5/8 7/8-14 UNF-2B
(1.339) (0.669)
41 20
OD 3/4 1-1/16-12 UNF-2B
(1.614) (0.787)
B
NOMINAL
D033-001/02.98
CODE
SIZE
A mm
(in)
12
GB (•) 1/4 G 1/4
(0.472)
17
GD 1/2 G 1/2
(0.669)
18
GE 3/4 G 3/4
(0.709)
METRIC THREAD PORTS
B
NOMINAL
CODE
SIZE
A mm
(in)
12
TA (•) 1/8 M 10x1
(0.472)
001 5
Polaris 20
PORT OPTIONS
METRIC SAE SPLIT PORTS SAE J518 C (STANDARD PRESSURE SERIES)
A B C D
NOMINAL
CODE
SIZE mm mm mm Thread
(in) (in) (in) Depth mm (in)
12,7 38,1 17,48 M 8
MA 1/2
Replaces: D033-001/02.96
(0.5) (1.5) (0.688) 14 (0.55)
19,1 47,63 22,23
MB 3/4
(0.75) (1.875) (0.875) M 10
25,4 52,37 26,19 14 (0.55)
MC 1
(1) (2.062) (1.031)
SAE SPLIT PORTS SAE J518 C (STANDARD PRESSURE SERIES)
A B C D
NOMINAL
CODE
12,7 38,1 17,48 5/16-18 UNC-2B
SA 1/2
(0.5) (1.5) (0.688) 14 (0.55)
19,1 47,63 22,23
SB 3/4
(0.75) (1.875) (0.875) 3/8-16 UNC-2B
25,4 52,37 26,19 14 (0.55)
SC 1
(1) (2.062) (1.031)
EUROPEAN 4 BOLT FLANGE
A B C
CODE
mm mm Thread
D033-001/02.98
13 30 M 6
EA (0.512) (1.181) 12 (0.472)
19 40 M 8
EB (0.748) (1.57) 14 (0.551)
A B C
CODE
mm mm Thread
15 35 M 6
BC (0.59) (1.378) 13 (0.511)
20 40 M 6
BE (0.787) (1.57) 13 (0.511)
6 001
Polaris 20
SIDE PORTS PUMPS AND MOTORS DIMENSIONS

Replaces: D033-001/02.96
REAR DRAIN
SIDE DRAIN
Drain port position

L= Side
= Bottom
Note:
at pages 4 and 5.
D033-001/02.98
pages 5 and 6.
Pump Motor A B C D
size size
mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in)
PLP 20-4 PLM 20-4 75,1 (2.957) 25,8 (1.016) 86,6 (3.409) 43,3 (1.705)
PLP 20-6,3 PLM 20-6,3 77,5 (3.051) 27 (1.063) 89 (3.504) 44,5 (1.752)
PLP 20-8 PLM 20-8 80,1 (3.154) 28,3 (1.114) 91,6 (3.606) 45,8 (1.803)
PLP 20-9 PLM 20-9 81,3 (3.200) 28,9 (1.138) 92,8 (3.654) 46,4 (1.827)
PLP 20-11,2 PLM 20-11,2 84,5 (3.327) 30,5 (1.201) 96 (3.780) 48 (1.890)
PLP 20-14 PLM 20-14 89,5 (3.524) 33 (1.299) 101 (3.976) 50,5 (1.988)
PLP 20-16 PLM 20-16 93,1 (3.665) 34,8 (1.370) 104,6 (4.118) 52,3 (2.059)
PLP 20-20 PLM 20-20 99,5 (3.917) 38 (1.496) 111 (4.370) 55,5 (2.185)
PLP 20-25 PLM 20-25 107,5 (4.232) 42 (1.654) 119 (4.685) 59,5 (2.343)
PLP 20-31,5 PLM 20-31,5 117,5 (4.626) 47 (1.850) 129 (5.079) 64,5 (2.539)
001 7
Polaris 20
REAR PORTS PUMPS AND MOTORS DIMENSIONS
Replaces: D033-001/02.96
REAR DRAIN
SIDE DRAIN
Drain port position

= Bottom
Note:
at pages 4 and 5.
pages 5 and 6. D033-001/02.98
Pump Motor A B
size size
mm (in) mm (in)
PLP 20-4 PLM 20-4 86,6 (3.409) 69,1 (2.720)
PLP 20-6,3 PLM 20-6,3 89 (3.504) 71,5 (2.815)
PLP 20-8 PLM 20-8 91,6 (3.606) 74,1 (2.917)
PLP 20-9 PLM 20-9 92,8 (3.654) 75,3 (2.965)
PLP 20-11,2 PLM 20-11,2 96 (3.780) 78,5 (3.091)
PLP 20-14 PLM 20-14 101 (3.976) 83,5 (3.287)
PLP 20-16 PLM 20-16 104,6 (4.118) 87,1 (3.429)
PLP 20-20 PLM 20-20 111 (4.370) 93,5 (3.681)
PLP 20-25 PLM 20-25 119 (4.685) 101,5 (3.996)
PLP 20-31,5 PLM 20-31,5 129 (5.079) 111,5 (4.390)
8 001
Polaris 20
MULTIPLE PUMPS DIMENSION
Multiple pumps same groups PLP 20/20
Connecting shaft
MAX. TORQUE 110 Nm
Multiple pumps different groups PLP 20/10 (974 lbf in)
Connecting shaft
MAX. TORQUE 30 Nm
(266 lbf in)
Pump A B C D
size
PLP 20-4 25,8 (1.016) 36,8 (1.449) 49,3 (1.941) 67,8 (2.669)
PLP 20-6,3 27 (1.063) 38 (1.496) 50,5 (1.988) 69 (2.717)
PLP 20-8 28,3 (1.114) 39,3 (1.547) 51,8 (2.039) 70,3 (2.768)
PLP 20-9 28,9 (1.138) 39,9 (1.571) 52,4 (2.063) 70,9 (2.791)
PLP 20-11,2 30,5 (1.201) 41,5 (1.634) 54 (2.126) 72,5 (2.854)
PLP 20-14 33 (1.299) 44 (1.732) 56,5 (2.224) 75 (2.953)
D033-001/02.96
PLP 20-16 34,8 (1.370) 45,8 (1.803) 58,3 (2.295) 76,8 (3.024)
PLP 20-20 38 (1.496) 49 (1.929) 61,5 (2.421) 80 (3.150)
PLP 20-25 42 (1.654) 53 (2.087) 65,5 (2.579) 84 (3.307)
PLP 20-31,5 47 (1.850) 58 (2.283) 70,5 (2.776) 89 (3.504)
Pump E F
size (1)
mm (in) mm (in)
PLP 10-1 17,6 (0.693) 34,1 (1.343)
PLP 10-2 19,2 (0.756) 35,7 (1.406)
PLP 10-3,15 21 (0.827) 37,5 (1.476)
PLP 10-4 22,4 (0.882) 38,9 (1.531)
PLP 10-5 24 (0.945) 40,5 (1.594)
PLP 10-6,3 26 (1.024) 42,5 (1.673)
PLP 10-8 28,8 (1.134) 45,3 (1.783) (1) Technical data of POLARIS 10 are shown in the
PLP 10-10 32 (1.260) 48,5 (1.909) respective catalogue.
001 9
Polaris 20
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 11
PLP 20-8 S 0 – 03 S1 – L OC/OC – N – EL – L OA – H

in3/rev cm3/rev CODE CODE BSPP STRAIGHT THREAD PORTS
0.29 4.8 PLP 20-4 PLM 20-4 Side ports Rear ports Series and size
0.39 6.5 PLP 20-6,3 PLM 20-6,3 PLP 20 4 - 6,3 - 8
GD/GD GD/GD
PLM 20 9 - 11,2
0.50 8.3 PLP 20-8 PLM 20-8
GE/GD GE/GD PLP 20 14 - 16 - 20
0.55 9 PLP 20-9 PLM 20-9
GD/GE GD/GE PLM 20 25 - 31,5
0.67 11.1 PLP 20-11,2 PLM 20-11,2
Replaces: D033-001/02.96
0.87 14.4 PLP 20-14 PLM 20-14 METRIC SAE SPLIT PORTS SAE J518 C
Side ports Rear ports Series and size
1.01 16.6 PLP 20-16 PLM 20-16
PLP 20 4 - 6,3 - 8
1.27 20.8 PLP 20-20 PLM 20-20 MA/MA
PLM 20 9 - 11,2
1.58 26 PLP 20-25 PLM 20-25 MB/MA PLP 20
1.99 32.6 PLP 20-31,5 PLM 20-31,5 14 - 16 - 20
MA/MB PLM 20
MC/MB PLP 20
2 Rotation CODE 25 - 31,5
MB/MC PLM 20
Left S SAE SPLIT PORTS SAE J518 C
Right D Side ports Rear ports Series and size
Reversible rear external drain R PLP 20 4 - 6,3 - 8
SA/SA
Reversible side external drain L PLM 20 9 - 11,2
Reversible internal drain B SB/SA PLP 20
14 - 16 - 20
SA/SB PLM 20
3 Version CODE SC/SB PLP 20
25 - 31,5
No outboard bearing 0 SB/SC PLM 20
4 Drive shaft CODE Side ports Rear ports Series and size
PLP 20 4 - 6,3 - 8
SAE "A" straight (5/8" dia) 31 EA/EA
PLM 20 9 - 11,2
Straight (3/4" dia 2" lenght) 49 EB/EA PLP 20 14 - 16 - 20
SAE "B" straight 32 EA/EB PLM 20 25 - 31,5
Straight (3/4" dia) 50 GERMAN 4 BOLT FLANGE
SAE "A" spline (9T - 16/32 DP) 03 Side ports Rear ports Series and size
SAE "A" spline (11T - 16/32 DP) 07 BE/BC PLP 20 4-6,3-8-9-11,2
SAE "B" spline (13T - 16/32 DP) 04 BC/BE PLM 20 14-16-20-25
DIN 5482 Spline shaft (B17x14 9T) 12
CODE Seals 8
German tapered 1:5 54
Tang 95 N Buna (standard)
V Viton
CODE Cover options 9
SAE "A" 2 bolt S1
SAE "A" 2 bolt S2 EL Aluminum mounting flange and rear cover
SAE "B" 2 bolt S5
European rectangular (36,5 mm pilot, CODE Drain port positions 10 D033-001/02.98
E2
71,4x96,2 mm bolt pattern) L Side
German rectangular (80 mm pilot,
72x100 mm bolt pattern) B2 Bottom
Through 2 bolt (50 mm pilot,

60x60 mm bolt pattern) B4 CODE Drain ports 11
Through 2 bolt (50 mm pilot, SAE STRAIGHT THREAD PORTS O-RING BOSS
60x60 mm bolt pattern) B5 03 7/16-20 UNF-2B
Through 4 bolt (52 mm pilot, OA 9/16-18 UNF-2B
B6
60x60 mm bolt pattern) BSPP STRAIGHT THREAD PORTS
GB G 1/4
6 Ports position CODE METRIC PORTS
Side L TA M 10x1
Rear P
CODE Shaft seal options 12
1 Pump size CODE C High back pressure seal with wiper seal
SAE STRAIGHT THREAD PORTS O-RING BOSS D Standard seal with wiper seal
Series and size Side ports Rear ports H High back pressure seal
4 - 6,3 - 8 PLP 20
OC/OC OC/OC
9 - 11,2 PLM 20
14 - 16 - 20 PLP 20 OD/OC OD/OC
25 - 31,5 PLM 20 OC/OD OC/OD
10 001
Polaris 20
DOUBLE PUMPS
1 2 3 4 5 1 4 5 6 7 8
PLP 20-8 – 03 S1 – L OC/OC / 20-8 – L OC/OC – S – N – EL


CODE
in3/rev cm3/rev SAE STRAIGHT THREAD PORTS O-RING BOSS
0.29 4.8 PLP 20-4 Side ports Pump size
0.39 6.5 PLP 20-6,3 OC/OC PLP 20 4 - 6,3 - 8 - 9 - 11,2
0.50 8.3 PLP 20-8 OD/OC PLP 20 14 - 16 - 20 - 25 - 31,5
0.55 9 PLP 20-9 BSPP STRAIGHT THREAD PORTS
0.67 11.1 PLP 20-11,2 Side ports Series and size
0.87 14.4 PLP 20-14 GD/GD PLP 20 4 - 6,3 - 8 - 9 - 11,2
1.01 16.6 PLP 20-16 GE/GD PLP 20 14 - 16 - 20 - 25 - 31,5
1.27 20.8 PLP 20-20 METRIC SAE SPLIT PORTS SAE J518 C
Side ports Pump size
1.58 26 PLP 20-25
MA/MA PLP 20 4 - 6,3 - 8 - 9 - 11,2
1.99 32.6 PLP 20-31,5
MB/MA PLP 20 14 - 16 - 20
MC/MB PLP 20 25 - 31,5
2 Drive shaft CODE
SAE SPLIT PORTS SAE J518 C
SAE "A" straight (5/8" dia) 31 Side ports Pump size
Straight (3/4" dia 2" lenght) 49 SA/SA PLP 20 4 - 6,3 - 8 - 9 - 11,2
SAE "B" straight 32 SB/SA PLP 20 14 - 16 - 20
Straight (3/4" dia) 50 SC/SB PLP 20 25 - 31,5
SAE "A" spline (9T - 16/32 DP) 03 EUROPEAN 4 BOLT FLANGE
SAE "A" spline (11T - 16/32 DP) 07 Side ports Pump size
SAE "B" spline (13T - 16/32 DP) 04 EA/EA PLP 20 4 - 6,3 - 8 - 9 - 11,2
DIN 5482 Spline shaft (B17x14 9T) 12 EB/EA PLP 20 14 - 16 - 20 - 25 - 31,5
European tapered 1:8 82 GERMAN 4 BOLT FLANGE
German tapered 1:5 54 Side ports Pump size
Tang 95 4 - 6,3 - 8 - 9 - 11,2
BE/BC PLP 20
14 - 16 - 20 - 25
SAE "A" 2 bolt S1 CODE Rotation 6
SAE "A" 2 bolt S2
S Left
SAE "B" 2 bolt S5
D Right
European rectangular (36,5 mm pilot,
71,4x96,2 mm bolt pattern) E2
German rectangular (80 mm pilot, CODE Seals 7
72x100 mm bolt pattern) B2
N Buna (standard)
Through 2 bolt (50 mm pilot, V Viton
B4
D033-001/02.96
60x60 mm bolt pattern)

Through 2 bolt (50 mm pilot, CODE Cover options 8
Through 4 bolt (52 mm pilot, EL Front and rear cover in aluminum

Side L
TRIPLE PUMPS
1 2 3 4 5 1 4 5 1 4 5 6 7 8
PLP 20-8 – 03 S1 – L OC/OC / 20-8 – L OC/OC / 20-8 – L OC/OC – S – N – EL

001 11
PL30 01 R A
POLARIS 30 SERIES
PRESSURE

DISPLACEMENT SPEED
3 3
From 1.33 in /rev (21,89 cm /rev) Min. speed 350 rpm
3 3
mounting flanges and cast iron covers with extruded aluminum body houses single piece gear, journal, shaft assemblies
with a pressure balancing system that provides the highest volumetric and overall efficiencies available. Exceptionally
large bearings make possible longer life at high pressure. A complete range of drive shafts in spline, parallel keyed, and
tapered versions to meet all SAE and EUROPEAN standards.
Pump
Max. (2) Motor
POLARIS POLARIS Theoretical Min. (1) Max. (1) flow (3) Approx.
continuous torque (4)
pump motor displacement speed speed @ 1800 rpm weight
pressure p 1 @ 100 psi
size size @ p1
PLP 30-22 PLM 30-22 1.33 21.89 350 3000 3625 250 9.83 18.36 11.00 24.26
PLP 30-27 PLM 30-27 1.62 26.58 350 3000 3625 250 11.94 22.30 11.10 24.47
POLARIS 30
PLP 30-34 PLM 30-34 2.09 34.39 350 3000 3480 240 15.45 28.84 11.20 24.70
PLP 30-38 PLM 30-38 2.35 38.53 350 3000 3480 240 17.31 32.31 11.30 24.92
PLP 30-43 PLM 30-43 2.67 43.77 350 3000 3300 230 19.66 36.71 11.55 25.47
Edition: 02.1998
PLP 30-51 PLM 30-51 3.15 51.59 350 2500 3040 210 23.42 43.26 11.80 26.02
PLP 30-61 PLM 30-61 3.72 60.97 350 2500 2755 190 27.97 51.13 12.00 26.46
PLP 30-73 PLM 30-73 4.48 73.47 350 2500 2465 170 33.35 61.61 12.50 27.56
PLP 30-82 PLM 30-82 4.96 81.29 350 2200 2320 160 36.90 68.17 12.70 28.00
PLP 30-90 PLM 30-90 5.53 90.66 350 2200 2175 150 42.02 76.03 13.00 28.66
Polaris 30
SHAFT OPTIONS
SAE "B" STRAIGHT 32 SAE "B-B" STRAIGHT 33

S5 S5
Replaces: D033-001/10.95
SAE "B" SPLINE 04 SAE "B-B" SPLINE 05
S5 S5
SAE "B" SPLINE (Special) A8 STRAIGHT 41

D033-001/02.98
30-82 30-90 30-82 30-90
E3 E3 E4
2 003
Polaris 30
SHAFT OPTIONS
EUROPEAN TAPERED 1:8 83 EUROPEAN TAPERED 1:8 84

30-82 30-90 30-22 30-27 30-34 30-38
E3 E4
Replaces: D033-001/10.95
GERMAN TAPERED 1:5 56

Not available with size:
30-61 30-73 30-82 30-90
Mounting flange availability:
B3
Dimensions refer to flange code B3
D033-001/02.98
003 3
Polaris 30
SAE "B" 2 BOLT S5 EUROPEAN RECTANGULAR E3
Replaces: D033-001/10.95
EUROPEAN RECTANGULAR E4 GERMAN RECTANGULAR B3
D033-001/02.98
4 003
Polaris 30
PORT OPTIONS
B C
NOMINAL
CODE
SIZE
A mm mm
(in) (in)
41 19
OD 5/8 1-1/16-12 UN-2B
(1.614) (0.748)
49 27
OF 1 1-5/16-12 UN-2B
(1.929) (1.063)
58 32
OG 1-1/4 1-5/8-12 UN-2B
(2.283) (1.260)
65 32
OH 1-1/2 1-7/8-12 UN-2B
(2.559) (1.260)
B C
NOMINAL
CODE
SIZE
A mm mm
(in) (in)
22 27
GF 1 G 1
(0.866) (1.063)
22 33
GG 1-1/4 G 1-1/4
(0.866) (1.299)
24 38
GH 1-1/2 G 1-1/2
(0.945) (1.496)
METRIC SAE SPLIT PORTS SAE J518 C (STANDARD PRESSURE SERIES)

D033-001/10.95
A B C D
NOMINAL
CODE
12,5 38,1 17,5 M 8
MA 1/2
(0.492) (1.500) (0.689) 22 (0.866)
19 47,6 22,2
MB 3/4
(0.748) (1.874) (0.874)
25,4 52,4 26,2 M 10
MC 1
(1.000) (2.063) (1.031) 22 (0.866)
30,5 58,7 30,2
MD 1 1/4
(1.201) (2.311) (1.189)
39,3 69,8 35,7
ME 1 1/2
(1.547) (2.748) (1.406) M 12
51 77,8 42,9 22 (0.866)
MF 2
(2.008) (3.063) (1.689)
003 5
Polaris 30
PORT OPTIONS
SAE SPLIT PORTS SAE J518 C (STANDARD PRESSURE SERIES)
A B C D
NOMINAL
CODE
12,5 38,1 17,5 5/16-18 UNC-2B
SA 1/2
(0.492) (1.500) (0.689) 22 (0.866)
19 47,6 22,2
SB 3/4
Replaces: D033-001/10.95
(0.748) (1.874) (0.874) 3/8-16 UNC-2B
25,4 52,4 26,2 22 (0.866)
SC 1
(1.000) (2.063) (1.031)
30,5 58,7 30,2 7/16-14 UNC-2B
SD 1 1/4
(1.201) (2.311) (1.189) 22 (0.866)
39,3 69,8 35,7
SE 1 1/2
(1.547) (2.748) (1.406) 1/2-13 UNC-2B
51 77,8 42,9 22 (0.866)
SF 2
(2.008) (3.063) (1.689)
A B C D
CODE
mm mm Thread Thread
(in) (in) Depth mm (in) Depth mm (in)
19 40 M 8 M 8
EB (0.748) (1.575) 18 (0.709) 18 (0.709)
27 51 M 10 M 10
ED (1.063) (2.008) 18 (0.709) 18 (0.709)
33 62 M12 M12
EF (1.299) (2.441) 10 (0.394) 18 (0.709)

D033-001/02.98
A B C
CODE
mm mm Thread
19 55 M 8
BL (0.748) (2.165) 18 (0.709)
27 55 M 8
BM (1.063) (2.165) 18 (0.709)
6 003
Polaris 30
DIMENSIONS
Single pumps and motors
Multiple pumps same groups PLP 30/30
Connecting shaft
MAX. TORQUE 180 Nm
(1593 lbf in)
D033-001/10.95
Note: For X dimension see mounting

flanges at page 4.
Pump Motor A B C D
size size
PLP 30-22 PLM 30-22 106 (4.173) 39 (1.535) 56 (2.205) 67 (2.638)
PLP 30-27 PLM 30-27 109 (4.291) 40,5 (1.594) 57,5 (2.264) 68,5 (2.697)
PLP 30-34 PLM 30-34 114 (4.488) 43 (1.693) 60 (2.362) 71 (2.795)
PLP 30-38 PLM 30-38 117 (4.606) 44,5 (1.752) 61,5 (2.421) 72,5 (2.854)
PLP 30-43 PLM 30-43 120 (4.724) 46 (1.811) 63 (2.480) 74 (2.913)
PLP 30-51 PLM 30-51 125 (4.921) 48,5 (1.909) 65,5 (2.579) 76,5 (3.012)
PLP 30-61 PLM 30-61 131 (5.157) 51,5 (2.028) 68,5 (2.697) 79,5 (3.130)
PLP 30-73 PLM 30-73 139 (5.472) 55,5 (2.185) 72,5 (2.854) 83,5 (3.287)
PLP 30-82 PLM 30-82 144 (5.669) 58 (2.283) 75 (2.953) 86 (3.386)
PLP 30-90 PLM 30-90 150 (5.906) 61 (2.402) 78 (3.071) 89 (3.504)
003 7
Polaris 30
MULTIPLE PUMPS DIFFERENT GROUPS DIMENSIONS
PLP 30/10
Connecting shaft
MAX. TORQUE 30 Nm
(266 lbf in)
PLP 30/20
Connecting shaft
MAX. TORQUE 110 Nm
(974 lbf in)
D033-001/10.95
PLP 30/20/10
Connecting shaft Connecting shaft

MAX. TORQUE 110 Nm MAX. TORQUE 30 Nm
(974 lbf in) (266 lbf in)
8 003
Polaris 30
MULTIPLE PUMPS DIFFERENT GROUPS DIMENSIONS
Polaris 30
Pump A B
size
mm (in) mm (in)
PLP 30-22 39 (1.535) 83 (3.268)
PLP 30-27 40,5 (1.594) 84,5 (3.327)
PLP 30-34 43 (1.693) 87 (3.425)
PLP 30-38 44,5 (1.752) 88,5 (3.484)
PLP 30-43 46 (1.811) 90 (3.543)
PLP 30-51 48,5 (1.909) 92,5 (3.642)
PLP 30-61 51,5 (2.028) 95,5 (3.760)
PLP 30-73 55,5 (2.185) 99,5 (3.917)
PLP 30-82 58 (2.283) 102 (4.016)
PLP 30-90 61 (2.402) 105 (4.134)
Polaris 10
Pump C D
size (1)
mm (in) mm (in)
PLP 10-1 17,6 (0.693) 34,1 (1.343)
PLP 10-2 19,2 (0.756) 35,7 (1.406)
PLP 10-3,15 21 (0.827) 37,5 (1.476)
PLP 10-4 22,4 (0.882) 38,9 (1.531)
PLP 10-5 24 (0.945) 40,5 (1.594)
PLP 10-6,3 26 (1.024) 42,5 (1.673)
PLP 10-8 28,8 (1.134) 45,3 (1.783)
PLP 10-10 32 (1.260) 48,5 (1.909)
Polaris 20
E F G
D033-001/10.95
Pump
size (1)
PLP 20-4 25,8 (1.016) 49,3 (1.941) 67,8 (2.669)
PLP 20-6,3 27 (1.063) 50,5 (1.988) 69 (2.717)
PLP 20-8 28,3 (1.114) 51,8 (2.039) 70,3 (2.768)
PLP 20-9 28,9 (1.138) 52,4 (2.063) 70,9 (2.791)
PLP 20-11,2 30,5 (1.201) 54 (2.126) 72.5 (2.854)
PLP 20-14 33 (1.299) 56,5 (2.224) 75 (2.953)
PLP 20-16 34,8 (1.370) 58,3 (2.295) 76,8 (3.024)
PLP 20-20 38 (1.496) 61,5 (2.421) 80 (3.150)
PLP 20-25 42 (1.654) 65,5 (2.579) 84 (3.307)
PLP 20-31,5 47 (1.850) 70,5 (2.776) 89 (3.504)
(1) Technical data of POLARIS 10 and 20 are shown in the respective catalogues.
003 9
Polaris 30
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
PLP 30-34 S 0 – 04 S5 – L OF/OD – N – H

in3/rev cm3/rev CODE CODE
Replaces: D033-001/10.95
1.33 21.89 PLP 30-22 PLM 30-22 Side ports Series and size
1.62 26.58 PLP 30-27 PLM 30-27 PLP 30
GF/GF 22 - 27 - 34 - 38 - 43 - 51
2.09 34.39 PLP 30-34 PLM 30-34 PLM 30
GG/GF PLP 30
2.35 38.53 PLP 30-38 PLM 30-38 61 - 73
GF/GG PLM 30
2.67 43.77 PLP 30-43 PLM 30-43
GH/GG PLP 30
3.15 51.59 PLP 30-51 PLM 30-51 82 - 90
GG/GH PLM 30
3.72 60.97 PLP 30-61 PLM 30-61
METRIC SAE SPLIT PORTS SAE J518 C
4.48 73.47 PLP 30-73 PLM 30-73 Side ports Series and size
4.96 81.29 PLP 30-82 PLM 30-82 MB/MA PLP 30
5.53 90.66 PLP 30-90 PLM 30-90 22
MA/MB PLM 30
MC/MB PLP 30
27 - 34
2 Rotation CODE MB/MC PLM 30
Left S MD/MC PLP 30
38 - 43 - 51
Right D MC/MD PLM 30
ME/MD PLP 30
61 - 73 - 82
3 Version CODE MD/ME PLM 30
MF/ME PLP 30
No outboard bearing 0 90
ME/MF PLM 30
SAE SPLIT PORTS SAE J518 C
4 Drive shaft CODE Side ports Series and size
SAE "B" straight 32 SB/SA PLP 30
SAE "B-B" straight 33 22
SA/SB PLM 30
SAE "B" spline 04 SC/SB PLP 30
SAE "B-B" spline 05 27 - 34
SB/SC PLM 30
SAE "B" spline (special) 08 SD/SC PLP 30
Straight 41 38 - 43 - 51
SC/SD PLM 30
European tapered 1:8 83 SE/SD PLP 30
European tapered 1:8 84 61 - 73 - 82
SD/SE PLM 30
German tapered 1:5 56 SF/SE PLP 30
90
SE/SF PLM 30
5 Mounting flange CODE EUROPEAN 4 BOLT FLANGE
SAE "B" 2 bolt S5 Side ports Series and size
European rectangular ED/EB PLP 30 22 - 27 - 34 - 38 - 43 - 51 - 61
(50,8 mm pilot, 98x128 mm bolt pattern) E3 EB/ED PLM 30 (mounting flange E3) D033-001/02.98
European rectangular ED/ED PLP 30
E4 43 - 51 (mounting flange E4)
(60,3 mm pilot, 114,3x149,4 mm bolt pattern) ED/ED PLM 30
German rectangular EF/ED PLP 30 73 (mounting flange E3 - E4)
B3
(105 mm pilot, 102x145 mm bolt pattern) ED/EF PLM 30 61 - 82 - 90 (mounting flange E4)
6 Ports position CODE Side ports Series and size
Side L BM/BL PLP 30
22 - 27 - 34 - 38 - 43 - 51
BL/BM PLM 30
7 Inlet/outlet ports CODE
SAE STRAIGHT THREAD PORTS O-RING BOSS CODE Seals 8
Series and size Side ports N Buna (standard)
PLP 30 OF/OD V Viton
22 - 27 - 34
PLM 30 OD/OF
PLP 30 OG/OF CODE Shaft seal options 9
38 - 43 - 51
PLM 30 OF/OG
C High back pressure seal with wiper seal
PLP 30 OH/OG
61 - 73 - 82 - 90 D Standard seal with wiper seal
PLM 30 OG/OH
H High back pressure seal
10 003
Polaris 30
DOUBLE PUMPS
1 2 3 4 5 1 4 5 6 7 8
PLP 30-34 – 04 S5 – L OF/OD / 30-34 – L OF/OD – S – N –


Replaces: D033-001/10.95
CODE
in3/rev cm3/rev BSPP STRAIGHT THREAD PORTS
1.33 21.89 PLP 30-22 Side ports Series and size
1.62 26.58 PLP 30-27 GF/GF PLP 30 22 - 27 - 34 - 38 - 43 - 51
2.09 34.39 PLP 30-34 GG/GF PLP 30 61 - 73
2.35 38.53 PLP 30-38 GH/GG PLP 30 82 - 90
2.67 43.77 PLP 30-43 METRIC SAE SPLIT PORTS SAE J518 C
3.15 51.59 PLP 30-51 Side ports Series and size
3.72 60.97 PLP 30-61 MB/MA PLP 30 22
4.48 73.47 PLP 30-73 MC/MB PLP 30 22 - 27 - 34
4.96 81.29 PLP 30-82 MD/MC PLP 30 38 - 46 - 51
5.53 90.66 PLP 30-90 ME/MD PLP 30 61 - 73 - 82
MF/ME PLP 30 90
2 Drive shaft CODE SAE SPLIT PORTS SAE J518 C
Side ports Series and size
SAE "B" straight 32
SAE "B-B" straight 33 SB/SA PLP 30 22
SAE "B" spline 04 SC/SB PLP 30 27 - 34
SAE "B-B" spline 05 SD/SC PLP 30 38 - 46 - 51
SAE "B" spline (special) 08 SE/SD PLP 30 61 - 73 - 82
Straight 41 SF/SE PLP 30 90
European tapered 1:8 83 EUROPEAN 4 BOLT FLANGE
European tapered 1:8 84 Side ports Series and size
German tapered 1:5 56 22 - 27 - 34 - 38 - 43 - 51 - 61
ED/EB PLP 30 (mounting flange E3)
43 - 51
3 Mounting flange CODE ED/ED PLP 30 (mounting flange E4)
SAE "B" 2 bolt S5 73 (mounting flange E3 and E4)
EF/ED PLP 30
European rectangular 61 - 82 - 90 (mounting flange E4)
(50,8 mm pilot, 98x128 mm bolt pattern) E3
European rectangular Side ports Series and size
E4
(60,3 mm pilot, 114,3x149,4 mm bolt pattern) BM/BL PLP 30 22 - 27 - 34 - 38 - 43 - 51
German rectangular
B3
(105 mm pilot, 102x145 mm bolt pattern)
CODE Rotation 6
4 Ports position CODE S Left
D033-001/02.98
Side L D Right
5 Inlet/outlet ports CODE CODE Seals 7

N Buna (standard)
V Viton
Series and size Side ports
PLP 30 22 - 27 - 34 OF/OD
PLP 30 38 - 43 - 51 OG/OF CODE Special covers 8
PLP 30 61 - 73 - 82 - 90 OH/OG Cast iron mounting flange and aluminum
L
rear cover (b)
(a) Technical data of POLARIS 10 and 20 are shown in

the respective catalogue.
TRIPLE PUMPS (b) Only for multiple pumps different groups.
1 2 3 4 5 1 4 5 1 4 5 6 7 8
PLP30-34 – 04 S5 – L OF/OD / 30-34 – L OF/OD / 30-34 – L OF/OD – S – N –

003 11
PLD 0 2 T E
Gear flow dividers
DISPLACEMENTS
From 2 cm 3/rev
To 32,6 cm3 /rev
l Modular design
PRESSURE
l Accurate division of flow
Max. continuous 250 bar
l Compact overall dimension
Max. peak 280 bar
l Built-in relief valve
Polaris
GENERAL FEATURES
Modern machinery with increasingly complex circuits of ten needs combinations of separate and indepen-
dent mo ve ments. POLARIS 10 and POLARIS 20 flow di vi ders pro vi de tec hni cally ad van ced, low cost po wer
transmission and solve application problems wherever hydraulic flow has divided. In line with our policy of
simplifying the design of hydraulic circuits, our flow dividers have relief valves built in to limit pres su re and
prevent cavitation. The se com po nents per mit hydra u lic cir cu its to be cle verly op ti mi sed and re du ce in stal la-
tion costs. The POLARIS flow dividers are two or more section dividers with a common internal connecting
shaft. This maintains a con stant ra tio bet we en the flows thro ugh each sec tion in ac cor dan ce with sec tion di-
spla ce ment. The o re ti cal wor king of ro tary flow di vi ders do not dis si pa te energy in fact if the out let pres su re of
one section drops below in put pressure, that section operates as a motor and takes energy from the fluid.
This energy is not wa sted but tran sfer red by the com mon shaft to the ot her sec tions which ope ra te as pumps
and therefore need outlet pressure to be greater than inlet pressure. In working conditions, overall efficien-
cies de pend on the sum of the sin gle sec tions ef fi ciency. The se pro ducts can the re fo re be used as flow equa-
li zers, flow di vi ders and pres su re in ten si fiers as shown in the ta ble be low.
Outlet pressure Sections with Sections with

same displacement different displacement
Same Flow equa li zers Flow di vi ders
Flow equa li zers Flow di vi ders

Dif fe rent
Pres su re in ten si fiers
Mi ne ral oil ba sed hydra u lic flu ids to DIN 51524.

Fluid For ot her flu ids ple a se consult our sales department.
-25 ÷ +80 with Buna N seals

Fluid temperature range [°C]
-25 ÷ +110 with Vi ton V seals
12 ÷ 100 re com men ded

Fluid viscosity range [mm 2/ s ] [ cSt]
Up to 750 permitted
Filtering requirement ∆ p > 200 bar ∆p < 200 bar
Contamination class NAS 1638 8 10
Contamination class ISO 4406 17/14 19/16
Achieved with filter βx= 75 10 µm 25 µm
2 002 D024-002
Polaris
GENERAL FEATURES OF RELIEF VALVES
Relief valves allow the actuators to realign at the end of each cycle in both flow directions. As an example
when the cylinders extend, they may not all reach their end stops exactly at the same time. In this case as
soon as one cyl in der reaches its stop, the re lief valve in that sec tion di rects fluid to tank un til all the other cyl-
inders reach their stops. While retroacting the relief valve acts as check valve and opens to prevent cav i ta-
tion.
Relief settings valve and their identification code are listed in the table below.
∆p nominal setting ∆p minimum begin

Stamp code (10 l/min) opening val ve
[bar] [bar]
34 35 32
4 50 46
22 60 54
23 70 66
6 80 76
7 100 96
17 120 11 6
8 125 120
9 140 135
26 150 145
10 160 155
11 175 170
35 180 174
12 190 184
33 206 199
14 210 203
15 230 222
16 250 242
27 260 252
20 280 271
Adjustable felief valves are available on request.
TIGHTENING
TORQUE
50 Nm
D024-002 002 3
Polaris
GENERAL DATA PLD 10
Max. out let Flow

Max. outlet Speed
pressure per section
Di spla ce ment ∆p bet we en
Type sec tions (1)
p1 p2 min. max. min. max.
3 -1
cm /r e v bar bar min l/min
PLD 10•2 2 250 280 200 1250 4200 2,65 8,9
PLD 10•3,15 3,1 250 280 200 1205 3990 3,99 13,2
PLD 10•4 4 250 280 200 1175 3840 4,98 16,2
PLD 10•5 4,9 250 280 200 1140 3680 6,04 19,5
PLD 10•6,3 6,2 250 280 200 1100 3500 7,29 23,2
p1 = Max. continuous pressure p2= Max. peak pressure
(1): Pressure intensifiers can work at higher pressure between sections.
For working conditions outside the recommended limits shown in the table, please consult our sales
department.
MAX. FLOW
FOR INLET SECTION
35 l/min
4 002 D024-002
Polaris
GENERAL DATA PLD 20
Max. out let Flow

Max. outlet Speed
pressure per section
Di spla ce ment ∆ p bet we en
Type sec tions (1)
p1 p2 min. max. min. max.
3 -1
cm /r e v bar bar min l/min
PLD 20•4 4,8 250 280 200 1250 4100 6,16 20,2
PLD 20•6,3 6,5 250 280 200 1235 3970 8,12 26,1
PLD 20•8 8,3 250 280 200 1220 3850 10,05 31,65
PLD 20•11,2 11,1 250 280 200 1200 3660 13,42 40,85
PLD 20•14 14,4 250 280 200 1175 3460 17,03 50,02
PLD 20•16 16,6 200 230 200 1160 3335 19,47 55,88
PLD 20•20 20,8 200 230 200 1130 3125 23,83 65,7
PLD 20•25 26 200 230 200 1100 2900 28,9 76,21
PLD 20•31,5 32,6 200 230 200 1060 2660 34,84 87,39
p1 = Max. continuous pressure p2= Max. peak pressure
(1): Pressure intensifiers can work at higher pressure between sections.
For working conditions outside the recommended limits shown in the table, please consult our sales
department.
MAX. FLOW
FOR INLET SECTION
80 l/min
D024-002 002 5
Polaris
FLOW EQUALIZERS (WITH EQUAL DISPLACEMENTS)
Flow ac cu racy equal iz ers is within ± 2 % if they are ro tat ing in the rec om mended speed rang e and the dif fer-
ential pressure be tween sec tions is less than 100 bar. When sev eral sin gle act ing cyl in ders are op er ated to-
gether, act ing on loads have not suf fi cient mass to win the cir cuit’s re sis tance, we rec om mend a further gear
section acting as a motor in order to guarantee the cylinders retract. The displacement of this mo tor should
be roughly equal to the sum of the dis place ments of the other sec tions. Two typ i cal cir cuit di a grams of ap pli-
cations where flow equalizers are utilized will be found on page 10.
V = Displacement [cm3 /rev]
Q = Flow [l/min]
p = Pres su re [bar]
n = Speed [min- 1]
Q 0 = Q1 + Q 2 ....+ Qn
p0Q0 = p 1Q1 + p2Q 2 ....+ pnQ n
1000 Q ( . . )
V (..) =
n
DISPLACEMENT SELECTION GUIDE EXAMPLE

Assume that it is necessary to supply power to two cyl in ders that require a flow rate of 40 [l/min] each. For
sim plic ity's sake we will ig nore pres sure losses and the com pres sion fac tor of the fluid. The pump must de-
liver a flow equal to: Q 0 = Q1 + Q2 = 80 [l/min]. To find the dis place ment of the two sec tions of the flow equal-
izer, sim ply lo cate the flow rate 80 [l/min] on the X axis and then as cend ver ti cally un til t he line cor re spond ing
to the number of sections (2) is encountered; now trace a horizontal line to the right until encountering the
lines referring to displacement. Select the displacement with the point of intersection on the graph that lies
nearest to the maximum speed in optimum performance range.
6 002 D024-002
Polaris
DISPLACEMENT SELECTION GUIDE
Performance range Optimum performance range
Each curve has been obtained at 50°C, using oil with viscosity 36 mm2 /s at 40°C..
D024-002 002 7
Polaris
FLOW DIVIDERS (WITH UNEQUAL DISPLACEMENTS)
Flow dividers are used where the same pump must drive sev eral dif fer ent ac tu a tors re quir ing dif fer ent pres-
sures and flow rates. The displacement of each section must be proportional to the flow rate required by the
actuator to which it is connected. Two typical circuit diagrams of applications where flow di vid ers are uti lized
will be found on page 11.
3
V = Displacement [cm /rev]
Q = Flow [l/min]
p = Pres su re [bar]
n = Speed [min- 1]
Q 0 = Q1 + Q 2 ....+ Qn
p0Q0 = p 1Q1 + p2Q 2 ....+ pnQ n
1000 Q ( . . )
V (..) =
n
DISPLACEMENT SELECTION GUIDE EXAMPLE

As sume two ac tu a tors must be driven us ing 50 [l/min] and 20 [l/min] re spec tively. To find the dis place ment of
the flow di vider sec tions, sim ply lo cate the flow rates in ques tion on the Y axis and then move across hor i zon-
tally until the lines corresponding to the displacement are encountered. Se lect a dis placement with points of
intersection aligned as near as pos si ble ver ti cally, and the near est to the max i mum speed in op ti mum per for-
mance range.
8 002 D024-002
Polaris
DISPLACEMENT SELECTION GUIDE
Performance range Optimum performance range
Each curve has been obtained at 50°C, using oil with viscosity 36 mm2 /s at 40°C.
D024-002 002 9
Polaris
TYPICAL CIRCUITS FOR FLOW EQUALIZERS (WITH EQUAL DISPLACEMENTS)
Diagram with a flow equalizer operating dou ble act ing Diagram with a flow equalizer operating single acting
cylinders. cylinders.
10 002 D024-002
Polaris
TYPICAL CIRCUITS FOR FLOW DIVIDERS (WITH UNEQUAL DISPLACEMENTS)
Diagram with a flow divider permitting the use of a single pump to drive a number of different actuators requiring
flows at different pressures.
D024-002 002 11
Polaris
NOTES ABOUT COMPOSITION
Flow divider sec tions are ar ranged in de scend ing dis place ments or groups with the larg est displacement
to the left as viewed from the out let ports side. Stan dard for mats of flow di vid ers are given be neath; for dif-
ferent configurations please consult our sales department.
STANDARD COMPOSITION FOR 5 SECTIONS
COMPOSITION WITH ADDITIONAL INLET SECTION
CS . . . . Left inlet section kit Max. flow for

E. . . . . Section Type inlet section
I . . . . . Intermediate kit flange l/min
CI . . . . Intermediate inlet section kit PLD 10 35

T. . . . . End cover kit
PLD 20 80
CD . . . . Additional right inlet section kit (only for high delivery)
Tightening
Type torque
Nm
PLD 10 25
PLD 20 50
12 002 D024-002
Polaris
STANDARD COMPOSITIONS FOR SECTIONS WITH OR WITHOUT VALVE
2 SECTIONS WITH 1 INLET SECTION
5 SECTIONS WITH 2 INLET SECTIONS
6 SECTIONS WITH 2 INLET SECTIONS
Note: Combinations between different groups (PLD10 / PLD20) are available.

For more informations please consult our technical sales department.
D024-002 002 13
Polaris
PORTS DIMENSIONS
IN
IN IN
T T1
OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT
IN . . . . Inlet port
OUT . . . Outlet port
T. . . . . Drain port
T1 . . . . Additional drain port
PORTS BSPP ODT
Type IN OUT T - T1 IN OUT T - T1
PLD 10•2
PLD 10•3,15
PLD 10•4 GD GC GC OB OA OA
PLD 10•5
PLD 10•6,3
PLD 20•4
PLD 20•6,3
PLD 20•8
PLD 20•11,2
PLD 20•14 GE GD GD OD OC OB
PLD 20•16
PLD 20•20
PLD 20•25
PLD 20•31,5
14 002 D024-002
Polaris
PORTS DIMENSIONS
BRITISH STANDARD PIPE PARALLEL (BSPP)
No mi nal
B
Code size A
mm
(in)
3/8 G 3/8 14
GC (0.551)
14
GD 1/2 G 1/2
(0.551)
18
GE 3/4 G 3/4
(0.709)
SAE STRAIGHT THREAD PORTS (ODT)
No mi nal
B
Code size A
mm
(in)
15
OA 3/8 9/16-18 UNF-2B
(0.591)
14
OB 1/2 3/4-16 UNF-2B (0.551)
17
OC 5/8 7/8-14 UNF-2B
(0.669)
20
OD 3/4 1-1/16-12 UN-2B
(0.787)
D024-002 002 15
Polaris
SAME GROUP DIMENSIONS PLD 10
IN and OUT ports dimensions are shown on page 14 and page 15.
A B C D E
Type
mm mm mm mm mm
(in) (in) (in) (in) (in)
50,2 19,2 31,2 41,8 40,3
PLD 10•2 (1.976) (0.756) (1.228) (1.646) (1.587)
52 21 33 43,6 42,1
PLD 10•3,15 (2.047) (0.827) (1.299) (1.717) (1.657)
53,4 22,4 34,4 45 43,5
PLD 10•4 (2.102) (0.882) (1.354) (1.772) (1.713)
55 24 36 46,6 45,1
PLD 10•5 (2.165) (0.945) (1.417) (1.835) (1.776)
57 26 38 48,6 47,1
PLD 10•6,3 (2.244) (1.024) (1.496) (1.913) (1.854)
16 002 D024-002
Polaris
SAME GROUP DIMENSIONS WITH VALVE PLD 10
IN, OUT and 4 ports dimensions are shown on page 14 and page 15.
A B C D E
Type
mm mm mm mm mm
50,2 19,2 31,2 41,8 40,3
PLD 10•2 (1.976) (0.756) (1.228) (1.646) (1.587)
52 21 33 43,6 42,1
PLD 10•3,15 (2.047) (0.827) (1.299) (1.717) (1.657)
53,4 22,4 34,4 45 43,5
PLD 10•4 (2.102) (0.882) (1.354) (1.772) (1.713)
55 24 36 46,6 45,1
PLD 10•5 (2.165) (0.945) (1.417) (1.835) (1.776)
57 26 38 48,6 47,1
PLD 10•6,3 (2.244) (1.024) (1.496) (1.913) (1.854)
D024-002 002 17
Polaris
SAME GROUP DIMENSIONS PLD 20
IN and OUT ports dimensions are shown on page 14 and page 15.
A B C D E
Type
mm mm mm mm mm
60,8 25,5 36,8 58,8 69,8
PLD 20•4 (2.394) (1.016) (1.449) (2.315) (2.748)
62 27 38 60 71
PLD 20•6,3 (2.441) (1.063) (1.496) (2.362) (2.795)
63,3 28,3 39,3 61,3 72,3
PLD 20•8 (2.492) (1.114) (1.547) (2.413) (2.846)
63,9 28,9 39,9 61,9 72,9
PLD 20•9 (2.516) (1.138) (1.571) (2.437) (2.870)
65,5 30,5 41,5 63,5 74,5
PLD 20•11,2 (2.579) (1.201) (1.634) (2.500) (2.933)
68 33 44 66 77
PLD 20•14 (2.677) (1.299) (1.732) (2.598) (3.031)
69,8 34,8 45,8 67,8 78,8
PLD 20•16 (2.748) (1.370) (1.803) (2.669) (3.102)
73 38 49 71 82
PLD 20•20 (2.874) (1.496) (1.929) (2.795) (3.228)
77 42 53 75 86
PLD 20•25 (3.031) (1.654) (2.087) (2.795) (3.386)
82 47 58 80 91
PLD 20•31,5 (3.228) (1.850) (2.283) (3.150) (3.583)
18 001 D024-001
Polaris
SAME GROUP DIMENSIONS WITH VALVE PLD 20
IN, OUT and 4 ports dimensions are shown on page 14 and page 15.
A B C D E
Type
mm mm mm mm mm
60,8 25,5 36,8 58,8 69,8
PLD 20•4 (2.394) (1.016) (1.449) (2.315) (2.748)
62 27 38 60 71
PLD 20•6,3 (2.441) (1.063) (1.496) (2.362) (2.795)
63,3 28,3 39,3 61,3 72,3
PLD 20•8 (2.492) (1.114) (1.547) (2.413) (2.846)
63,9 28,9 39,9 61,9 72,9
PLD 20•9 (2.516) (1.138) (1.571) (2.437) (2.870)
65,5 30,5 41,5 63,5 74,5
PLD 20•11,2 (2.579) (1.201) (1.634) (2.500) (2.933)
68 33 44 66 77
PLD 20•14 (2.677) (1.299) (1.732) (2.598) (3.031)
69,8 34,8 45,8 67,8 78,8
PLD 20•16 (2.748) (1.370) (1.803) (2.669) (3.102)
73 38 49 71 82
PLD 20•20 (2.874) (1.496) (1.929) (2.795) (3.228)
77 42 53 75 86
PLD 20•25 (3.031) (1.654) (2.087) (2.795) (3.386)
82 47 58 80 91
PLD 20•31,5 (3.228) (1.850) (2.283) (3.150) (3.583)
D024-002 002 19
Polaris
HOW TO ORDER
Only for ver sion

with val ve
1 2 3 4 5 6 5 6 7 4 5 6 8 4 9 10 11 12
PLD 20 / 3 / CS - GE / 25 - GD / 25 - GD / CI - GE / 25 - GD / CD - GE / VPEF - 50 - GD - V
Left in let Interm . i n - Right in let

Se ries / / Sec tion / Sec tion / let sec tion / Sec tion / / Re lief val v e
sec tion sec tion
1 Series CODE CODE Outlet port dimensions 6

Po la ris 1 0 PLD 10 BRITISH STANDARD PIPE PARALLEL (BSPP)
Po la ris 2 0 PLD 20
GC PLD 10
GD PLD 20
2 Number of sections CODE
From 2 to 6 sec tions 2 ... 6 SAE STRAIGHT THREAD PORTS (ODT)
OA PLD 10
3 Standard side inlet section CODE OC PLD 20
Left in let sec tion (1) CS
CODE Intermediate inlet section (2) 7
4 Inlet port dimensions CODE CI Inter me dia te in let sec tion
CODE Supplementary inlet section (2) 8
PLD 10 GD
CD Right in let sec tion (1)
PLD 20 GE
SAE STRAIGHT THREAD PORTS (ODT) CODE Relief alve 9
PLD 10 OB VPEF Re lief alve
PLD 20 OD
CODE Valve setting [bar] 10
5 Displacement .... See page 3
CODE
cm 3/rev
Polaris 10
CODE T Outlet port dimensions 11
2 PLD 10-2 BRITISH STANDARD PIPE PARALLEL (BSPP)
3,1 PLD 10-3,15 GC PLD 10
4 PLD 10-4 GD PLD 20
4,9 PLD 10-5
PLD 10-6,3 SAE STRAIGHT THREAD PORTS (ODT)
6,2
OA PLD 10
Polaris 20
OB PLD 20
4,8 PLD 20-4
6,5 PLD 20-6,3
CODE Seals 12
8,3 PLD 20-8
PLD 20-11,2 .... Buna (3)
11,1
14,4 PLD 20-14 V Viton
16,6 PLD 20-16
(1) Looking at the sections from the outlet ports side.
20,8 PLD 20-20
26, PLD 20-25 (2) Choice the inlet sections number according to the
32,6 PLD 20-31,5 general data on page 4 and 5.
(3) Omit this code for Buna seals.
CASAPPA S.p.A. - Parma - Italy - Tel.: (+ 39) 0521 304111 - Fax: (+ 39) 0521 804600
CASAPPA Corp. - Batavia, IL 60510 U.S.A. - Phone: 630 761-0041 - Fax: 630 761-0048
CASAPPA GmbH - Stuttgart - Germany - Tel.: + 49 711 7811770 - Fax: + 49 711 7811771
CASAPPA SARL - Janneyrias - France - Tel.: + 33 4 72462112 - Fax: + 33 4 72462100
http://www.casappa.com
e-mail: info@casappa.com
K 01 T E
Hydraulic gear pumps

two pieces cast iron housing
Replaces: K 04 T IE
DISPLACEMENTS
From 4,95 cm3/rev
To 73,82 cm3/rev
PRESSURE MAX. SPEED

4000 min-1
Max. intermittent 300 bar
Max. peak 330 bar
l High operating pressures
l High efficiency at high temperature
Edition: 01/01.2002
l Exceptional working life expectancy

KAPPA pump and motor units consist essentially of a housing and a mounting flange in cast iron of superior me-
chanical specifications. KAPPA is available with mountig flanges and side or rear ports according to SAE and Eu-
ropean standard. The rigidity of assembly and the compact design of KAPPA pumps and motors ensure reliability
and high volumetric efficiency also at high operating pressures. Infinite care and attention is taken over the design
and construction of each single component, and with quality monitored unceasingly, the result is a consistent, per-
fectly balanced assembly that guarantees unbroken service under the most arduous operating conditions.
KAPPA series is the right choice wherever noise, contamination, non inflammable fluids and size are critical fac-
tors. The wide choice of combinations of mounting flanges, shafts and ports ensure to KAPPA series to be applied
in a vast range of application.
Kappa
FEATURES
Construction External gear type pumps and motors

Mounting EUROPEAN - SAE - ISO standard flanges
Line connections Screw and flange
Direction of rotation (looking on drive shaft) Anti-clock (S) - clockwise (D) - reversible (L, R or B)
Inlet pressure range for pumps 0,7 ¸ 3 bar (abs.)
Fluid temperature range See table (1)
Mineral oil based hydraulic fluids to ISO/DIN and fire

Fluid resistant fluids [see table (1)]. For other fluids please con-
sult our technical sales department.
From 12 to 100 mm 2 /s (cSt) recommended
Viscosity range
Up to 750 mm 2 /s (cSt) permitted
Filtering requirement See table (2)
Tab. 1
Max pressure Max speed Temperature
Type Fluid composition [bar] [min - 1 ] [°C] Seals (u)
N
Mineral oil based hydraulic See page See page -25 ¸ +80
ISO/DIN fluid to ISO/DIN 3-4 3-4 N-H
-25 ¸ +110 V
Oil emulsion in water
HFA 50 1500 2 ¸ 55
5 ¸ 15% of oil
N
Water emulsion in oil
HFB 120 1500 2 ¸ 60
40 % of water
HFC Water - glycol 100 1500 -20 ¸ +60 N Bz

HFD Phosphate ester 150 1500 -10 ¸ +80 V Bz
(u) N= Buna N (standard) - N-H= Buna N and high back pressure shaft seals - V= Viton
N Bz= Buna N and Bronze thrust plates - V Bz= Viton and Bronze thrust plates
Tab. 2
Working pressure Dp > 200 bar Dp < 200 bar
Contamination class NAS 1638 8 10
Contamination class ISO 4406 19/17/14 21/19/16
Achieved with filter ßx=75 10 mm 25 mm
01/01.02
GENERAL NOTES
Available with different inlet and outlet ports. If you use fire resistant fluids specify the type of them at
the order. For more information please consult our technical sales department.
D006-003 002 1
Kappa
DEFINITION OF ROTATION DIRECTION LOOKING ON THE DRIVE SHAFT
Anti-clock rotation Clockwise rotation Reversible rotation
PRESSURE DEFINITION
p1 Max. continuous pressure

p2 Max. intermittent pressure
p3 Max. peak pressure
01/01.02
2 002 D006-003
Kappa
KAPPA 20 GENERAL DATA PUMPS KP 20
Max. pressure
Displacement Max. speed Min. speed
Pump type p1 p2 p3
cm 3 /rev bar min -1
KP 20•4 4,95 285 300 330 4000 350
KP 20•6,3 6,61 285 300 330 4000 350
KP 20•8 8,26 285 300 330 3500 350
KP 20•11,2 11,23 275 290 320 3500 350
KP 20•14 14,53 265 290 320 3500 350
KP 20•16 16,85 260 290 320 3000 300
KP 20•20 21,14 210 230 250 3000 300
KP 20•25 26,42 180 200 220 2500 300
KP 20•31,5 33,03 140 160 180 2000 300
p1= Max. continuous pressure p2= Max. intermittent pressure p3= Max. peak pressure
The values in the table refer to unidirectional pumps.

Reversible pump max pressures are 15% lower than those shown in table.
For different working conditions please consult our sales department.
01/01.02
D006-004 002 3
Kappa
KAPPA 30 GENERAL DATA PUMPS KP 30
Max. pressure
Pump type p1 p2 p3
KP 30•27 26,7 280 300 310 3000 350
KP 30•34 34,56 260 280 300 3000 350
KP 30•38 39,27 260 280 300 3000 350
KP 30•43 43,98 250 270 290 3000 350
KP 30•51 51,83 230 250 270 2500 350
KP 30•56 56,54 215 235 255 2500 350
KP 30•61 61,26 200 220 240 2500 350
KP 30•73 73,82 180 200 220 2500 350

01/01.02
4 002 D006-004
Kappa 20
KAPPA 20 GEAR PUMPS PERFORMANCE CURVES KP 20
KP 20
Each curve has been obtained at 50°C, using

oil with viscosity 36 mm2/s at 40°C and at these
pressures.
KP 20•4 . . . . . . 20-285 bar

KP 20•6,3 . . . . 20-285 bar
KP 20•8 . . . . . . 20-285 bar
KP 20•11,2 . . . 20-275 bar
KP 20•14 . . . . . 20-265 bar
KP 20•16 . . . . . 20-260 bar
KP 20•20 . . . . . 20-210 bar
KP 20•25 . . . . . 20-180 bar
KP 20•31,5 . . . 20-140 bar
KP 20•4 KP 20•6,3
01/01.02
6 002 D006-005
Kappa 20
KP 20•8 KP 20•11,2
KP 20•14 KP 20•16
01/01.02
D006-005 002 7
Kappa 20
KP 20•20 KP 20•25
KP 20•31,5
01/01.02
8 002 D006-005
Kappa 30
KP 30

pressures.
KP 30•27 . . . . . 20-280 bar

KP 30•34 . . . . . 20-260 bar
KP 30•38 . . . . . 20-260 bar
KP 30•43 . . . . . 20-250 bar
KP 30•51 . . . . . 20-230 bar
KP 30•56 . . . . . 20-215 bar
KP 30•61 . . . . . 20-200 bar
KP 30•73 . . . . . 20-180 bar
KP 30•27 KP 30•34
01/01.02
D006-006 002 9
Kappa 30
KP 30•38 KP 30•43
KP 30•51 KP 30•56
01/01.02
10 002 D006-006
Kappa 30
KP 30•61 KP 30•73
01/01.02
D006-006 002 11
Kappa 20
KAPPA 20 HYDRAULIC GEAR PUMPS EUROPEAN STANDARD 82 E2
L R
A B C D E
Pump type
mm mm mm Nm mm mm
(in) (in) (in) (lbf in) (in) (in)
87,5 60
KP 20•4 (3.445) (2.362)
90 62,5 M 6
KP 20•6,3 (3.543) (2.461) 10 ±2,5
Depth 13 30
0-82 E2-L EA/EA-N 92,5 65 12
(111)
(0.512) (1.181)
KP 20•8 (66)
(3.642) (2.559) (0.472)
S 96 68,5
KP 20•11,2 (3.780) (2.697)
D
100 67
KP 20•14 L (3.937) (2.638)
01/01.02
R 105,5 72,5
KP 20•16 B (4.154) (2.854) M 8
20 ±2,5
112 79 Depth 19 40
KP 20•20 0-82 E2-L EB/EA-N (4.409) (3.110) 14
(199)
(0.748) (1.575)
(155)
120 72 (0.551)
KP 20•25 (4.724) (2.835)
130 82
KP 20•31,5 (5.118) (3.228)
Rotation: S=left - D=right - L=reversible side drain - R=reversible rear drain - B=reversible internal drain
How to order:
KP 20•4 S0-82 E2-L EA/EA-N
12 002 D006-007
Kappa 20
L R
A B C
Pump type
mm mm mm Nm
(in) (in) (in) (lbf in)
87,5 60
KP 20•4 (3.445) (2.362)
90 62,5 G 1/2
KP 20•6,3 (3.543) (2.461) 35 ±5
Depth
0-82 E2-L GD/GD-N 92,5 65 20
(354)
KP 20•8 (266)
(3.642) (2.559) (0.787)
S 96 68,5
KP 20•11,2 (3.780) (2.697)
D
100 67
KP 20•14 L (3.937) (2.638)
01/01.02
R 105,5 72,5
KP 20•16 B (4.154) (2.854) G 3/4
55 ±5
112 79 Depth
KP 20•20 0-82 E2-L GE/GD-N (4.409) (3.110) 22
(531)
(443)
120 72 (0.866)
KP 20•25 (4.724) (2.835)
130 82
KP 20•31,5 (5.118) (3.228)
How to order:
KP 20•4 S0-82 E2-L GD/GD-N
D006-007 002 13
Kappa 20
KAPPA 20 HYDRAULIC GEAR PUMPS EUROPEAN STANDARD 82 E2 - P
Rear ports version.
A B C
Pump type
mm mm Nm mm
(in) (in) (lbf in) (in)
84,5
KP 20•4 (3.327)
87 G 1/2
KP 20•6,3 (3.425) 35 ±5
Depth 19
0-82 E2-P GD/GD-N 89,5 17
(354)
(0.748)
KP 20•8 (266)
(3.524) (0.670)
93
KP 20•11,2 S (3.661)
D 112
KP 20•14 (4.409)
R
01/01.02
B 115,5
KP 20•16 (4.547) G 3/4
55 ±5
122 Depth 22
KP 20•20 0-82 E2-P GE/GE-N (4.803) 18
(531)
(0.866)
(443)
130 (0.709)
KP 20•25 (5.118)
140
KP 20•31,5 (5.512)
Rotation: S=left - D=right - R=reversible rear drain - B=reversible internal drain

How to order:
KP 20•4 S0-82 E2-P GD/GD-N
14 002 D006-007
Kappa 20
KAPPA 20 HYDRAULIC GEAR PUMPS SAE STANDARD ... S1
S2 Type
OR 2300
Side ports version (L) - To order see page 22
A B C Ports code
Pump type
mm mm Nm
(in) (in) IN OUT
(lbf in
89,5 62
KP 20•4 (3.524) (2.441)
92 64,5
KP 20•6,3 (3.622) (2.539) 55 ±5
7/8-14 UNF-2B (531) OC
94,5 67 (443)
KP 20•8
01/01.02
(3.720) (2.638)
98 70,5
KP 20•11,2 (3.858) (2.776)
102 69
KP 20•14 (4.016) (2.717) OC
107,5 74,5
KP 20•16 (4.232) (2.933)
100 ±5
114 81
KP 20•20 1-1/16-12 UN-2B (929) OD
(4.488) (3.189)
(841)
122 74
KP 20•25 (4.803) (2.913)
132 84
KP 20•31,5 (5.197) (3.307)
D006-007 002 15
Kappa 20
S2 Type
OR 2300
C-G M8 M 10
20 ±2,5 45 ±5
Nm
(199) (443)
(lbf in)
(155) (354)
Ports
A B C D E F G H I L
Pump type code
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
(in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) IN OUT
101,5 62
KP 20•4 (3.996) (2.441)
104 64,5 M 8
KP 20•6,3 (4.094) (2.539) Depth 12,5 38,1 17,5
106,5 67 12 (0.492) (1.500) (0.689) MA
KP 20•8
01/01.02
(4.193) (2.638) (0.472)

M 8
111 70,5 Depth 12,5 38,1 17,5
KP 20•11,2 (4.370) (2.776) 12 (0.492) (1.500) (0.689) MA
116 69 (0.472)
KP 20•14 (4.567) (2.717)
119,5 74,5 19 47,6 22,2
KP 20•16 (4.705) (2.933) (0.748) (1.874) (0.874) MB
M 10
126 81 Depth
KP 20•20 (4.961) (3.189) 12
134 74 (0.472)
M 10
KP 20•25 (5.276) (2.913) 25,4 52,4 26,2 Depth 19 47,6 22,2
144 84 (1.000) (2.063) (1.031) 12 (0.748) (1.874) (0.874) MC MB
KP 20•31,5 (5.669) (3.307) (0.472)
16 002 D006-007
Kappa 20
S2 Type
OR 2300
Rear ports version (P) - To order see page 22
A B C Ports code
Pump type
mm Nm mm
(in) (in) IN OUT
(lbf in)
86,5
KP 20•4 (3.406)
89
KP 20•6,3 (3.504) 55 ±5
19
7/8-14 UNF-2B (531) OC
91,5 (0.748)
KP 20•8 (443)
(3.602)
01/01.02
95
KP 20•11,2 (3.740)
114
KP 20•14 (4.488) OC
117,5
KP 20•16 (4.623)
100 ±5
124 22
KP 20•20 1-1/16-12 UN-2B (929) OD
(4.882) (0.866)
(841)
132
KP 20•25 (5.197)
142
KP 20•31,5 (5.591)
D006-007 002 17
Kappa 20
A B C Ports code
Pump type
mm mm Nm
(in) (in) IN OUT
(lbf in)
89,5 62
KP 20•4 (3.524) (2.441)
92 64,5
KP 20•6,3 (3.622) (2.539) 55 ±5
7/8-14 UNF-2B (531) OC
94,5 67 (443)
KP 20•8 (3.720) (2.638)
01/01.02
98 70,5
KP 20•11,2 (3.858) (2.776)
102 69
KP 20•14 (4.016) (2.717) OC
107,5 74,5
KP 20•16 (4.232) (2.933)
100 ±5
114 81
KP 20•20 1-1/16-12 UN-2B (929) OD
(4.488) (3.189)
(841)
122 74
KP 20•25 (4.803) (2.913)
132 84
KP 20•31,5 (5.197) (3.307)
18 002 D006-007
Kappa 20
C-G M8 M 10
20 ±2,5 45 ±5
Nm
(199) (443)
(lbf in)
(155) (354)
Ports
A B C D E F G H I L
Pump type code
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
(in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) IN OUT
101,5 62
KP 20•4 (3.996) (2.441)
104 64,5 M 8
KP 20•6,3 (4.094) (2.539) Depth 12,5 38,1 17,5
106,5 67 12 (0.492) (1.500) (0.689) MA
KP 20•8
01/01.02
(4.193) (2.638) (0.472)

M 8
111 70,5 Depth 12,5 38,1 17,5
KP 20•11,2 (4.370) (2.776) 12 (0.492) (1.500) (0.689) MA
116 69 (0.472)
KP 20•14 (4.567) (2.717)
119,5 74,5 19 47,6 22,2
KP 20•16 (4.705) (2.933) (0.748) (1.874) (0.874) MB
M 10
126 81 Depth
KP 20•20 (4.961) (3.189) 12
134 74 (0.472)
M 10
KP 20•25 (5.276) (2.913) 25,4 52,4 26,2 Depth 19 47,6 22,2
144 84 (1.000) (2.063) (1.031) 12 (0.748) (1.874) (0.874) MC MB
KP 20•31,5 (5.669) (3.307) (0.472)
D006-007 002 19
Kappa 20
Rear ports version (P) - To order see page 22
A B C Ports code
Pump type
mm Nm mm
(in) (in) IN OUT
(lbf in)
86,5
KP 20•4 (3.406)
89
KP 20•6,3 (3.504) 55 ±5
19
7/8-14 UNF-2B (531) OC
91,5 (0.748)
KP 20•8 (443)
01/01.02
(3.602)
95
KP 20•11,2 (3.740)
114
KP 20•14 (4.488) OC
117,5
KP 20•16 (4.623)
100 ±5
124 22
KP 20•20 1-1/16-12 UN-2B (929) OD
(4.882) (0.866)
(841)
132
KP 20•25 (5.197)
142
KP 20•31,5 (5.591)
20 002 D006-007
Kappa 20
KAPPA 20 END DRIVE SHAFTS SAE
SAE “A” SPLINE 03 SAE “A” STRAIGHT 31
Ext. Involute Spline SAE J498B

with major diameter modified
9 teeth - 16/32 Pitch - 30 deg
Flat Root - Side fit - Class 1
MAX 100 Nm (885 lbf in) MAX 70 Nm (620 lbf in)
SAE SPLINE 01 STRAIGHT 49


SAE “B”SPLINE 04 SAE “B” STRAIGHT 32

01/01.02

D006-007 002 21
Kappa 20
HOW TO ORDER SINGLE PUMPS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pump Drive Mounting Ports Ports
Rotation Version – – – Seals
type shaft flange positon IN/OUT
KP20•4 S 0 – 03 S1 – L OC/OC – N
1 Pump type CODE Ports position 6

CODE
cm 3 /rev L Side
4,95 KP 20•4 P Rear
6,61 KP 20•6,3
8,26 KP 20•8 CODE Ports IN/OUT 7
11,23 KP 20•11,2 SAE STRAIGHT THREAD PORTS (ODT)
14,53 KP 20•14 Side Rear Pump type
16,85 KP 20•16 OC/OC OC/OC KP 20•4
21,14 KP 20•20 OC/OC OC/OC KP 20•6,3
26,42 KP 20•25 OC/OC OC/OC KP 20•8
33,03 KP 20•31,5 OC/OC OC/OC KP 20•11,2
OD/OC OD/OD KP 20•14
2 Rotation CODE OD/OC OD/OD KP 20•16
Left S OD/OC OD/OD KP 20•20
Right D OD/OC OD/OD KP 20•25
Reversible R OD/OC OD/OD KP 20•31,5
Reversible internal drain B
3 Version CODE Side Rear Pump type
0 MA/MA KP 20•4
Without outboard bearing
MA/MA KP 20•6,3
4 Drive shaft CODE MA/MA KP 20•8
SAE “A” spline (9 teeth) 03 MA/MA KP 20•11,2
SAE spline (10 teeth) 01 MB/MA KP 20•14
SAE spline (11 teeth) 07 MB/MA KP 20•16
SAE “B” spline (13 teeth) 04 MB/MA KP 20•20
SAE “A” straight 31 MC/MB KP 20•25
Straight 49 MC/MB KP 20•31,5
Straight 50
SAE “B” straight 32 CODE Seals (b) 8
N Buna (standard)
5 Mounting flange CODE N- H Buna with high back pressure shaft seals
SAE “A” 2 holes S1 V Viton
SAE “A” 2 holes (with o-ring seal) S2 V Bz Viton and Bronze thrust plates
SAE “B” 2 holes (a) S5
(a) Available only with 04 and 32 shaft
(b) Choose the seals according to the temperature

01/01.02
shown on page 1
ORDER EXAMPLE
Standard pump KP 20•4 S0 - 03 S1 - L OC/OC - N
Special version pump KP 20•4 S0 - 04 S5 - L MA/MA - V Bz
22 002 D006-007
Kappa 30
L R
C-F M8 M 10 M 12
Nm 20 ±2,5 45 ±5 65 ±5
(lbf in) (199) (443) (620)
(155) (354) (531)
A B C D E F G H I
Pump type
(in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in)
133 85
KP 30•27 (5.236) (3.346)
138 90
KP 30•34 (5.433) (3.543)
141 93
KP 30•38 (5.551) (3.661) M 10 M 8
KP 30•43 S 0-83 E3-L ED/EB-N
144 96 Depth 27 51 Depth 19 40 130
(5.669) (3.780) 17 (1.063) (2.008) 17 (0.748) (1.575) (5.118)
D
149 93 (0.669) (0.669)
KP 30•51 L (5.866) (3.661)
01/01.02
R 152 97
KP 30•56 B (5.984) (3.819)
155 100
KP 30•61 (6.102) (3.937)
M 12 M 10
163 108 Depth 33 62 Depth 27 51 135
KP 30•73 0-83 E3-L EF/ED-N (6.417) (4.252) 17 (1.299) (2.441) 17 (1.063) (2.008) (5.315)
(0.669) (0.669)
How to order:
KP 30•27 S0-83 E3-L ED/EB-N
D006-008 002 23
Kappa 30
L R
A B C D
Pump type
mm mm mm Nm mm
(in) (in) (in) (lbf in) (in)
133 85
KP 30•27 (5.236) (3.346)
138 90
KP 30•34 (5.433) (3.543)
141 93
KP 30•38 (5.551) (3.661)
S G 1 85 ±5
144 96 130
KP 30•43 D 0-83 E3-L GF/GF-N (5.669) (3.780) Depth 22 (797)
(5.118)
(0.866) (708)
L 149 93
KP 30•51
01/01.02
(5.866) (3.661)
R
152 97
KP 30•56 B (5.984) (3.819)
155 100
KP 30•61 (6.102) (3.937)
G 1 1/4 140 ±5
163 108 135
KP 30•73 0-83 E3-L GG/GF-N (6.417) (4.252) Depth 24 (1283)
(5.315)
(0.945) (1195)
How to order:
KP 30•27 S0-83 E3-L GF/GF-N
24 002 D006-008
Kappa 30
A B
Pump type
mm mm
(in) (in)
148
KP 30•27 (5.827)
153
KP 30•34 (6.024)
156 143
KP 30•38 (6.142) (5.630)
S 159
KP 30•43 D (6.260)
0-83 E3-P GF/GF-N
01/01.02
R 164
KP 30•51 (6.457)
B
167
KP 30•56 (6.575)
170 148
KP 30•61 (6.693) (5.827)
178
KP 30•73 (7.008)
Rotation: S=Left - D=Right - R=reversible rear drain - B=reversible internal drain

How to order:
KP 30•27 S0-83 E3-P GF/GF-N
D006-008 002 25
Kappa 30
KAPPA 30 HYDRAULIC GEAR PUMPS EUROPEAN STANDARD A8 E3
L R
C-F M8 M 10 M 12
Nm 20 ±2,5 45 ±5 65 ±5
(lbf in) (199) (443) (620)
(155) (354) (531)
A B C D E F G H I
Pump type
133 85
KP 30•27 (5.236) (3.346)
138 90
KP 30•34 (5.433) (3.543)
141 93
KP 30•38 (5.551) (3.661) M 10 M 8
S 0-A8 E3-L ED/EB-N 144 96 Depth 27 51 Depth 19 40 130
KP 30•43 (5.669) (3.780) 17 (1.063) (2.008) 17 (0.748) (1.575) (5.118)
D (0.669) (0.669)
149 93
KP 30•51 L (5.866) (3.661)
R 152 97
01/01.02
KP 30•56 B (5.984) (3.819)

155 100
KP 30•61 (6.102) (3.937)
M 12 M 10
163 108 Depth 33 62 Depth 27 51 135
KP 30•73 0-A8 E3-L EF/ED-N (6.417) (4.252) 17 (1.299) (2.441) 17 (1.063) (2.008) (5.315)
(0.669) (0.669)
How to order:
KP 30•27 S0-A8 E3-L ED/EB-N
26 002 D006-008
Kappa 30
C M 10 M 12
45 ±5 65 ±5
Nm
(443) (620)
(lbf in)
(354) (531)
A B C D E F
Pump type
mm mm mm mm mm mm
(in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in)
01/01.02
M 10
150 94 27 51 130
KP 30•51 S 0-84 E4-L ED/ED-N (5.906) (3.701)
Depth 17
(1.063) (2.008) (5.118)
(0.669)
D
156 101
KP 30•61 R (6.142) (3.976) M 12
33 62 135
B 0-84 E4-L EF/ED-N 164 109
Depth 17
(1.299) (2.441) (5.315)
KP 30•73 (0.669)
(6.457) (4.291)

How to order:
KP 30•51 S0-84 E4-L ED/ED-N
D006-008 002 27
Kappa 30
A B C D
Pump type
mm mm mm Nm mm
01/01.02
G 1 85 ±5
150 94 130
KP 30•51 S 0-84 E4-L GF/GF-N (5.906) (3.701)
Depth 22 (797)
(5.118)
(0.866) (708)
D
156 101
KP 30•61 R (6.142) (3.976) G 1 1/4 140 ±5
135
B 0-84 E4-L GG/GF-N 164 109
Depth 24 (1283)
(5.315)
KP 30•73 (0.945) (1195)
(6.457) (4.291)

How to order:
KP 30•51 S0-84 E4-L GF/GF-N
28 002 D006-008
Kappa 30
C M 10 M 12
45 ±5 65 ±5
Nm
(443) (620)
(lbf in)
(354) (531)
A B C D E F
Pump type
mm mm mm mm mm mm
01/01.02
M 10
150 94 27 51 130
KP 30•51 S 0-A8 E4-L ED/ED-N (5.906) (3.701)
Depth 17
(1.063) (2.008) (5.118)
(0.669)
D
156 101
KP 30•61 R (6.142) (3.976) M 12
33 62 135
B 0-A8 E4-L EF/ED-N 164 109
Depth 17
(1.299) (2.441) (5.315)
KP 30•73 (0.669)
(6.457) (4.291)

How to order:
KP 30•51 S0-A8 E4-L ED/ED-N
D006-008 002 29
Kappa 30
C M 10 M 12
45 ±5 65 ±5
Nm
(443) (620)
(lbf in)
(354) (531)
A B C D E F
Pump type
mm mm mm mm mm mm
01/01.02
M 10
150 94 27 51 130
KP 30•51 S 0-A5 E4-L ED/ED-N (5.906) (3.701)
Depth 17
(1.063) (2.008) (5.118)
(0.669)
D
156 101
KP 30•61 R (6.142) (3.976) M 12
33 62 135
B 0-A5 E4-L EF/ED-N 164 109
Depth 17
(1.299) (2.441) (5.315)
KP 30•73 (0.669)
(6.457) (4.291)

How to order:
KP 30•51 S0-A5 E4-L ED/ED-N
30 002 D006-008
Kappa 30
C-D 1-1/16-12 UN-2B 1-5/16-12 UN-2B 1-5/8-12 UN-2B 1-7/8-12 UN-2B
100 ±5 160 ±10 180 ±10 270 ±10

Nm
(929) (1505) (1682) (2478)
(lbf in)
(841) (1328) (1505) (2301)
To order see page 33 - 34.
A B C D E Ports code
Pump type
mm mm mm
(in) (in) (in) IN OUT
164 115
KP 30•27 (6.457) (4.528)
1-5/16-12 UN-2B 1-1/16-12 UN-2B OF OD
169 120
KP 30•34 (6.654) (4.724)
01/01.02
172 123 130

KP 30•38 (6.772) (4.843) (5.118)
175 126 1-5/8-12 UN-2B 1-5/16-12 UN-2B
KP 30•43 (6.890) (4.961) OG OF
180 123
KP 30•51 (7.087) (4.843)
182 127
KP 30•56 * (7.165) (5.000)
186 130 1-7/8-12 UN-2B 1-5/8-12 UN-2B 135
KP 30•61 (7.323) (5.118) (5.433) OH OG
194 138
KP 30•73 (7.638) (5.433)
* Available only with 04 and 32 shaft for 0 and 1 version.
D006-008 002 31
Kappa 30
C-D 1-1/16-12 UN-2B 1-5/16-12 UN-2B 1-5/8-12 UN-2B 1-7/8-12 UN-2B
100 ±5 160 ±10 180 ±10 270 ±10

Nm
(929) (1505) (1682) (2478)
(lbf in)
(841) (1328) (1505) (2301)
Pump type
mm mm mm
164 115
KP 30•27 (6.457) (4.528)
1-5/16-12 UN-2B 1-1/16-12 UN-2B OF OD
169 120
KP 30•34 (6.654) (4.724)
01/01.02
172 123 130

KP 30•38 (6.772) (4.843) (5.118)
175 126 1-5/8-12 UN-2B 1-5/16-12 UN-2B
KP 30•43 (6.890) (4.961) OG OF
180 123
KP 30•51 (7.087) (4.843)
182 127
KP 30•56 * (7.165) (5.000)
186 130 1-7/8-12 UN-2B 1-5/8-12 UN-2B 135
KP 30•61 (7.323) (5.118) (5.433) OH OG
194 138
KP 30•73 (7.638) (5.433)
32 002 D006-008
Kappa 30
KAPPA 30 SAE VERSION SAE
0 1 2
Version for applications Version for applications with Special version with indepen-
without radial and axial load on low radial load and without dent shaft for applications with
the drive shaft. axial load on the drive shaft. low radial load and without
axial load on the drive shaft.
SAE “B” SPLINE 04 SAE “B” STRAIGHT 32

MAX 300 Nm (2655 lbf in) u MAX 200 Nm (1770 lbf in) u
SAE “BB” SPLINE 05 SAE “BB” STRAIGHT 33

15 teeth - 16/32 Spline - 30 deg
01/01.02
u For “2” version whichever end shaft, the max. torque applicable is M= 170 Nm (1505 lbf in)
D006-008 002 33
Kappa 30
HOW TO ORDER SAE SINGLE PUMPS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
type shaft flange position IN/OUT
KP30•27 S 0 – 04 S3 – L OF/OD – N

CODE
cm 3 /rev L Side
26,7 KP 30•27 P Rear
34,56 KP 30•34
39,27 KP 30•38 CODE Ports IN/OUT 7
43,98 KP 30•43 SAE STRAIGHT THREAD PORTS (ODT)
51,83 KP 30•51 Side Pump type
56,54 KP 30•56 OF/OD KP 30•27
61,26 KP 30•61 OF/OD KP 30•34
73,82 KP 30•73 OG/OF KP 30•38
OG/OF KP 30•43
2 Rotation CODE OG/OF KP 30•51
Left S OH/OG KP 30•56
Right D OH/OG KP 30•61
Reversible R OH/OG KP 30•73
CODE Seals (a) 8
3 Version CODE N Buna (standard)
Without outboard bearing 0 N-H Buna with high back pressure shaft seals
With outboard bearing 1 V Viton
With outboard bearing and indep. shaft 2 V Bz Viton and Bronze thrust plates
4 Drive shaft CODE (a) Choose the seals according to the temperature
SAE “B” spline (13 theeth) 04 shown on page 1
SAE “B” straight 32
SAE “BB” spline (15 theeth) 05
SAE “BB” straight 33

SAE “B” 2-4 holes S3
SAE “B” 2 holes S5
01/01.02
ORDER EXAMPLE
Standard pump KP 30•27 S0 - 04 S3 - L OF/OD - N
Special version pump KP 30•27 S2 - 32 S3 - L OF/OD - V Bz
34 002 D006-008
Kappa
MULTIPLE PUMPS
KAPPA series pumps can be coupled together in combination. Where imput power requirement of
each element varies, that with the greater requirement must be at the drive shaft end, and progressi-
vely smaller to the rear.
Features and performances are the same as the corresponding single pumps, but pressures must be
limited by the transmissible torque of the drive and connecting shafts. To have appropriate data, use
the formula below.
The maximum rotational speed is that of the lowest rated speed of the single units incorporated.
M [Nm] Torque
V [cm3/rev] Displacement
Dp [bar] Pressure
hm= hm (V,Dp, n) (» 0,88) Mechanical efficiency
Dp • V
M= [Nm]
62,83 • h m
Note: The torque absorbed from the shaft of the first pump results from the sum of the torques due to all
single stages. The achieved value must not exceed the maximum torque limit given for the shaft of the first
01/01.02
pump. Diagrams providing approximate selection data will be found on page 36.
D006-009 002 35
Kappa
ABSORBED TORQUE
KP 30 1 KP 20 - PLP 20 2
PLP 10 3
DRIVE SHAFT SELECTION

Let us consider a double pump KP30•34+
KP20•20. If we suppose that we have to work with
the first pump at a pressure of 200 bar and the se-
cond pump at a pressure of 150 bar, the grafh 1
shows that the torque absorbed by KP30•34 is 125
Nm and the grafh 2 shows that the torque absorbed
by KP20•20 is 55 Nm (acceptable value because it
don’t exceed the maximum drive shaft torque that is
110 Nm, see page 38). The torque to be transmitted
by the first drive shaft will thus be 125+55= 180 Nm,
this value must not exceed the shaft’s maximum ra-
ted value.
01/01.02
36 002 D006-009
Kappa
KAPPA 20 + KAPPA 20
Front Intermediate Rear
KAPPA 20 +POLARIS 10
Front Rear
MAX 30 Nm (266 lbf in)
KAPPA 20 END DRIVE SHAFTS
EUROPEAN TAPERED 1:8 82 SAE "A" SPLINE 03 SAE SPLINE 01
MAX 140 Nm (1239 lbf in) MAX 100 Nm (885 lbf in) MAX 100 Nm (885 lbf in)
SAE SPLINE 07 SAE "B" SPLINE 04 SAE "A" STRAIGHT 31

01/01.02
STRAIGHT 49 STRAIGHT 50 SAE "B" STRAIGHT 32
D006-009 002 37
Kappa
Kappa 30 + Kappa 30
Kappa 30 + Kappa 20
Front Separate stages Rear
Kappa 30 + Polaris 20
Front Separate stages Rear

01/01.02
38 002 D006-009
Kappa
KAPPA 30 END DRIVE SHAFTS
EUROPEAN TAPERED 1:8 83 EUROPEAN TAPERED 1:8 84 SAE "B" SPLINE 04
SAE SPLINE A8 SAE SPLINE A5 SAE "BB" SPLINE 05
SAE "B" STRAIGHT 32 SAE "BB" STRAIGHT 33
01/01.02
D006-009 002 39
Kappa 20
01/01.02
40 002 D006-010
Kappa 20
A B C D E F G
Pump type
mm mm mm mm mm Nm mm mm
(in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (lbf in) (in) (in)
60 24
KP 20•4 (2.362) (0.945)
62,5 37,5 26,5
KP 20•6,3 (2.461) (1.476) (1.043) M 6 10 ±2,5
27,5 13 30
Depth 12 (111)
65 29 (1.083) (0.512) (1.181)
KP 20•8 (0.472) (66)
(2.559) (1.142)
68,5 38,5 32,5
KP 20•11,2 (2.697) (1.51) (1.280)
67 45 31
KP 20•14 (2.638) (1.772) (1.220)
72,5 36,5 33
KP 20•16 (2.854) (1.437) (1.299)
43
(1.693)
M 8 20 ±2,5
79 43 19 40
KP 20•20 Depth 14 (199)
(3.110) (1.693) (0.748) (1.575)
(0.551) (155)
72 36
KP 20•25 (2.835) (1.417) 48
58
82 (2.283) 46 (1.890)
KP 20•31,5 (3.228) (1.811)
The lenght of a triple pump is obtained with the sum of the following dimensions: A+B+C+B+C+D.
How to order a triple pump

(for double pump omit the intermediate pump)
Front Intermediate Rear Rotation Seals

pump / pump / pump (1) / – (2)
KP20•4 / 20•4 / 20•4 S / FS -

(1) Rotation: S= Left - D= Right (2) for Viton seals V
01/01.02
ORDER EXAMPLE
Double pump KP20•4/20•4 S/FS
Triple pump KP20•4/20•4/20•4 S/FS
D006-010 002 41
Kappa 20
01/01.02
42 002 D006-010
Kappa 20
Ports
A B C D E
Pump type code
mm mm mm mm mm Nm
(in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (lbf in) IN OUT
60 24
KP 20•4 (2.362) (0.945)
62,5 37,5 26,5
KP 20•6,3 (2.461) (1.476) (1.043) G 1/2 35 ±5
27,5
Depth 20 (354) GD
65 29 (1.083)
KP 20•8 (0.787) (266)
(2.559) (1.142)
68,5 38,5 32,5
KP 20•11,2 (2.697) (1.51) (1.280)
67 45 31
KP 20•14 (2.638) (1.772) (1.220) GD
72,5 36,5 33
KP 20•16 (2.854) (1.437) (1.299)
43
(1.693)
G 3/4 55 ±5
79 43
KP 20•20 Depth 22 (531) GE
(3.110) (1.693)
(0.866) (443)
72 36
KP 20•25 (2.835) (1.417) 48
58
82 (2.283) 46 (1.890)
KP 20•31,5 (3.228) (1.811)

Pump Ports Ports Rotation Seals

– – / -
type position IN/OUT (1) (2)
KP 20•4 – L GD/GD /
Front pump
20•4 – L GD/GD /
Intermediate pump
20•4 – L GD/GD S / FS -
Rear pump

01/01.02
ORDER EXAMPLE
Double pump KP20•4-LGD/GD/20•4-LGD/GD S/FS
Triple pump KP20•4-LGD/GD/20•4-LGD/GD/20•4-LGD/GD S/FS
D006-010 002 43
Kappa 20
KAPPA 20 HYDRAULIC GEAR PUMPS EUROPEAN STANDARD 82 E2+PL10
01/01.02
44 002 D006-010
Kappa 20
E M6 M8
10 ±2,5 20 ±2,5
Nm
(111) (199)
(lbf in)
(66) (155)
A B C D E F G
Pump type Pump type
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
(in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in)
60 24 17,6 34,1
KP 20•4 (2.362) (0.945) PL 10•1 (0.693) (1.343)
62,5 37,5 26,5 19,2 35,7
KP 20•6,3 (2.461) (1.476) (1.043) 27,5
M 6 PL 10•2 (0.756) (1.406)
Depth 12
65 29 (1.083) 21 37,5
KP 20•8 (0.472)
(2.559) (1.142) PL 10•3,15 (0.827) (1.476)
68,5 38,5 32,5 22,4 38,9
KP 20•11,2 (2.697) (1.51) (1.280) PL 10•4 (0.882) (1.531)
67 45 31 24 40,5
KP 20•14 (2.638) (1.772) (1.220) PL 10•5 (0.945) (1.594)
72,5 36,5 33 26 42,5
KP 20•16 (2.854) (1.437) (1.299) PL 10•6,3
43 (1.024) (1.673)
M 8
79 (1.693) 43
KP 20•20 Depth 14 28,8 45,2
(3.110) (1.693)
(0.551) PL 10•8 (1.134) (1.780)
72 36
KP 20•25 (2.835) (1.417) 32 48,5
58 48 PL 10•10 (1.260) (1.909)
82 (2.283) 46 (1.890)
KP 20•31,5 (3.228) (1.811)
How to order a double pump
Front Rear Rotation Seals

pump / pump (1) / – (2)
KP20•4 / PLP10•1 S / FS -
01/01.02
ORDER EXAMPLE
Double pump KP20•4/PLP10•1 S/FS
D006-010 002 45
Kappa 20
S2 Type
OR 2300
01/01.02
46 002 D006-010
Kappa 20
Ports
A B C D E
Pump type code
mm mm mm mm Nm
(in) (in) (in) (in) (lbf in) IN OUT
62 24
KP 20•4 (2.441) (0.945)
64,5 37,5 26,5
KP 20•6,3 (2.539) (1.476) (1.043) 55 ±5
27,5
7/8-14 UNF-2B (531) OC
67 29 (1.083)
KP 20•8 (443)
(2.638) (1.142)
70,5 38,5 32,5
KP 20•11,2 (2.776) (1.51) (1.280)
69 45 31
KP 20•14 (2.717) (1.772) (1.220) OC
74,5 36,5 33
KP 20•16 (2.933) (1.437) (1.299)
43
(1.693) 100 ±5
81 43
KP 20•20 1-1/16-12 UN-2B (929) OD
(3.189) (1.693)
(841)
74 36
KP 20•25 (2.913) (1.417) 48
58
84 (2.283) 46 (1.890)
KP 20•31,5 (3.307) (1.811)
To order see page 54 e 55

01/01.02
D006-010 002 47
Kappa 20
S2 Type
OR 2300
01/01.02
48 002 D006-010
Kappa 20
A B C D
Pump type
mm mm mm mm
(in) (in) (in) (in)
62 24
KP 20•4 (2.441) (0.945)
64,5 37,5 26,5 39,5
KP 20•6,3 (2.539) (1.476) (1.043) (1.555)
67 29
KP 20•8 (2.638) (1.142)
70,5 38,5 32,5 40,5
KP 20•11,2 (2.776) (1.51) (1.280) (1.594)
69 45 31 47
KP 20•14 (2.717) (1.772) (1.220) (1.850)
74,5 36,5
KP 20•16 (2.933) (1.437) 45
43
81 (1.693) 43 (1.772)
KP 20•20 (3.189) (1.693)
74 36
KP 20•25 (2.913) (1.417) 60
58
84 (2.283) 46 (2.362)
KP 20•31,5 (3.307) (1.811)
E F G H I L M N Ports
Pump type
code
(in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) IN OUT
(in)
KP 20•4
KP 20•6,3 M 8
12,5 38,1 17,5
12 Depth MA
(0.492) (1.500) (0.689)
KP 20•8 (0.472)
M 8
12,5 38,1 17,5
KP 20•11,2 Depth 12 MA
(0.492) (1.500) (0.689)
(0.472)
KP 20•14
19 47,6 22,2
KP 20•16 (0.748) (1.874) (0.874) MB
M 10
KP 20•20 12 Depth
(0.472)
KP 20•25 25,4 52,4 26,2
M 10
19 47,6 22,2
Depth 12 MC MB
(1.000) (2.063) (1.031) (0.748) (1.874) (0.874)
KP 20•31,5 (0.472)
01/01.02
E-I M8 M 10
20 ±2,5 45 ±5
Nm
(199) (443)
(lbf in)
(155) (354)
D006-010 002 49
Kappa 20
01/01.02
50 002 D006-010
Kappa 20
Ports
A B C D E
Pump type code
mm mm mm mm Nm
(in) (in) (in) (in) (lbf in) IN OUT
62 24
KP 20•4 (2.441) (0.945)
64,5 37,5 26,5
KP 20•6,3 (2.539) (1.476) (1.043) 55 ±5
27,5
7/8-14 UNF-2B (531) OC
67 29 (1.083)
KP 20•8 (443)
(2.638) (1.142)
70,5 38,5 32,5
KP 20•11,2 (2.776) (1.51) (1.280)
69 45 31
KP 20•14 (2.717) (1.772) (1.220) OC
74,5 36,5 33
KP 20•16 (2.933) (1.437) (1.299)
43
(1.693) 100 ±5
81 43
KP 20•20 1-1/16-12 UN-2B (929) OD
(3.189) (1.693)
(841)
74 36
KP 20•25 (2.913) (1.417) 48
58
84 (2.283) 46 (1.890)
KP 20•31,5 (3.307) (1.811)

01/01.02
D006-010 002 51
Kappa 20
01/01.02
52 002 D006-010
Kappa 20
A B C D
Pump type
mm mm mm mm
(in) (in) (in) (in)
62 24
KP 20•4 (2.441) (0.945)
64,5 37,5 26,5 39,5
KP 20•6,3 (2.539) (1.476) (1.043) (1.555)
67 29
KP 20•8 (2.638) (1.142)
70,5 38,5 32,5 40,5
KP 20•11,2 (2.776) (1.51) (1.280) (1.594)
69 45 31 47
KP 20•14 (2.717) (1.772) (1.220) (1.850)
74,5 36,5
KP 20•16 (2.933) (1.437) 45
43
81 (1.693) 43 (1.772)
KP 20•20 (3.189) (1.693)
74 36
KP 20•25 (2.913) (1.417) 60
58
84 (2.283) 46 (2.362)
KP 20•31,5 (3.307) (1.811)
E F G H I L M N Ports
Pump type
code
(in)
KP 20•4
KP 20•6,3 M 8
12,5 38,1 17,5
12 Depth MA
(0.492) (1.500) (0.689)
KP 20•8 (0.472)
M 8
12,5 38,1 17,5
KP 20•11,2 12 Depth MA
(0.492) (1.500) (0.689)
(0.472)
KP 20•14
19 47,6 22,2
KP 20•16 (0.748) (1.874) (0.874) MB
M 10
KP 20•20 12 Depth
(0.472)
KP 20•25 25,4 52,4 26,2
M 10
19 47,6 22,2
12 Depth MC MB
(1.000) (2.063) (1.031) (0.748) (1.874) (0.874)
KP 20•31,5 (0.472)
01/01.02
E-I M8 M 10
20 ±2,5 45 ±5
Nm
(199) (443)
(lbf in)
(155) (354)
D006-010 002 53
Kappa 20




01/01.02

54 002 D006-010
Kappa 20
HOW TO ORDER KAPPA 20 MULTIPLE PUMPS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

– – – Rotation / - Seals
KP 20•4 – 03 S1 – L OC/OC /
Front pump
20•4 – L O/COC /
Intermediate pump
20•4 – L OC/OC S / FS -
Rear pump
1 Pump type CODE Ports IN/OUT 5

3
CODE
cm /rev SAE STRAIGHT THREAD PORTS (ODT)
4,95 KP 20•4
Side Rear Pump type
6,61 KP 20•6,3 OC/OC OC/OC KP 20•4
8,26 KP 20•8 OC/OC OC/OC KP 20•6,3
11,23 KP 20•11,2 OC/OC OC/OC KP 20•8
14,53 KP 20•14 OC/OC OC/OC KP 20•11,2
16,85 KP 20•16 OD/OC OD/OD KP 20•14
21,14 KP 20•20 OD/OC OD/OD KP 20•16
26,42 KP 20•25 OD/OC OD/OD KP 20•20
33,03 KP 20•31,5 OD/OC OD/OD KP 20•25
OD/OC OD/OD KP 20•31,5
2 Drive shaft CODE
03 METRIC SAE SPLIT PORTS SAE J518 C
SAE “A” spline (9 theeth)
SAE spline (10 theeth) 01 Side Rear Pump type
07 MA/MA KP 20•4
SAE spline (11 theeth)
04 MA/MA KP 20•6,3
SAE “B” spline (13 theeth)
31 MA/MA KP 20•8
SAE “A” straight
49 MA/MA KP 20•11,2
Straight
50 MB/MA KP 20•14
Straight
32 MB/MA KP 20•16
SAE “B” straight
MB/MA KP 20•20
3 Mounting flange CODE MC/MB KP 20•25
SAE “A” 2 holes S1 MC/MB KP 20•31,5
SAE “A” 2 holes (with o-ring seal) S2
SAE “B” 2 holes (a) S5 CODE Rotation 6
S Left
4 Ports position CODE D Right
Side L
CODE Seals (b) 7
01/01.02
Buna (standard)
V Viton

shown on page 1
D006-010 002 55
Kappa 30
01/01.02
56 002 D006-011
Kappa 30
E-M M8 M 10 M 12
Nm 20 ±2,5 45 ±5 65 ±5
(lbf in) (199) (443) (620)
(155) (354) (531)
A B C D E F G H I L M
Pump type
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
(in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in)
85 35
KP 30•27 (3.346) (1.378)
90 40
KP 30•34 (3.543) (1.575)
63 48
93 (2.480) 43 (1.890)
KP 30•38 (3.661) (1.693)
M 10 M 8
96 46 27 51 130 40 19
Depth 17
KP 30•43 (3.780) (5.118) (1.575) (0.748) Depth 17
(1.811) (0.669) (1.063) (2.008)
(0.669)
93 71 43 56
KP 30•51 (3.661) (2.795) (1.693) (2.205)
97 47
KP 30•56 (3.819) (1.850)
100 50
KP 30•61 (3.937) 70 (1.969) 55
(2.756) (2.165)
M 12 M 10
108 58 33 62 135 51 27
KP 30•73 Depth 17
(4.252) (2.283) (1.299) (2.441) (5.315) (2.008) (1.063) Depth 17
(0.669) (0.669)


pump / pump / pump (1) – (2)
KP30•27 / 30•27 / 30•27 S -

01/01.02
ORDER EXAMPLE
Double pump KP30•27/30•27 S
Triple pump KP30•27/30•27/30•27 S
D006-011 002 57
Kappa 30
01/01.02
58 002 D006-011
Kappa 30
E G1 G1 1/4
85 ±5 140 ±5
Nm
(797) (1283)
(lbf in)
(708) (1195)
A B C D E F Ports
code
Pump type
mm mm mm mm mm mm
85 35
KP 30•27 (3.346) (1.378)
90 40
KP 30•34 (3.543) (1.575)
63 48
93 (2.480) 43 (1.890)
KP 30•38 (3.661) (1.693)
G 1
96 46 130
KP 30•43 Depth 22 GF GF
(3.780) (1.811) (5.118)
(0.866)
93 71 43 56
KP 30•51 (3.661) (2.795) (1.693) (2.205)
97 47
KP 30•56 (3.819) (1.850)
100 50
KP 30•61 (3.937) 70 (1.969) 55
(2.756) (2.165)
G 1 1/4
108 58 135
KP 30•73 Depth 24 GG GF
(4.252) (2.283) (5.315)
(0.945)

Pump Ports Ports Rotation Seals

– – -
type position IN/OUT (1) (2)
KP 30•27 – L GF/GF /
Front pump
30•27 – L GF/GF /
Intermediate pump
30•27 – L GF/GF S -
Rear pump

01/01.02
ORDER EXAMPLE
Double pump KP30•27-LGF/GF/30•27-LGF/GF S
Triple pump KP30•27-LGF/GF/30•27-LGF/GF/30•27-LGF/GF S
D006-011 002 59
Kappa 30
KAPPA 30 HYDRAULIC GEAR PUMPS EUROPEAN STANDARD 83 E3+KP20
01/01.02
60 002 D006-011
Kappa 30
KAPPA 30 HYDRAULIC GEAR PUMPS EUROPEAN STANDARD 83 E3+KP20
A B C D E F G H I
Pump type
mm mm mm mm mm Nm mm mm mm mm
(in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (lbf in) (in) (in) (in) (in)
85
KP 30•27 (3.346)
90
KP 30•34 (3.543) 63
93 (2.480)
KP 30•38 (3.661)
M 10 45 ±5 M 8
96 27 51 130 40 19
KP 30•43 Depth 17 (443) Depth 17
(3.780) (1.063) (2.008) (5.118) (1.575) (0.748)
(0.669) (354) (0.669)
93 71
KP 30•51 (3.661) (2.795)
97
KP 30•56 (3.819)
100
KP 30•61 (3.937) 70
(2.756)
M 12 65 ±5 M 10
108 33 62 135 51 27
KP 30•73 Depth 17 (620) Depth 17
(4.252) (1.299) (2.441) (5.315) (2.008) (1.063)
(0.669) (531) (0.669)
L M N O P
Pump type
mm mm mm mm mm Nm
(in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (lbf in)
60
KP 20•4 (2.362)
62,5
KP 20•6,3 (2.461) M 6 10 ±2,5
27,5 13 30
Depth 12 (111)
65 (1.083) (0.512) (1.181)
KP 20•8 (0.472) (66)
(2.559)
68,5
KP 20•11,2 (2.697)
67
KP 20•14 (2.638)
72,5 33
KP 20•16 (2.854) (1.299)
M 8 20 ±2,5
79 91 40
KP 20•20 Depth 14 (199)
(3.110) (0.748) (1.575)
(0.551) (155)
72
KP 20•25 (2.835) 48
82 (1.890)
KP 20•31,5 (3.228)

01/01.02

pump - / pump (1) – (2)
KP30•27 - 67 / 20•4 S -
ORDER EXAMPLE
Double pump KP30•27-67/20•4 S/FS
D006-011 002 61
Kappa 30
01/01.02
62 002 D006-011
Kappa 30
A B C D E F G H I
Pump type
mm mm mm mm mm Nm mm mm mm mm
(in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (lbf in) (in) (in) (in) (in)
85
KP 30•27 (3.346)
90
KP 30•34 (3.543) 63
93 (2.480)
KP 30•38 (3.661)
M 10 45 ±5 M 8
96 27 51 130 40 19
KP 30•43 Depth 17 (443) Depth 17
(3.780) (1.063) (2.008) (5.118) (1.575) (0.748)
(0.669) (354) (0.669)
93 71
KP 30•51 (3.661) (2.795)
97
KP 30•56 (3.819)
100
KP 30•61 (3.937) 70
(2.756)
M 12 65 ±5 M 10
108 33 62 135 51 27
KP 30•73 Depth 17 (620) Depth 17
(4.252) (1.299) (2.441) (5.315) (2.008) (1.063)
(0.669) (531) (0.669)
L M N O P
Pump type
mm mm mm mm mm Nm
(in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (lbf in)
43,7 49,3
PLP 20•4 (1.720) (1.941)
45 50,5
PLP 20•6,3 (1.772) (1.988) M 6 10 ±2,5
13 30
Depth 12 (111)
46,2 51,8 (0.512) (1.181)
PLP 20•8 (0.472) (66)
(1.819) (2.039)
48,5 54
PLP 20•11,2 (1.909) (2.126)
51 56,5
PLP 20•14 (2.008) (2.224)
52,7 58,3
PLP 20•16 (2.075) (2.295)
M 8 20 ±2,5
56 61,5 91 40
PLP 20•20 Depth 14 (199)
(2.205) (2.421) (0.748) (1.575)
(0.551) (155)
60 65,5
PLP 20•25 (2.362) (2.579)
65 70,5
PLP 20•31,5 (2.559) (2.776)

01/01.02

pump - / pump (1) – (2)
KP30•27 - 67 / PLP20•4 S -
ORDER EXAMPLE
Double pump KP30•27-67/PLP20•4 S/FS
D006-011 002 63
Kappa 30
01/01.02
64 002 D006-011
Kappa 30
E-M M8 M 10 M 12
Nm 20 ±2,5 45 ±5 65 ±5
(lbf in) (199) (443) (620)
(155) (354) (531)
A B C D E F G H I L M
Pump type
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
(in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in)
85 35
KP 30•27 (3.346) (1.378)
90 40
KP 30•34 (3.543) (1.575)
63 48
93 (2.480) 43 (1.890)
KP 30•38 (3.661) (1.693)
M 10 M 8
96 46 27 51 130 40 19
Depth 17
KP 30•43 (3.780) (5.118) (1.575) (0.748) Depth 17
(1.811) (0.669) (1.063) (2.008)
(0.669)
93 71 43 56
KP 30•51 (3.661) (2.795) (1.693) (2.205)
97 47
KP 30•56 (3.819) (1.850)
100 50
KP 30•61 (3.937) 70 (1.969) 55
(2.756) (2.165)
M 12 M 10
108 58 33 62 135 51 27
KP 30•73 Depth 17
(4.252) (2.283) (1.299) (2.441) (5.315) (2.008) (1.063) Depth 17
(0.669) (0.669)


– Drive shaft / / –
pump pump pump (1) (2)
KP30•27 - A8 / 30•27 / 30•27 S -

01/01.02
ORDER EXAMPLE
Double pump KP30•27-A8/30•27 S
Triple pump KP30•27-A8/30•27/30•27 S
D006-011 002 65
Kappa 30
01/01.02
66 002 D006-011
Kappa 30
E M 10 M 12
45 ±5 65 ±5
Nm
(443) (620)
(lbf in)
(354) (531)
A B C D E F G H Ports
code
Pump type
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
(in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) IN OUT
M 10
94 71 43 56 27 51 130
KP 30•51 Depth 17 ED
(3.701) (2.795) (1.693) (2.205) (1.063) (2.008) (5.118)
(0.669)
101 50 ED
KP 30•61 (3.976) (1.969) M 12
70 55 33 62 135
Depth 17 EF
109 (2.756) 58 (2.165) (1.299) (2.441) (5.315)
KP 30•73 (0.669)
(4.291) (2.283)

Pump Drive Mounting Ports Ports Rotation Seals

– – – -
type shaft flange position IN/OUT (1) (2)
KP 30•51 – 84 E4 – L ED/ED /
Front pump
30•51 – L ED/ED /
Intermediate pump
30•51 – L ED/ED S -
Rear pump

01/01.02
ORDER EXAMPLE
Double pump KP30•51-84 E4-LED/ED/30•51-LED/ED S
Triple pump KP30•51-84 E4-LED/ED/30•51-LED/ED/30•51-LED/ED S
D006-011 002 67
Kappa 30
01/01.02
68 002 D006-011
Kappa 30
E G1 G1 1/4
85 ±5 140 ±5
Nm
(797) (1283)
(lbf in)
(708) (1195)
A B C D E F Ports
code
Pump type
mm mm mm mm mm mm
G 1
94 71 43 56 130
KP 30•51 Depth 22 GF
(3.701) (2.795) (1.693) (2.205) (5.118)
(0.866)
101 50 GF
KP 30•61 (3.976) (1.969) G 1 1/4
70 55 135
Depth 24 GG
109 (2.756) 58 (2.165) (5.315)
KP 30•73 (0.945)
(4.291) (2.283)


– – – -
KP 30•51 – 84 E4 – L GF/GF /
Front pump
30•51 – L GF/GF /
Intermediate pump
30•51 – L GF/GF S -
Rear pump

01/01.02
ORDER EXAMPLE
Double pump KP30•51-84 E4-LGF/GF/30•51-LGF/GF S
Triple pump KP30•51-84 E4-LGF/GF/30•51-LGF/GF/30•51-LGF/GF S
D006-011 002 69
Kappa 30
01/01.02
70 002 D006-011
Kappa 30
E M 10 M 12
45 ±5 65 ±5
Nm
(443) (620)
(lbf in)
(354) (531)
code
Pump type
M 10
94 71 43 56 27 51 130
(3.701) (2.795) (1.693) (2.205) (1.063) (2.008) (5.118)
(0.669)
101 50 ED
KP 30•61 (3.976) (1.969) M 12
70 55 33 62 135
Depth 17 EF
109 (2.756) 58 (2.165) (1.299) (2.441) (5.315)
KP 30•73 (0.669)
(4.291) (2.283)


– – – -
KP 30•51 – A8 E4 – L ED/ED /
Front pump
30•51 – L ED/ED /
Intermediate pump
30•51 – L ED/ED S -
Rear pump

01/01.02
ORDER EXAMPLE
Double pump KP30•51-A8 E4-LED/ED/30•51-LED/ED S
Triple pump KP30•51-A8 E4-LED/ED/30•51-LED/ED/30•51-LED/ED S
D006-011 002 71
Kappa 30
01/01.02
72 002 D006-011
Kappa 30
E M 10 M 12
45 ±5 65 ±5
Nm
(443) (620)
(lbf in)
(354) (531)
code
Pump type
M 10
94 71 43 56 27 51 130
(3.701) (2.795) (1.693) (2.205) (1.063) (2.008) (5.118)
(0.669)
101 50 ED
KP 30•61 (3.976) (1.969) M 12
70 55 33 62 135
Depth 17 EF
109 (2.756) 58 (2.165) (1.299) (2.441) (5.315)
KP 30•73 (0.669)
(4.291) (2.283)


– – – -
KP 30•51 – A5 E4 – L ED/ED /
Front pump
30•51 – L ED/ED /
Intermediate pump
30•51 – L ED/ED S -
Rear pump

01/01.02
ORDER EXAMPLE
Double pump KP30•51-A5 E4-LED/ED/30•51-LED/ED S
Triple pump KP30•51-A5 E4-LED/ED/30•51-LED/ED/30•51-LED/ED S
D006-011 002 73
Kappa
KAPPA 20 GENERAL DATA MOTORS KM 20
Max. pressure
Motor type p1 p2 p3
KM 20•4 4,95 285 300 330 4000 350
KM 20•6,3 6,61 285 300 330 4000 350
KM 20•8 8,26 285 300 330 3500 350
KM 20•11,2 11,23 275 290 320 3500 350
KM 20•14 14,53 265 290 320 3500 350
KM 20•16 16,85 260 290 320 3000 300
KM 20•20 21,14 210 230 250 3000 300
KM 20•25 26,42 180 200 220 2500 300
KM 20•31,5 33,03 140 160 180 2000 300
The values in the table refer to unidirectional motors.

Reversible motor max pressures are 15% lower than those shown in table.
01/01.02
D006-012 002 75
Kappa 20
KAPPA 20 GEAR MOTORS PERFORMANCE CURVES KM 20
KM 20

pressures.
KM 20•4 . . . . . 20-285 bar

KM 20•6,3 . . . . 20-285 bar
KM 20•8 . . . . . 20-285 bar
KM 20•11,2 . . . 20-275 bar
KM 20•14 . . . . 20-265 bar
KM 20•16 . . . . 20-260 bar
KM 20•20 . . . . 20-210 bar
KM 20•25 . . . . 20-180 bar
KM 20•31,5 . . . 20-140 bar
KM 20•4 KM 20•6,3
01/01.02
78 002 D006-013
Kappa 20
KM 20•8 KM 20•11,2
KM 20•14 KM 20•16
01/01.02
D006-013 002 79
Kappa 20
KM 20•20 KM 20•25
KM 20•31,5
01/01.02
80 002 D006-013
Kappa 30
KM 30

pressures.
KM 30•27 . . . . 20-280 bar

KM 30•34 . . . . 20-260 bar
KM 30•38 . . . . 20-260 bar
KM 30•43 . . . . 20-250 bar
KM 30•51 . . . . 20-230 bar
KM 30•56 . . . . 20-215 bar
KM 30•61 . . . . 20-200 bar
KM 30•73 . . . . 20-180 bar
KM 30•27 KM 30•34
01/01.02
D006-014 002 81
Kappa 30
KM 30•38 KM 30•43
KM 30•51 KM 30•56
01/01.02
82 002 D006-014
Kappa 30
KM 30•61 KM 30•73
01/01.02
D006-014 002 83
Kappa 20
KAPPA 20 HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS EUROPEAN STANDARD 82 E2
L R
A B C D E
Motor type
mm mm mm Nm mm mm
(in) (in) (in) (lbf in) (in) (in)
87,5 60
KM 20•4 (3.445) (2.362)
90 62,5
KM 20•6,3 (3.543) (2.461) M 6 10 ±2,5
13 30
0-82 E2-L EA/EA-N Depth 12 (111)
92,5 65 (0.512) (1.181)
KM 20•8 (0.472) (66)
(3.642) (2.559)
S 96 68,5
KM 20•11,2 (3.780) (2.697)
D
100 67
KM 20•14 L (3.937) (2.638)
01/01.02
R 105,5 72,5
KM 20•16 B (4.154) (2.854)
M 8 20 ±2,5
112 79 19 40
KM 20•20 0-82 E2-L EA/EB-N Depth 14 (199)
(4.409) (3.110) (0.748) (1.575)
(0.551) (155)
120 72
KM 20•25 (4.724) (2.835)
130 82
KM 20•31,5 (5.118) (3.228)
How to order:
KM 20•4 S0-82 E2-L EA/EA-N
84 002 D006-015
Kappa 20
L R
A B C
Motor type
mm mm mm Nm
(in) (in) (in) (lbf in)
87,5 60
KM 20•4 (3.445) (2.362)
90 62,5
KM 20•6,3 (3.543) (2.461) G 1/2 35 ±5
0-82 E2-L GD/GD-N Depth 20 (354)
92,5 65 (0.787) (266)
KM 20•8 (3.642) (2.559)
S 96 68,5
KM 20•11,2 (3.780) (2.697)
D
100 67
KM 20•14 L (3.937) (2.638)
01/01.02
R 105,5 72,5
KM 20•16 B (4.154) (2.854)
G 3/4 55 ±5
112 79
KM 20•20 0-82 E2-L GD/GE-N Depth 22 (531)
(4.409) (3.110)
(0.866) (443)
120 72
KM 20•25 (4.724) (2.835)
130 82
KM 20•31,5 (5.118) (3.228)
How to order:
KM 20•4 S0-82 E2-L GD/GD-N
D006-015 002 85
Kappa 20
KAPPA 20 HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS EUROPEAN STANDARD 82 E2 - P
Rear ports version.
A B C
Motor type
mm mm Nm mm
(in) (in) (lbf in) (in)
84,5
KM 20•4 (3.327)
87
KM 20•6,3 (3.425) G 1/2 35 ±5
19
0-82 E2-P GD/GD-N Depth 17 (354)
89,5 (0.748)
KM 20•8 (0.670) (266)
(3.524)
93
KM 20•11,2 S (3.661)
D 112
KM 20•14 (4.409)
R
01/01.02
B 115,5
KM 20•16 (4.547)
G 3/4 55 ±5
122 22
KM 20•20 0-82 E2-P GE/GE-N Depth 18 (531)
(4.803) (0.866)
(0.709) (443)
130
KM 20•25 (5.118)
140
KM 20•31,5 (5.512)

How to order:
KM 20•4 S0-82 E2-P GD/GD-N
86 002 D006-015
Kappa 20
KAPPA 20 HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SAE STANDARD ... S1
S2 Type
OR 2300
Side ports version (L) - To order see page 93 e 94
A B C Ports code
Motor type
mm mm mm Nm
(in) (in) IN OUT
(in) (lbf in)
89,5 62
KM 20•4 (3.524) (2.441)
92 64,5
KM 20•6,3 (3.622) (2.539) 55 ±5
7/8-14 UNF-2B (531) OC
94,5 67 (443)
KM 20•8
01/01.02
(3.720) (2.638)
98 70,5
KM 20•11,2 (3.858) (2.776)
102 69
KM 20•14 (4.016) (2.717) OC
107,5 74,5
KM 20•16 (4.232) (2.933)
100 ±5
114 81
KM 20•20 1-1/16-12 UN-2B (929) OD
(4.488) (3.189)
(841)
122 74
KM 20•25 (4.803) (2.913)
132 84
KM 20•31,5 (5.197) (3.307)
D006-015 002 87
Kappa 20
S2 Type
OR 2300
C-G M8 M 10
20 ±2,5 45 ±5
Nm
(199) (443)
(lbf in)
(155) (354)
Ports
A B C D E F G H I L
Motor type code
101,5 62
KM 20•4 (3.996) (2.441)
104 64,5 M 8
KM 20•6,3 (4.094) (2.539) Depth 12,5 38,1 17,5
106,5 67 12 (0.492) (1.500) (0.689) MA
KM 20•8
01/01.02
(4.193) (2.638) (0.472)

M 8
111 70,5 Depth 12,5 38,1 17,5
KM 20•11,2 (4.370) (2.776) 12 (0.492) (1.500) (0.689) MA
116 69 (0.472)
KM 20•14 (4.567) (2.717)
119,5 74,5 19 47,6 22,2
KM 20•16 (4.705) (2.933) (0.748) (1.874) (0.874) MB
M 10
126 81 Depth
KM 20•20 (4.961) (3.189) 12
134 74 (0.472)
M 10
KM 20•25 (5.276) (2.913) 25,4 52,4 26,2 Depth 19 47,6 22,2
144 84 (1.000) (2.063) (1.031) 12 (0.748) (1.874) (0.874) MB MC
KM 20•31,5 (5.669) (3.307) (0.472)
88 002 D006-015
Kappa 20
S2 Type
OR 2300
Rear ports version (P) - To order see page 93 e 94
A B C Ports code
Motor type
mm mm Nm mm
(in) (in) IN OUT
(in) (lbf in)
86,5
KM 20•4 (3.406)
89
KM 20•6,3 (3.504) 55 ±5
19
7/8-14 UNF-2B (531) OC
91,5 (0.748)
KM 20•8 (443)
(3.602)
01/01.02
95
KM 20•11,2 (3.740)
114
KM 20•14 (4.488) OC
117,5
KM 20•16 (4.623)
100 ±5
124 22
KM 20•20 1-1/16-12 UN-2B (929) OD
(4.882) (0.866)
(841)
132
KM 20•25 (5.197)
142
KM 20•31,5 (5.591)
D006-015 002 89
Kappa 20
A B C Ports code
Motor type
mm mm mm Nm
(in) (in) IN OUT
(in) (lbf in)
89,5 62
KM 20•4 (3.524) (2.441)
92 64,5
KM 20•6,3 (3.622) (2.539) 55 ±5
7/8-14 UNF-2B (531) OC
94,5 67 (443)
KM 20•8 (3.720) (2.638)
01/01.02
98 70,5
KM 20•11,2 (3.858) (2.776)
102 69
KM 20•14 (4.016) (2.717) OC
107,5 74,5
KM 20•16 (4.232) (2.933)
100 ±5
114 81
KM 20•20 1-1/16-12 UN-2B (929) OD
(4.488) (3.189)
(841)
122 74
KM 20•25 (4.803) (2.913)
132 84
KM 20•31,5 (5.197) (3.307)
90 002 D006-015
Kappa 20
C-G M8 M 10
20 ±2,5 45 ±5
Nm
(199) (443)
(lbf in)
(155) (354)
Ports
A B C D E F G H I L
Motor type code
101,5 62
KM 20•4 (3.996) (2.441)
104 64,5 M 8
KM 20•6,3 (4.094) (2.539) Depth 12,5 38,1 17,5
106,5 67 12 (0.492) (1.500) (0.689) MA
KM 20•8
01/01.02
(4.193) (2.638) (0.472)

M 8
111 70,5 Depth 12,5 38,1 17,5
KM 20•11,2 (4.370) (2.776) 12 (0.492) (1.500) (0.689) MA
116 69 (0.472)
KM 20•14 (4.567) (2.717)
119,5 74,5 19 47,6 22,2
KM 20•16 (4.705) (2.933) (0.748) (1.874) (0.874) MB
M 10
126 81 Depth
KM 20•20 (4.961) (3.189) 12
134 74 (0.472)
M 10
KM 20•25 (5.276) (2.913) 25,4 52,4 26,2 Depth 19 47,6 22,2
144 84 (1.000) (2.063) (1.031) 12 (0.748) (1.874) (0.874) MB MC
KM 20•31,5 (5.669) (3.307) (0.472)
D006-015 002 91
Kappa 20
Rear ports version (P) - To order see page 93 e 94
A B C Ports code
Motor type
mm Nm mm
(in) (in) IN OUT
(lbf in)
86,5
KM 20•4 (3.406)
89
KM 20•6,3 (3.504) 55 ±5
19
7/8-14 UNF-2B (531) OC
91,5 (0.748)
KM 20•8 (443)
01/01.02
(3.602)
95
KM 20•11,2 (3.740)
114
KM 20•14 (4.488) OC
117,5
KM 20•16 (4.623)
100 ±5
124 22
KM 20•20 1-1/16-12 UN-2B (929) OD
(4.882) (0.866)
(841)
132
KM 20•25 (5.197)
142
KM 20•31,5 (5.591)
92 002 D006-015
Kappa 20




01/01.02

D006-015 002 93
Kappa 20
HOW TO ORDER SAE STADARD MOTORS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Motor Drive Mounting Ports Ports
KM20•4 S 0 – 03 S1 – L OC/OC – N
1 Motor type CODE Ports position 6

CODE
cm 3 /rev L Side
4,95 KM 20•4 P Rear
6,61 KM 20•6,3
8,26 KM 20•8 CODE Ports IN/OUT 7
11,23 KM 20•11,2 SAE STRAIGHT THREAD PORTS (ODT)
14,53 KM 20•14 Side Rear Motor type
16,85 KM 20•16 OC/OC OC/OC KM 20•4
21,14 KM 20•20 OC/OC OC/OC KM 20•6,3
26,42 KM 20•25 OC/OC OC/OC KM 20•8
33,03 KM 20•31,5 OC/OC OC/OC KM 20•11,2
OC/OD OD/OD KM 20•14
2 Rotation CODE OC/OD OD/OD KM 20•16
Left S OC/OD OD/OD KM 20•20
Right D OC/OD OD/OD KM 20•25
Reversible R OC/OD OD/OD KM 20•31,5
3 Version CODE Side Rear Motor type
0 MA/MA KM 20•4
Without outboard bearing
MA/MA KM 20•6,3
4 Drive shaft CODE MA/MA KM 20•8
SAE “A” spline (9 theeth) 03 MA/MA KM 20•11,2
SAE spline (10 theeth) 01 MA/MB KM 20•14
SAE spline (11 theeth) 07 MA/MB KM 20•16
SAE “B” spline (13 theeth) 04 MA/MB KM 20•20
SAE “A” straight 31 MB/MC KM 20•25
Straight 49 MB/MC KM 20•31,5
Straight 50
SAE “B” straight 32 CODE Seals (b) 8
N Buna (standard)
5 Mounting flange CODE V Viton
SAE “A” 2 holes S1 V Bz Viton and Bronze thrust plates
SAE “A” 2 holes (with o-ring seal) S2
SAE “B” 2 holes (a) S5
shown on page 1
01/01.02
ORDER EXAMPLE
Standard motor KM 20•4 S0 - 03 S1 - L OC/OC - N
Special version motor KM 20•4 S0 - 04 S5 - L MA/MA - V Bz
94 002 D006-015
Kappa 30
L R
The following version are also available:

KM 30•22 L0-83 E3-Z EV/EZ-N C-F M8 M 10 M 12
KM 30•22 B0-83 E3-Z EV/EZ-N
Nm 20 ±2,5 45 ±5 65 ±5
(For more information please consult our technical sales department ). (199) (443) (620)
(lbf in) (155) (354) (531)
A B C D E F G H I
Motor type
133 85
KM 30•27 (5.236) (3.346)
138 90
KM 30•34 (5.433) (3.543)
141 93
KM 30•38 (5.551) (3.661) M 10 M 8
S 144 96 Depth 27 51 Depth 19 40 130
KM 30•43 0-83 E3-L EB/ED-N (5.669) (3.780) 17 (1.063) (2.008) 17 (0.748) (1.575) (5.118)
D (0.669) (0.669)
149 93
KM 30•51 L (5.866) (3.661)
01/01.02
R 152 97
KM 30•56 B (5.984) (3.819)
155 100
KM 30•61 (6.102) (3.937)
M 12 M 10
163 108 Depth 33 62 Depth 27 51 135
KM 30•73 0-83 E3-L ED/EF-N (6.417) (4.252) 17 (1.299) (2.441) 17 (1.063) (2.008) (5.315)
(0.669) (0.669)
How to order:
KM 30•27 S0-83 E3-L EB/ED-N
D006-016 002 95
Kappa 30
L R
A B C I
Motor type
mm mm mm Nm mm
133 85
KM 30•27 (5.236) (3.346)
138 90
KM 30•34 (5.433) (3.543)
141 93
KM 30•38 (5.551) (3.661)
S G 1 85 ±5
144 96 130
KM 30•43 D 0-83 E3-L GF/GF-N (5.669) (3.780) Depth 22 (797)
(5.118)
(0.866) (708)
L 149 93
KM 30•51
01/01.02
(5.866) (3.661)
R
152 97
KM 30•56 B (5.984) (3.819)
155 100
KM 30•61 (6.102) (3.937)
G 1 1/4 140 ±5
163 108 135
KM 30•73 0-83 E3-L GF/GG-N (6.417) (4.252) Depth 24 (1283)
(5.315)
(0.945) (1195)
How to order:
KM 30•27 S0-83 E3-L GF/GF-N
96 002 D006-016
Kappa 30
A B
Motor type
mm mm
(in) (in)
148
KM 30•27 (5.827)
153
KM 30•34 (6.024)
156 143
KM 30•38 (6.142) (5.630)
S 159
KM 30•43 D (6.260)
0-83 E3-P GF/GF-N
01/01.02
R 164
KM 30•51 (6.457)
B
167
KM 30•56 (6.575)
170 148
KM 30•61 (6.693) (5.827)
178
KM 30•73 (7.008)

How to order:
KM 30•27 S0-83 E3-P GF/GF-N
D006-016 002 97
Kappa 30
KAPPA 30 HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS EUROPEAN STANDARD A8 E3
L R
C-F M8 M 10 M 12
Nm 20 ±2,5 45 ±5 65 ±5
(lbf in) (199) (443) (620)
(155) (354) (531)
A B C D E F G H I
Motor type
133 85
KM 30•27 (5.236) (3.346)
138 90
KM 30•34 (5.433) (3.543)
141 93
KM 30•38 (5.551) (3.661) M 10 M 8
144 96 Depth 27 51 Depth 19 40 130
KM 30•43 S 0-A8 E3-L EB/ED-N (5.669) (3.780) 17 (1.063) (2.008) 17 (0.748) (1.575) (5.118)
D (0.669) (0.669)
149 93
KM 30•51 L (5.866) (3.661)
R 152 97
01/01.02
KM 30•56 B (5.984) (3.819)

155 100
KM 30•61 (6.102) (3.937)
M 12 M 10
163 108 Depth 33 62 Depth 27 51 135
KM 30•73 0-A8 E3-L ED/EF-N (6.417) (4.252) 17 (1.299) (2.441) 17 (1.063) (2.008) (5.315)
(0.669) (0.669)
How to order:
KM 30•27 S0-A8 E3-L ED/EB-N
98 002 D006-016
Kappa 30
C M 10 M 12
45 ±5 65 ±5
Nm
(443) (620)
(lbf in)
(354) (531)
A B C D E F
Motor type
mm mm mm mm mm mm
01/01.02
M 10
150 94 27 51 130
KM 30•51 S 0-84 E4-L ED/ED-N (5.906) (3.701)
Depth 17
(1.063) (2.008) (5.118)
(0.669)
D
156 101
KM 30•61 R (6.142) (3.976) M 12
33 62 135
B 0-84 E4-L ED/EF-N 164 109
Depth 17
(1.299) (2.441) (5.315)
KM 30•73 (0.669)
(6.457) (4.291)

How to order:
KM 30•51 S0-84 E4-L ED/ED-N
D006-016 002 99
Kappa 30
A B C D
Motor type
mm mm mm Nm mm
01/01.02
G 1 85 ±5
150 94 130
KM 30•51 S 0-84 E4-L GF/GF-N (5.906) (3.701)
Depth 22 (797)
(5.118)
(0.866) (708)
D
156 101
KM 30•61 R (6.142) (3.976) G 1 1/4 140 ±5
135
B 0-84 E4-L GF/GG-N 164 109
Depth 24 (1283)
(5.315)
KM 30•73 (0.945) (1195)
(6.457) (4.291)

How to order:
KM 30•51 S0-84 E4-L GF/GF-N
100 002 D006-016

Kappa 30
C M 10 M 12
45 ±5 65 ±5
Nm
(443) (620)
(lbf in)
(354) (531)
A B C D E F
Motor type
mm mm mm mm mm mm
01/01.02
M 10
150 94 27 51 130
KM 30•51 S 0-A8 E4-L ED/ED-N (5.906) (3.701)
Depth 17
(1.063) (2.008) (5.118)
(0.669)
D
156 101
KM 30•61 R (6.142) (3.976) M 12
33 62 135
B 0-A8 E4-L ED/EF-N 164 109
Depth 17
(1.299) (2.441) (5.315)
KM 30•73 (0.669)
(6.457) (4.291)

How to order:
KM 30•51 S0-A8 E4-L ED/ED-N
D006-016 002 101

Kappa 30
C M 10 M 12
45 ±5 65 ±5
Nm
(443) (620)
(lbf in)
(354) (531)
A B C D E F
Motor type
mm mm mm mm mm mm
01/01.02
M 10
150 94 27 51 130
KM 30•51 S 0-A5 E4-L ED/ED-N (5.906) (3.701)
Depth 17
(1.063) (2.008) (5.118)
(0.669)
D
156 101
KM 30•61 R (6.142) (3.976) M 12
33 62 135
B 0-A5 E4-L ED/EF-N 164 109
Depth 17
(1.299) (2.441) (5.315)
KM 30•73 (0.669)
(6.457) (4.291)

How to order:
KM 30•51 S0-A5 E4-L ED/ED-N
102 002 D006-016

Kappa 30
C-D 1-1/16-12 UN-2B 1-5/16-12 UN-2B 1-5/8-12 UN-2B 1-7/8-12 UN-2B
100 ±5 160 ±10 180 ±10 270 ±10

Nm
(929) (1505) (1682) (2478)
(lbf in)
(841) (1328) (1505) (2301)
To order see page 104 e 105.
Motor type
mm mm mm
164 115
KM 30•27 (6.457) (4.528)
1-5/16-12 UN-2B 1-1/16-12 UN-2B OD OF
169 120
KM 30•34 (6.654) (4.724)
01/01.02
172 123 130

KM 30•38 (6.772) (4.843) (5.118)
175 126 1-5/8-12 UN-2B 1-5/16-12 UN-2B
KM 30•43 (6.890) (4.961) OF OG
180 123
KM 30•51 (7.087) (4.843)
182 127
KM 30•56 * (7.165) (5.000)
186 130 1-7/8-12 UN-2B 1-5/8-12 UN-2B 135
KM 30•61 (7.323) (5.118) (5.433) OG OH
194 138
KM 30•73 (7.638) (5.433)
D006-016 002 103

Kappa 30
KAPPA 30 SAE VERSION SAE
0 1 2


15 teeth - 16/32 Spline - 30 deg
01/01.02
104 002 D006-016

Kappa 30
HOW TO ORDER SAE STADARD MOTORS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Motor Drive Mounting Ports Ports
KM30•27 S 0 – 04 S3 – L OF/OD – N
1 Motor type CODE Ports position 6

CODE
cm 3 /rev L Side
26,7 KM 30•27
34,56 KM 30•34 CODE Ports IN/OUT 7
39,27 KM 30•38 SAE STRAIGHT THREAD PORTS (ODT)
43,98 KM 30•43 Side Motor type
51,83 KM 30•51 OD/OF KM 30•27
56,54 KM 30•56 O/DOF KM 30•34
61,26 KM 30•61 OF/OG KM 30•38
73,82 KM 30•73 OF/OG KM 30•43
OF/OG KM 30•51
2 Rotation CODE OG/OH KM 30•56
Left S OG/OH KM 30•61
Right D OG/OH KM 30•73
Reversible R
Reversible internal drain B CODE Seals (a) 8
N Buna (standard)
3 Version CODE N-H Buna with high back pressure shaft seals
Without outboard bearing 0 V Viton
With outboard bearing 1 V Bz Viton and Bronze thrust plates
With outboard bearing and indep. shaft 2
(a) Choose the seals according to the temperature
4 Drive shaft CODE shown on page 2
SAE “B” spline (13 theeth) 04
SAE “B” straight 32
SAE “BB” spline (15 theeth) 05

01/01.02
ORDER EXAMPLE
Standard motor KM 30•27 S0 - 04 S3 - L OD/OF - N
Special version motor KM 30•27 S2 - 32 S3 - L OD/OF - V Bz
D006-016 002 105

Kappa 30
KAPPA 30 HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS ISO STANDARD 42 Z0
A B
Motor type
mm mm
(in) (in)
198
01/01.02
KM 30•27 (7.795)
203,5
KM 30•34 (8.012) 143
R5-42 Z0-P GF/GF-N 206,5 (5.630)
KM 30•38 (8.130)
209,5
KM 30•43 (8.248)
Rotation: R=reversible rear drain

How to order:
KM 30•27 R5-42 Z0-P GF/GF-N
106 002 D006-016

Kappa 30
KAPPA 30 PERMISSIBLE RADIAL LOADING ON SUPPORT 42 Z0
X= Distance of the radial

load result from the
mounting flange.
Each curve has been obtained at:
Operating temperature: 60°C

Grease lubrification ISO VG 100
Rating fatigue life (hours) Lh= 5000 [h]
01/01.02
D006-016 002 107

Kappa
INSTRUCTIONS
INSTALLATION
Pump
The direction of rotation of single-rotation pumps must be the same as that of the drive shaft. Check that
the coupling flange correctly aligns the transmission shaft and the pump shaft. Flexible couplings should
be used (never rigid fittings) wich will not generate an axial or radial load on the pump shaft.
Motor
The direction of rotation of single-rotation motors must match circuit connections. Check that the coupling
flange correctly aligns the transmission shaft and the motor shaft. Flexible couplings should be used
(never rigid fittings) wich will not generate an axial or radial load on the motor shaft.
TANK
Tank capacity must be sufficient for the system’s operating conditions ( ~ 3 times the amount of oil in circu-
lation) to avoid overheating of the fluid. A heat exchanger should be installed if necessary. The intake and
return lines in the tank must be spaced apart (by inserting a vertical divider) to prevent the return-line oil
from being taken up again immediately.
LINES
The lines must have a major diameter which is at least as large as the diameter of pump or motor ports, and
must be perfectly sealed. To reduce loss of power, the lines should be as short as possible, reducing the
sources of hydraulic resistance (elbow, throttling, gate valves, etc.) to a minimum. A length of flexible tub-
ing is recommended to reduce the transmission of vibrations. All return lines must end below the minimum
oil level, to prevent foaming. Before connecting the lines, remove any plugs and make sure that the lines
are perfectly clean.
FILTERS
We recommend filtering the entire system flow. Filters should be fitted as indicated in the first pages of the
catalogue. Only coarse filters are recommended for pump intake.
HYDRAULIC FLUID
Use hydraulic fluid conforming to ISO/DIN standards, having viscosity as specified in the first pages of the
catalogue. Avoid using mixtures of different oils which could result in decomposition and reduction of the
oil’s lubricating power.
STARTING UP
Check that all circuit connections are tight and that the entire system is completely clean. Insert the oil in
the tank, using a filter. Bleed the circuit to assist in filling. Set the pressure relief valves to the lowest possi-
ble setting. Turn on the system for a few moments at minimum speed, then bleed the circuit again and
check the level of oil in the tank. In the difference between pump or motor temperature and fluid tempera-
ture exceeds 10 °C, rapidly switch the system on and off to heat it up gradually. Then gradually increase
the pressure and speed of rotation until the pre-set operating levels as specified in the catalogue are at-
tained.
PERIODICAL CHECKS - MAINTENANCE

01/01.02
Keep the outside surface clean especially in the area of the drive shaft seal. In fact, abrasive powder can
accelerate wear on the seal and cause leakage. Replace filters regularly to keep the fluid clean. The oil
level must be checked and oil replaced periodically depending on the system’s operating conditions.
108 002 D006-017

Kappa
INSTRUCTIONS
1 2 3
6 5 4
1 _ Mountig flange
2 _ Gear
3 _ Body
01/01.02
4 _ Thrust plate
5 _ Seal
6 _ Shaft seal
D006-017 002 109

Magnum
Construction External gear type pumps and motors
Mounting SAE flanges
Line connections Screw and flange
Direction of rotation (looking on drive shaft) Anti-clock (S) - clockwise (D) - reversible (R or B)
Inlet pressure range for pumps 0,7 ÷ 3 bar (abs.)

p1 (continuous) max 5 bar
Max back pressure for single rotation motors p2 (for 20 s) max 8 bar
p3 (for 8 s) max 15 bar
Max drain line pressure on the reversible rotation motors 5 bar
Max back pressure on the series motors 150 bar
Fluid temperature range See table (1)
Mineral oil based hydraulic fluids to ISO/DIN and

Fluid fire resistant fluids [see table (1) ].
For other fluids please consult our sales department.
12 up to 100 mm 2 /s (cSt) recommended

Viscosity range
Filtering requirement See table (2)
Tab. 1

Type Fluid composition [bar] [min -1 ] [°C] Seals
Mineral oil based hydraulic -25 ÷ +80 N

See page See page
ISO/DIN fluid to ISO/DIN 4.6 - 4.14 4.6 - 4.14 -25 ÷ +110 V
HFA 5 ÷ 15 % of oil 50 1500 2 ÷ 55
N
Water emulsion in oil
HFB 40 % of water 120 1500 2 ÷ 60
HFC Water - glycol 70 1500 -20 ÷ +60 N Bz
HFD Phosphate esters ( * ) 150 1500 -10 ÷ +80 V Bz
(*) For skydrol phosphate esters please consult our technical sales department.
Tab.2
Working pressure
[bar] > 200 < 200
Contamination
class NAS 1638 8 10
Contamination
class ISO 4406 17/14 19/16
Achieved with
filter ßx=75 10 µm 25 µm
1.4 001 D010-003/05.94

Magnum
Definizione del senso di rotazione guardando l’albero di trascinamento

Definition of rotation direction looking on the drive shaft
Rotazione sinistra Rotazione destra Rotazione reversibile

Definizione delle pressioni

Pressures definition
p [bar]
p3 Pressione max. di punta – Max peak pressure
p2 Pressione max. intermittente – Max. intermittente pressure
p1 Pressione max. continua – Max continuous pressure
t [s]
Note generali
Sono disponibili bocche di aspirazione e mandata con forature diverse. Le pompe standard sono dotate
di guarnizioni in BUNA N (N) resistenti fino a temperature di 80 °C, per utilizzi particolari si possono fornire
con guarnizioni in VITON (V) oppure, con guarnizioni in VITON e rasamenti in bronzo (V - Bz) (vedere
tabella 1 pag. 1.3). In caso di utilizzo di fluidi resistenti alla fiamma specificarne il tipo all’atto dell’ordina-
zione. Per maggiori informazioni consultare il nostro servizio tecnico commerciale.
General notes
Available with different inlet and outlet ports. Standard pumps are equipped with (N) BUNA N seals for
temperature up to 80 °C, for particular operating conditions (V) VITON seals or (V - Bz) VITON seals with
bronze thrust plates are available (see table 1 page 1.4). If you use fire resistant fluids specify the type
of them at the order. For more information please consult our technical sales department.
D010-003/05.94 001 1.5

Magnum
PARAMETRI DI FUNZIONAMENTO POMPE

General data pumps
Pressione max.
Cilindrata Max pressure Velocità max Velocità min
Pompa tipo
Displacement Max speed Min speed
p1 p2 p3
Pump type
cm 3 /giro bar
psi min - 1
cu in/rev
17,20
HDP 30•17 * 1.05
21,89 280 300 320

HDP 30•22 * 1.33 4060 4350 4640
26,58 3000 400

HDP 30•27 1.62
34,39 270 290 310

HDP 30•34 2.09 3900 4200 4500
43,77 260 280 300

HDP 30•43 2.67 3770 4060 4350
51,59 230 260 280

HDP 30•51 3.14 3300 3770 4060
2500 300
60,97 200 230 250

HDP 30•61 3.72 2900 3300 3625
2000
73,47 190 210 230 250

HDP 30•73 4.48 2750 3040 3300
1700
81,29 170 190 210

HDP 30•82 4.96 2400 2750 3040
1500
50,77
HDP 35•50 3.09 270 280 310
3900 4060 4500
63,46
HDP 35•63 3.87
3000
71,92
HDP 35•71 4.38 250 280 300
3625 4060 4350
80,39 400
HDP 35•80 4.90
90,96 230 260 280

HDP 35•90 5.55 3300 3770 4060
99,43 210 240 260 2700

HDP 35•100 6.06 3040 3480 3770
112,12 190 220 240

HDP 35•112 6.84 2750 3190 3480
124,81 170 200 220

HDP 35•125 7.61 2400 2900 3190
2500 250
I valori in tabella sono riferiti a pompe unidirezionali. * Disponibili solo nelle versioni 2 e 4
The values in the table refer to unidirectional pumps. * Available only on 2 and 4 version
Pressione max. continua Pressione max. intermittente Pressione max. di punta

Le pressioni max delle pompe reversibili sono inferiori del 15% rispetto a quelle riportate in tabella,
per condizioni d’impiego non citate in tabella consultare il nostro servizio tecnico commerciale.
Reversible pumps max pressures are 15% lower than those shown in table. For different working
conditions please consult our sales department.
1.6 001 D010-004/05.94

Magnum
CURVE CARATTERISTICHE POMPE HDP 30

HDP 30 gear pumps performance curves
HDP 30
Le curve sono state ottenute alla temperatura di

50°C, utilizzando olio con viscosità 36 mm2/s a
40°C e alle pressioni sotto riportate.
Each curve has been obtained at 50°C, using oil

with viscosity 36 mm2/s at 40°C and at these
pressures.
(1) 20-280 bar

(2) 20-270 bar
(3) 20-260 bar
(4) 20-230 bar
(5) 20-200 bar
(6) 20-190 bar
(7) 20-170 bar
HDP 30•17 HDP 30•22
1.8 001 D010-005/05.94

Magnum
HDP 30•27 HDP 30•34
HDP 30•43 HDP 30•51
D010-005/05.94 001 1.9

Magnum
HDP 30•61 HDP 30•73
HDP 30•82
1.10 001 D010-005/05.94

Magnum
CURVE CARATTERISTICHE POMPE HDP 35

HDP 35 gear pumps performance curves
HDP 35

pressures.
(1) 20-270 bar

(2) 20-250 bar
(3) 20-230 bar
(4) 20-210 bar
(5) 20-190 bar
(6) 20-170 bar
HDP 35•50 HDP 35•63
D010-005/05.94 001 1.11

Magnum
HDP 35•71 HDP 35•80
HDP 35•90 HDP 35•100
1.12 001 D010-005/05.94

Magnum
HDP 35•112 HDP 35•125
D010-005/05.94 001 1.13

Magnum
PARAMETRI DI FUNZIONAMENTO MOTORI

General data motors
Pressione max.
Cilindrata Max pressure Velocità max Velocità min
Motore tipo
p1 p2 p3
Motor type
cm 3 /giro bar
psi min - 1
cu in/rev
17,20
HDM 30•17 * 1.05
21,89 280 300 320

HDM 30•22 * 1.33 4060 4350 4640
26,58 3000 400

HDM 30•27 1.62
34,39 270 290 310

HDM 30•34 2.09 3900 4200 4500
43,77 260 280 300

HDM 30•43 2.67 3770 4060 4350
51,59 230 260 280

HDM 30•51 3.14 3300 3770 4060
2500 300
60,97 200 230 250

HDM 30•61 3.72 2900 3300 3625
2000
73,47 190 210 230 250

HDM 30•73 4.48 2750 3040 3300
1700
81,29 170 190 210

HDM 30•82 4.96 2400 2750 3040
1500
50,77
HDM 35•50 3.09 270 280 310
3900 4060 4500
63,46
HDM 35•63 3.87
3000
71,92
HDM 35•71 4.38 250 280 300
3625 4060 4350
80,39 400
HDM 35•80 4.90
90,96 230 260 280

HDM 35•90 5.55 3300 3770 4060
99,43 210 240 260 2700

HDM 35•100 6.06 3040 3480 3770
112,12 190 220 240

HDM 35•112 6.84 2750 3190 3480
124,81 170 200 220

HDM 35•125 7.61 2400 2900 3190
2500 250
I valori in tabella sono riferiti a motori unidirezionali. * Disponibili solo nelle versioni 2 e 4
The values in the table refer to unidirectional motors. * Available only on 2 and 4 version

Le pressioni max dei motori reversibili sono inferiori del 15% rispetto a quelle riportate in tabella,
per condizioni d’impiego non citate in tabella consultare il nostro servizio tecnico commerciale.
Reversible motors max pressures are 15% lower than those shown in table. For different working
conditions please consult our sales department.
1.14 001 D010-021/05.94

Magnum
CURVE CARATTERISTICHE MOTORI HDM 30

HDM 30 gear motors performance curves
HDM 30


pressures.
(1) 20-280 bar

(2) 20-270 bar
(3) 20-260 bar
(4) 20-230 bar
(5) 20-200 bar
(6) 20-190 bar
(7) 20-170 bar
HDM 30•17 HDM 30•22
1.16 001 D010-022/05.94

Magnum
HDM 30•27 HDM 30•34
HDM 30•43 HDM 30•51
D010-022/05.94 001 1.17

Magnum
HDM 30•61 HDM 30•73
HDM 30•82
1.18 001 D010-022/05.94

Magnum
CURVE CARATTERISTICHE MOTORI HDM 35

HDM 35 gear motors performance curves
HDM 35


pressures.
(1) 20-270 bar

(2) 20-250 bar
(3) 20-230 bar
(4) 20-210 bar
(5) 20-190 bar
(6) 20-170 bar
HDM 35•50 HDM 35•63
D010-022/05.94 001 1.19

Magnum
HDM 35•71 HDM 35•80
HDM 35•90 HDM 35•100
1.20 001 D010-022/05.94

Magnum
HDM 35•112 HDM 35•125
D010-022/05.94 001 1.21

Magnum
DIMENSIONI UNITA’ SINGOLE CON BOCCHE LATERALI

Single unit dimensions side ports
280 Nm
Pompa tipo Massa

Pump type A B C D E
Mass
Motore tipo
Motor type
mm mm mm mm mm kg
HD. 30•17 184,5 138 15,50
HD. 30•22 187,5 141 15,80
HD. 30•27 190,5 144 16,20
HD. 30•34 195,5 149 16,80

23,45 150 155
HD. 30•43 201,5 155 17,60
HD. 30•51 206,5 160 18,20
HD. 30•61 212,5 166 19,00
HD. 30•73 220,5 174 19,70
HD. 30•82 225,5 179 20,30
HD. 35•50 229,5 177 23,70
HD. 35•63 235,5 183 24,70
HD. 35•71 239,5 187 25,40
HD. 35•80 243,5 191 27,35 172 175 26,00
HD. 35•90 248,5 196 26,80
HD. 35•100 252,5 200 27,50
HD. 35•112 258,5 206 28,50
HD. 35•125 264,5 212 29,50
1.22 001 D010-006/05.94

Magnum
DIMENSIONI UNITA’ SINGOLE CON BOCCHE POSTERIORI

Single unit dimensions rear ports
280 Nm
Pompa tipo Massa

Pump type A B C D E
Mass
Motore tipo
Motor type
mm mm mm mm mm kg
HD. 30•17 184,5 173 15,50
HD. 30•22 187,5 176 15,80
HD. 30•27 190,5 179 16,20
HD. 30•34 195,5 184 16,80

23,45 150 75
HD. 30•43 201,5 190 17,60
HD. 30•51 206,5 195 18,20
HD. 30•61 212,5 201 19,00
HD. 30•73 220,5 209 19,70
HD. 30•82 225,5 214 20,30
HD. 35•50 229,5 218 23,70
HD. 35• 63 235,5 224 24,70
HD. 35•71 239,5 228 25,40
HD. 35•80 243,5 232 27,35 172 89 26,00
HD. 35•90 248,5 237 26,80
HD. 35•100 252,5 241 27,50
HD. 35•112 258,5 247 28,50
HD. 35•125 264,5 253 29,50
D010-006/05.94 001 1.23

Magnum
POMPE MULTIPLE
Multiple pumps
Le pompe MAGNUM possono essere combinate in unità multiple tenendo presente che l’assorbimento
di potenza di ogni unità deve essere maggiore o uguale di quello della successiva. Le caratteristiche
e le prestazioni di ogni pompa sono le stesse delle singole corrispondenti, tuttavia bisogna tenere conto
dei seguenti limiti:
Le pressioni sono limitate dalla coppia trasmissibile dall’albero di trascinamento della prima pompa
e dall’albero che collega le singole pompe tra loro e possono essere determinate caso per caso con
la formula riportata sotto.
La velocità max di rotazione è determinata dalla pompa che ha velocità minore.
E’ offerta la possibilità di pompe doppie con una sola bocca di aspirazione in comune ai due elementi.
Nell’ accoppiamento MAGNUM + KAPPA e MAGNUM + serie C è standard la soluzione a stadi
separati.
MAGNUM pumps can be coupled together in combination. Where imput power requirement of each
element varies, that with the greater requirement must be at the drive shaft end, and progressively
smaller to the rear.
Features and performances are the same as for the corresponding single pumps, but pressures
must be limited by the transmissible torque of the drive shaft and connecting shafts. To have appropriate
data, use the formulae below.
We offer the possibility to have pumps with only one inlet port for the two elements. Combination
MAGNUM + KAPPA series and MAGNUM + C series are standard the elements sealed internally one
from another.
M [Nm] Coppia Torque
V [cm3/giro] - [cm3/rev] Cilindrata Displacement
∆p [bar] Pressione Pressure
ηm= ηm (V,∆p, n) (≈ 0,90) Rendimento meccanico Mechanical efficiency
∆p • V
M= [Nm]
62,8• η m
N.B.: La coppia assorbita dall’albero della prima pompa è data dalla somma delle coppie dei singoli
stadi. Il valore così ottenuto non deve superare quello massimo ammesso per il tipo di albero prescelto
per la prima pompa.
N.B.: The torque absorbed from the shaft of the first pump results from the sum of the torques due to
all single stages. The achieved value must not exceed the maximum torque limit given for the shaft of
the first pump.
1.24 001 D010-007/05.94

Magnum
COPPIA ASSORBITA
Absorbed torque
HDP 35 1 HDP 30 2
KP 20 - Gr.2 Sr.C 3
SCELTA DELL’ALBERO DI TRASCINAMENTO
Prendiamo in esame una pompa doppia HDP35•80+

HDP30•27. Supponendo di dover lavorare con la prima
pompa ad una pressione di 200 bar e con la seconda ad
una pressione di 150 bar, dal grafico 1 troviamo che la
coppia assorbita dalla HDP35•80 è di 284 Nm e dal grafico
2 che la HDP30•27 assorbe una coppia di 70 Nm (valore
accettabile perché non supera la coppia massima trasmis-
sibile dal manicotto di collegamento fissata a 170 Nm, vedi
pag. 1.40 - 1.41). La coppia che dovrà quindi trasmettere
l’albero della prima pompa sarà di 284+70= 354 Nm,
valore che non deve superare quello limite ammesso
dall’albero.
Let us consider a double pump HDP35•80 + HDP30•27.

If we suppose that we have to work with the first pump at
a pressure of 200 bar and the second pump at a pressure
of 150 bar, the graph 1 shows that the torque absorbed by
HDP35•80 is 284 Nm and the graph 2 shows that the
torque absorbed by HDP30•27 is 70 Nm (acceptable value
because it does not exceed the maximum connecting shaft
torque that is 170 Nm, see page 1.40 - 1.41). The torque
to be transmitted by the first drive shaft will thus be
D010-007/05.94 001 1.25

Magnum
DIMENSIONI POMPE MULTIPLE

Multiple pumps dimensions
280 Nm
Pompa tipo A B C D E F G H I L M N O
Pump type
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
Vedi sotto
HDP 30+HDP 30 115+H 70+H 70+H 54,5 24,5 23,45 80
See below
70 75,5 150 133,5 155
Vedi sotto
HDP 35+HDP 35 139+H 82+H 82+H 60,5 26,5 27,35 98
See below
82 91,5 175 162,4 175
Pompa tipo H Pompa tipo H

Pump type Pump type
mm mm
HDP 30•17 23 HDP 35•50 38
HDP 30•22 26 HDP 35•63 44
HDP 30•27 29 HDP 35•71 48
HDP 30•34 34 HDP 35•80 52
HDP 30•43 40 HDP 35•90 57
HDP 30•51 45 HDP 35•100 61
HDP 30•61 51 HDP 35•112 67
HDP 30•73 59 HDP 35•125 73
HDP 30•82 64
1.26 001 D010-007/05.94

Magnum
DIMENSIONI POMPE MULTIPLE HDP 35 + HDP 30

HDP 35 + HDP 30 multiple pumps dimensions
280 Nm
Pompa tipo A B
Pump type
mm mm
HDP 35+HDP 30 139+C 76+D
Pompa tipo C Pompa tipo D

Pump type Pump type
mm mm
HDP 35•50 38 HDP 30•17 23
HDP 35•63 44 HDP 30•22 26
HDP 35•71 48 HDP 30•27 29
HDP 35•80 52 HDP 30•34 34
HDP 35•90 57 HDP 30•43 40
HDP 35•100 61 HDP 30•51 45
HDP 35•112 67 HDP 30•61 51
HDP 35•125 73 HDP 30•73 59
HDP 30•82 64
D010-007/05.94 001 1.27

Magnum
DIMENSIONI POMPE MULTIPLE HDP 30 + KP 20

HDP 30 + KP 20 multiple pumps dimensions
25 Nm
280 Nm
Le caratteristiche di funzionamento delle pompe serie KAPPA sono illustrate sul catalogo tecnico K.
The general data of KAPPA series pumps are explained on K technical catalogue.
Pompa tipo A Pompa tipo B C

Pump type Pump type
mm mm mm
HDP 30•17 138 KP 20•4 139
HDP 30•22 141 KP 20•6,3 141,5

27,5
HDP 30•27 144 KP 20•8 144
HDP 30•34 149 KP 20•11,2 147,5
HDP 30•43 155 KP 20•14 146
HDP 30•51 160 KP 20•16 151,5 33
HDP 30•61 166 KP 20•20 158
HDP 30•73 174 KP 20•25 151

48
HDP 30•82 179 KP 20•31,5 161
1.28 001 D010-009/05.94

Magnum
DIMENSIONI POMPE MULTIPLE HDP + Gr. 2 SERIE C

HDP + C series Gr.2 multiple pumps dimensions
50 Nm
280 Nm
Le caratteristiche di funzionamento delle pompe serie C sono illustrate sul catalogo tecnico CP.
The general data of C series pumps are explaned on CP technical catalogue.
Pompa tipo A B C D E F G H
Pump type
HDP 30 + Gr. 2 Ve d i s o t t o Ve d i s o t t o Ve d i s o t t o
115+E 35 See below See below See below 23,45 7,55 155
HDP 35 + Gr. 2 Ve d i s o t t o Ve d i s o t t o Ve d i s o t t o
139+E 41 See below See below See below 27,35 11,55 175
Pompa tipo C D Pompa tipo E Pompa tipo E

Pump type Pump type Pump type
mm mm mm mm
CPL 4,8 HDP 30•17 23 HDP 35•50 38
CPL 6,2 47,5 57 HDP 30•22 26 HDP 35•63 44
CPL 9 HDP 30•27 29 HDP 35•71 48
CPL 13 HDP 30•34 34 HDP 35•80 52
CPL 16 56 65,5 HDP 30•43 40 HDP 35•90 57
CPL 20 HDP 30•51 45 HDP 35•100 61
CPL 26 63,5 67 HDP 30•61 51 HDP 35•112 67
HDP 30•73 59 HDP 35•125 73
HDP 30•82 64
D010-009/05.94 001 1.29

Magnum
VERSIONI
Versions
0 1
Versione per impie- Versione per impie-
ghi senza carichi ra- ghi con limitati carichi
diali e assiali sull’al- radiali e senza carichi
bero. assiali sull’albero.
Version for applica- Version for applica-

tions without radial tions with low radial
and axial load on the load and without axial
drive shaft. load on the drive
shaft.
2 4
Versione speciale
Versione per impie-
con albero indipen-
ghi con carichi radiali
dente per impieghi
e assiali sull’albero.
senza carichi radiali e
assiali sull’albero.
Version for applica-
tions with radial and
Special version with
axial load on the drive
independent shaft for
shaft.
applications without
radial and axial load
on the drive shaft.
1.30 001 D010-012/05.94

Magnum
ESTREMITA’ ALBERI DI TRASCINAMENTO

End drive shafts
04 32
SAE B scanalato SAE B cilindrico

13 denti - 16/32 DP
radice piana centraggio
sui fianchi. SAE B keyed
ISO 22 - 4
SAE B splined
13 teeth - 16/32 DP
flat root side fit.
SAE J 498 b
MAX 300 Nm * MAX 200 Nm *
05 33
SAE BB scanalato SAE BB cilindrico
15 denti - 16/32 DP
sui fianchi. SAE BB keyed
ISO 25 - 4
SAE BB splined
15 teeth - 16/32 DP
flat root side fit.
SAE J 498 b MAX 450 Nm * MAX 280 Nm *
06 34
SAE C scanalato SAE C cilindrico
14 denti - 12/24 DP
sui fianchi. SAE C keyed
ISO 32 - 4
SAE C splined
14 teeth - 12/24 DP
flat root side fit. HD. 30 MAX 170 Nm * HD. 30 MAX 170 Nm*
SAE J 498 b
HD. 35 MAX 900 Nm * HD. 35 MAX 600 Nm*
* Per qualsiasi estremità d’albero in caso di versione "2" e "4" HD.30 Mmax= 170 Nm - HD.35 Mmax= 350 Nm.
* For "2" and "4" version whichever end shaft HD.30 Mmax= 170 Nm - HD.35 Mmax= 350 Nm.
D010-011/05.94 001 1.31

Magnum
FLANGE DI MONTAGGIO E TABELLA DI COMPATIBILITA’

Mounting flanges and table of compatibility
SAE A 2 FORI
SAE A 2 Holes
S1
A L B E R I D I T R A S C I N A M E N T O V E D I PA G . 1 . 3 1
Drive shafts see page 1.31
GRUPPO V E R S I O N I V E D I PA G . 1 . 3 0
Group Ve r s i o n s s e e p a g e 1 . 3 0 04 32 05 33 06 34
0 ■ ■ • •
HD.30 1 • • • •
2 ■ ■ • • • •
■ COMBINAZIONE STANDARD - Standard combination
• COMBINAZIONE DISPONIBILE - Available combination
SAE B 2-4 FORI

SAE B 2-4 Holes
S3
0 ■ ■ • •
1 ■ ■ • •
HD.30
2 ■ ■ • • • •
4 ■ ■ • • • •
1.32 001 D010-010/05.94

Magnum

SAE C 2-4 FORI

SAE C 2-4 Holes
S8
GRUPPO
Group
A B
HD.30 80 167,9
HD.35 98 182,8
2 • • • • ■ ■
HD.30
4 • • • • ■ ■
0 ■ ■
1 ■ ■
HD.35
2 • • • • ■ ■
4 • • • • ■ ■

SAE B 4 FORI
SAE B 4 Holes
S4
0 • •
1 • •
HD.35
2 ■ ■ • • • •
4 ■ ■ • • • •
D010-010/05.94 001 1.33

Magnum

SAE B 2 FORI
SAE B 2 Holes
S5
0 • •
1 • •
HD.35
2 ■ ■ • • • •
4 ■ ■ • • • •
1.34 001 D010-010/05.94

Magnum
BOCCHE
Ports
L H K
BOCCHE LATERALI BOCCHE POSTERIORI

SIDE PORTS REAR PORTS
BOCCHE
SSS SSM BSPP ODT BSPP ODT
PORTS
POMPA TIPO
IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT
PUMP TYPE
MOTORE TIPO
OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN
MOTOR TYPE
HD. 30•17
HD. 30•22
SC SB MC MB GF GE OF OD GE GE OD OD
HD. 30•27
HD. 30•34
HD. 30•43
SD SC MD MC
HD. 30•51
HD. 30•61 GG GF OG OF GF * GE
HD. 30•73 SE SD ME MD
HD. 30•82
HD. 35•50
HD. 35•63
SE SD ME MD GH GG OG OF OF OD
HD. 35•71
GG * GF
HD. 35•80
HD. 35•90
HD. 35•100
SF SE MF ME GL GH OH OG
HD. 35•112
HD. 35•125
* NON DISPONIBILE PER POMPE E MOTORI REVERSIBILI CON DRENAGGIO ESTERNO.

* Not available for reversible pumps and motors with external drain.
1.36 001 D010-013/05.94

Magnum
BOCCHE PER DRENAGGIO ESTERNO HD.30 - HD.35

HD.30 - HD.35 external drain ports
Le pompe e i motori reversibili tipo (R) hanno il drenaggio esterno.
The reversible pumps and motors (R) type have the external drain.
BOCCHE PER POMPE MULTIPLE

Ports for multiple pumps
L’aspirazione e la mandata mantengono le stesse dimensioni delle bocche

L laterali delle pompe singole (vedi pag. 1.36).
Inlet and outlet ports are the same as side ports of single pumps (see page 1.36).
BOCCHE
SSS SSM BSPP ODT
PORTS
L POMPA TIPO
IN IN IN IN
PUMP TYPE
HDP 30 SE ME GG OG
HDP 35 SF MF GL OH
La mandata mantiene le stesse dimensioni delle bocche di mandata laterali delle

pompe singole (vedi pag. 1.36).
Outlet ports are the same as outlet side ports of single pumps (see page 1.36).
Per altre combinazioni consultare il nostro servizio tecnico commerciale.

For other combinations please consult our sales departement.
D010-013/05.94 001 1.37

Magnum
DIMENSIONI BOCCHE
Port sizes
BOCCHE FLANGIATE SAE CON FILETTATURA UNC (SSS)

SAE FLANGED PORTS UNC THREADED (SSS)
CODICE DIMENSIONE A B C D
NOMINALE E
CODE NOMINAL SIZE mm mm mm mm
SA 1/2" 12,5 38,1 17,5 24 5/16"-18 UNC-2B
SB 3/4" 19 47,6 22,2

22 3/8"-16 UNC-2B
SC 1" 25,4 52,4 26,2
SD 1"1/4 30,5 58,7 30,2 28,5 7/16"-14 UNC-2B
SE 1"1/2 39,3 69,8 35,7

27 1/2"-13 UNC-2B
SF 2" 51 77,8 42,9
BOCCHE FLANGIATE SAE CON FILETTATURA METRICA (SSM)

SAE FLANGED PORTS METRIC THREAD (SSM)
CODICE DIMENSIONE A B C D E
NOMINALE
MA 1/2" 12,5 38,1 17,5 M 8
MB 3/4" 19 47,6 22,2

22
MC 1" 25,4 52,4 26,2 M 10
MD 1"1/4 30,5 58,7 30,2
ME 1"1/2 39,3 69,8 35,7

27 M12
MF 2" 51 77,8 42,9
BOCCHE FILETTATE (BSPP)

CODICE DIMENSIONE A B C
NOMINALE
CODE NOMINAL SIZE mm mm
GD 1/2" G1/2 18 19
GE 3/4" G3/4 20 24,5
GF 1" G1 22 30,5
GG 1"1/4 G11/4 24 39,3
GH 1"1/2 G11/2 26 45
GL 2" G 2 32 56
1.38 001 D010-014/05.94

Magnum
DIMENSIONI BOCCHE
Port sizes
BOCCHE FILETTATE SAE (ODT)

SAE STRAIGHT THREAD (ODT)
NOMINALE
OB 1/2" 3/4"-16 UNF-2B 15 32 2,5
OD 3/4" 1"-1/16-12 UN-2B 42
OF 1" 1"-5/16-12 UN-2B 50 0,5

20 3,3
OG 1"1/4 1"-5/8-12 UN-2B 60
OH 1"1/2 1"-7/8-12 UN-2B 70
VERSIONI COPERCHIO POSTERIORE

Rear cover versions
Tutte le pompe multiple con più di due sezioni sono fornite con staffa di fissaggio 8 o 9.
All multiple pumps with more than two sections are available with bracket 8 or 9 version.
Senza staffa di fissaggio Con staffa di fissaggio

Without bracket With bracket
Aspirazione separata
Separated inlet port
0 9
Aspirazione comune
Common inlet port
1 8
D010-014/05.94 001 1.39

Magnum
FLANGE INTERMEDIE E ALBERI DI COLLEGAMENTO

Shafts and intermediate flanges for connection
HD. 35 + HD. 35
Flange d’ accoppiamento
Connecting flanges 350 Nm
F0
F1 Albero di
60 collegamento
Connecting shaft
HD. 35 + HD. 30
Flangia d’ accoppiamento
170 Nm
Connecting flange
G0
G1 Albero di
61 collegamento
Connecting shaft
Flangia d’ accoppiamento HD. 35 + Gr. 2 Sr. C

Connecting flange
Albero di collegamento
I0 stadi separati
63 Separate stages
110 Nm connecting shaft
Connecting flange
I1 Albero di
62 collegamento
Connecting shaft
1.40 001 D010-015/05.94

Magnum
FLANGE INTERMEDIE E ALBERI DI COLLEGAMENTO

Shafts and intermediate flanges for connection
HDP 30+ HDP 30

Flange d’ accoppiamento
Connecting flanges
170 Nm
M0
M1
65 Connecting shaft
Flangia d’ accoppiamento HDP 30+ KP 20

Connecting flange
N0 stadi separati
110 Nm 68 Separate stages
connecting shaft
Connecting flange
70 Nm
N1
73 Connecting shaft
Flangia d’ accoppiamento HDP 30 + Gr. 2 Sr. C

Connecting flange
stadi separati
P0 110 Nm
67 Separate stages
connecting shaft
Connecting flange
P1
66 Connecting shaft
D010-015/05.94 001 1.41

Magnum
INSTALLATION
Pump
The direction of rotation of single-rotation pumps must be the same as that of the drive shaft. Check that
the coupling flange correctly aligns the transmission shaft and the pump shaft, the connection do not
generate an axial or radial load on the pump shaft in the applications of 0, 1, 2 versions.
Motor
The direction of rotation of single-acting motors must match circuit connections. Check that the coupling
flange correctly aligns the user shaft and the motor shaft, the connection do not generate an axial or
radial load on the motor shaft in the applications of 0, 1, 2 versions.
TANK
Tank capacity must be sufficient for the system’s operating conditions (3 times the amount of oil in
circulation) to avoid overheating of the fluid. A heat exchanger should be installed if necessary. The
intake and return lines in the tank must be spaced apart (by inserting a vertical divider) to prevent the
return-line oil from being taken up again immediately.
LINES
The lines must have a major diameter which is at least as large as the diameter of motor or pump ports,
and must be perfectly sealed. To reduce loss of power, the lines should be as short as possible, reducing
the sources of hydraulic resistance (elbow, throttling, gate valves, etc.) to a minimum. A length of flexible
tubing is recommended to reduce the transmission of vibrations. All return lines must end below the
minimum oil level, to prevent foaming. Before connecting the lines, remove any plugs and make sure
that the lines are perfectly clean.
FILTERS
We recommend filtering the entire system flow. Filters should be fitted as indicated in the first pages of
the catalogue. Only coarse filters are recommended for pump intake.
HYDRAULIC FLUID
Use hydraulic fluid conforming to the table as specified in the first pages of the catalogue. Avoid using
mixtures of different oils which could result in decomposition and reduction of the oil’s lubricating power.
STARTING UP
Check that all circuit connections are tight and that the entire system is completely clean. Insert the oil
in the tank, using a filter. Bleed the circuit to assist in filling. Set the pressure relief valves to the lowest
possible setting. Turn on the system for a few moments at minimum speed, then bleed the circuit again
and check the level of oil in the tank. If the difference between pump or motor temperature and fluid
temperature exceeds 10 °C, rapidly switch the system on and off to heat it up gradually. Then gradually
increase the pressure and speed of rotation until the pre-set operating levels as specified in the catalogue
are attained.
Keep the outside surface clean especially in the area of the drive shaft seal. In fact, abrasive powder
can accelerate wear on the seal and cause leakage. Replace filters regularly to keep the fluid clean. The
oil level must be checked and oil replaced periodically depending on the system’s operating conditions.
D010-008/05.94 001 1.43

Magnum
Come ordinare una unità singola

How to order single unit
Prima di ordinare consultare la tabella di compatibilità albero flangia e versione alle pagine 1.32 - 1.33 - 1.34
Before ordering consult shaft flange and version table compatibility at pages 1.32 - 1.33 - 1.34
HDP 30•34 S 0 – 04 S3 – L MC / MB – N
Guarnizione N - V - V-Bz
vedi pag. 1.3
Seal N - V - V-Bz
see page 1.4
Pompa tipo - Motore tipo

vedi pag. 1.6 - 1.14 Codice bocca di uscita (OUT)
Pump type - Motor type vedi pag. 1.36 - 1.37 - 1.38 - 1.39
see page 1.6 - 1.14 Outlet port code (OUT)
see pages 1.36 - 1.37 - 1.38 - 1.39
Rotazione: S=sinistra - D=destra

R= reversibile - B=reversibile drenaggio interno Codice bocca di ingresso (IN)
Rotation: S=left - D=right vedi pag. 1.36 - 1.37 - 1.38 - 1.39
R=reversible - B=reversible internal drain Inlet port code (IN)
see pages 1.36 - 1.37 - 1.38 - 1.39
Versione: 0 - 1 - 2 - 4 vedi pag. 1.30 Codice posizione bocche L - P - H - K vedi pag. 1.36
Version: 0 - 1 - 2 - 4 see page 1.30 Port position code L - P - H - K see page 1.36
Codice flangia di montaggio S1-S3-S4-S5-S8

vedi pag. 1.32 - 1.34
Codice albero di trascinamento 04-05-06-32-33-34 vedi pag. 1.31 Mounting flange code S1-S3-S4-S5-S8
Drive shaft code 04-05-06-32-33-34 see page 1.31 see pages 1.32 - 1.34
D010-016/05.94 001 1.45

Magnum
Come ordinare una unità multipla

How to order multiple units
Prima di ordinare consultare la tabella di compatibilità albero flangia e versione alle pagine 1.32 - 1.33 - 1.34
Before ordering consult shaft flange and version table compatibility at pages 1.32 - 1.33 - 1.34
HDP 35•80 S 0 - 06 S8 - L SE / SD - 61 G0 - N A
HDP 30•43 S - L SD / SC - 65 M0 - N I
HDP 30•34 S - L SC / SB - M 9 - N P
A=anteriore
A=front
Pompa tipo
I=intermedia
vedi pag. 1.6
I=intermediate
Pump type
P=posteriore
see page 1.6
P=rear
Rotazione:
S=sinistra - D=destra Guarnizione N - V - V-Bz
Rotation: vedi pag. 1.3
S=left - D=right Seal N - V - V-Bz
see page 1.4
Versione: 0 - 1 - 2 - 4 vedi pag. 1.30

Version: 0 - 1 - 2 - 4 see page 1.30 Coperchio posteriore vedi pag. 1.39
Rear cover see page 1.39
Codice albero di trascinamento Codice flangia sezione precedente

04-05-06-32-33-34 vedi pag. 1.31 Connecting flange code of the pre-
Drive shaft code 04-05-06-32-33-34 see page 1.31 vious section
Codice flangia di montaggio S1-S3-S4- S5-S8 Flangia d’ accoppiamento

vedi pag. 1.32 - 1.34 vedi pag. 1.40 - 1.41
Mounting flange code S1-S3-S4-S5-S8 see pages 1.32 - 1.34 Connecting flange see pages 1.40 -1.41
Codice posizione bocche L - P - H - K vedi pag. 1.36 Albero di collegamento vedi pag. 1.40 - 1.41
Port position code L - P - H - K see page 1.36 Connecting shaft see pages 1.40 - 1.41
Codice bocca di uscita (OUT)

vedi pag. 1.36 - 1.37 - 1.38 - 1.39
Codice bocca di ingresso (IN) vedi pag. 1.36 - 1.37 - 1.38 - 1.39 Outlet port code (OUT)
Inlet port code (IN) see pages 1.36 - 1.37 - 1.38 - 1.39 see pages 1.36 - 1.37 - 1.38 - 1.39
Codice da tralasciare solo nell’ordine di unità assemblate.

Omit code only if ordering complete multiple assembly.
Come ordinare una unità multipla MAGNUM + KP 20 o serie C

How to order multiple units MAGNUM + KP 20 or C series
68 N0 / KP 20•4 D N
Sezione anteriore vedi codifica
unità multiple (vedi sopra) Guarnizione
Front section see how to order Seal
multiple unit (see above) N=buna - V=viton
Albero di collegamento vedi pag. 1.40 - 1.41 Rotazione: S=sinistra - D=destra

Connecting shaft see page 1.40 - 1.41 Rotation: S=left - D=right
Flangia d’ accoppiamento vedi pag. 1.40 - 1.41 Pompa tipo vedi pag. 1.28 - 1.29
Connecting flange see page 1.40-1.41 Pump type see pages 1.28 - 1.29
Per maggiori informazioni su pompe serie KAPPA e serie C, consultare i rispettivi cataloghi tecnici.
For more information on KAPPA and C series, consult the respective technical catalogues.
1.46 001 D010-016/05.94

MD 01 T IE
DIVISORI DI FLUSSO SERIE MAGNUM
FLOW DIVIDERS MAGNUM SERIES
D018-001.PUB September 1990

Magnum
Mineral oil based hydraulic fluids to ISO/DIN and

Fluid fire resistant fluids [see table (1) ].
Fluid temperature range From -25 to +110 °C

12 up to 100 mm 2 /s (cSt) recommended
Viscosity range
Filter recommendations See table (2)
Tab. 1
Type Fluid composition [bar] [min -1 ] [°C] Seals
Mineral oil based hydraulic See page See page -25 ÷ +80 N
ISO/DIN 1.5 1.5
fluid to ISO/DIN -25 ÷ +110 V
HFA 5 ÷ 15 % of oil 50 1500 2 ÷ 55
Water emulsion in oil N

HFB 40 % of water 120 1500 2 ÷ 60
HFC Water - glycol 70 1500 -20 ÷ +60

HFD Phosphate esters 150 1500 -10 ÷ +80 E
Tab.2
∆p [bar] > 200 < 200
Contamination
class NAS 1638 8 10
Contamination
class ISO 4406 17/14 19/16
Achieved with
filter ßx=75 10 µm 25 µm
1.4
Magnum
PARAMETRI DI FUNZIONAMENTO
General data
Pressione max.
Cilindrata Velocità max Velocità min
Max pressure
Tipo
p1 p2
Type
cm 3 /giro bar
cu in/rev psi min-1
17,20
HDD 30•17 1.05
21,89
HDD 30•22 1.33
26,58 3000
HDD 30•27 1.62
34,39
HDD 30•34 2.09
310 335
43,77 4500 4800 500
HDD 30•43 2.67
51,59
HDD 30•51 3.14
2500
60,97
HDD 30•61 3.72
73,47
HDD 30•73 4.48
2000
81,29
HDD 30•82 4.96
50,77
HDD 35•50 3.09
63,46
HDD 35•63 3.87
3000
71,92
HDD 35•71 4.38
80,39
HDD 35•80 4.90 310 335
500
4500 4800
90,96
HDD 35•90 5.55
99,43
HDD 35•100 6.06
2700
112,12
HDD 35•112 6.84
124,81
HDD 35•125 7.61 2500
Pressione max. continua Pressione max. di punta

p1= p2=
Max. continuous pressure Max. peak pressure
Nota : Nelle seguenti pagine troverete diagrammi che vi permetteranno di dimensionare i vostri gruppi.
Note : Diagrams providing selection data will be found on subsequent pages.
1.5
Magnum
EQUALIZZATORI DI FLUSSO
Flow equalizers
Sono impiegati dove è necessario dividere il flusso in parti uguali garantendo una differenza massima di
sincronismo del ± 2 %. Per ottenere il sincronismo occorrono portate uguali quindi devono essere composti
da sezioni di cilindrata uguale. Quando si azionano in sincronismo più cilindri a semplice effetto, che agiscono
su carichi aventi peso proprio non sufficiente a vincere le resistenze del circuito, si consiglia aggiungere
all’equalizzatore di flusso, una sezione che funziona come motore per garantire il rientro dei cilindri. La
cilindrata della sezione motore, può essere dello stesso gruppo delle sezioni dell’equalizzatore o di gruppo
diverso, ma deve essere circa uguale alla somma delle cilindrate delle altre sezioni. A pag.5.18 sono riportati
due circuiti tipici che utilizzano gli equalizzatori di flusso.
Flow dividing gear motors are suited for applications where the flow must be divided equally with maximum
actuator synchronization difference of ± 2 %. In order to obtain synchronous operation the displacements
of the gear sections must be identical. When several single acting cylinders are operated together, acting
on loads have not sufficient mass to win the circuit’s resistance, we recommend the flow equalizer must be
supplemented by a further gear section acting as a motor in order to guarantee the cylinders retract. The
displacement of this motor section can be in the same group as the sections of the equalizer or of a different
group, but it should be roughly equal to the sum of the displacements of the other sections. Two typical
circuit diagrams of applications where flow equalizers are utilized will be found on page 5.18.
V = Cilindrata - Displacement [cm3/giro] - [cm3/rev]

Q = Portata - Delivery [l/min]
p = Pressione - Pressure [bar]
n = Velocità - Speed [min-1]
p1Q1 p2Q2 pnQn
V1 V2 Vn
V1 = V2 ....= Vn
p0Q0
Q0 = Q1 + Q2 ....+ Qn
p0Q0 = p1Q1 + p2Q2 ....+ pnQn
V0
Supponiamo di dovere alimentare due utilizzi che richiedono una portata di 100 [l/min] ciascuno. Ipotizzando
di lavorare in assenza di perdite e trascurando la comprimibilità del fluido, la portata che deve fornire la
pompa è: Q0 = Q1 + Q2 = 200 [l/min]. Per determinare la cilindrata delle due sezioni dell’equalizzatore di
flusso,optando per la scelta del gruppo HDD 30, basta entrare nel diagramma sull’asse delle ascisse in
corrispondenza della portata di 200 [l/min], salire verticalmente fino ad incontrare la linea relativa al numero
di sezioni (2); da questo punto, proseguire orizzontalmente verso destra fino ad incontare le linee relative
alle cilindrate. Scegliere la cilindrata il cui punto di intersezione risulta più vicino possibile al limite massimo
di velocità del campo di funzionamento ottimale.
Let us assume that it is necessary to supply power to two services that require a flow rate of 100 [l/min]
each. For simplicity’s sake we will ignore pressure losses and the compression factor of the fluid. The pump
must deliver a flow equal to: Q0 = Q1 + Q2 = 200 [l/min]. To find the displacement of the two sections of the
flow equalizer, assuming group HDD 30 is to be used, simply locate the flow rate 200 [l/min] on the X axis
and then ascend vertically until the line corresponding to the number of sections (2) is encountered; now
trace a horizontal line to the right until encountering the lines referring to displacement. Select the
displacement with the point of intersection on the graph that lies nearest to the maximum speed for the
optimum performance range.
1.6
Magnum
HDD 30
HDD 35
Campo di funzionamento ottimale Le curve sono state ottenute alla temperatura di 50°C,
utilizzando olio con viscosità 36 mm2 /s a 40°C.
Range for optimum performance
Each curve has been obtained at 50°C, using oil with vi-
scosity 36 mm 2 /s at 40°C and at these pressures.
1.7
Magnum
DIVISORI DI FLUSSO
Flow dividers
Sono impiegati dove è necessario alimentare con la stessa pompa diversi utilizzi che richiedono portate e
pressioni differenti. La cilindrata di ogni sezione, deve essere proporzionale alla portata richiesta dall’utilizzo.
A pag. 5.19 sono riportati due circuiti tipici che utilizzano i divisori di flusso.
These flow dividers are used where the same pump must drive several different services requiring different
pressures and flow rates. The displacement of each section must be proportional to the flow rate required
by the service to which it is connected. Two typical circuits in which flow dividers are installed will be found
on page 5.19.

p1Q1 p2Q2 pnQn
V1
V2 Vn Q0 = Q1 + Q2 ....+ Qn
p0Q0 p0Q0 = p1Q1 + p2Q2 ....+ pnQn
1000 Q
V = ————–
n
V0
Supponiamo di dovere alimentare due utilizzi che assorbono rispettivamente 100 [l/min] e 65 [l/min]. Per
determinare la cilindrata delle sezioni del divisore di flusso, optando per la scelta del gruppo HDD 30, basta
entrare nel diagramma sull’asse delle ordinate in corrispondenza delle portate considerate e spostarsi
orizzontalmente verso destra fino ad incontrare le linee relative alle cilindrate. Scegliere le cilindrate i cui
punti di intersezione risultano allineati (o il più allineati possibile) su di una retta verticale e più vicini al limite
massimo di velocità del campo di funzionamento ottimale.
Assume two services must be driven absorbing 100 [l/min] and 65 [l/min] respectively. To find the
displacement of the flow divider sections, assuming the HDD 30 group is opted for, simply locate the flow
rates in question on the Y axis and then move across horizontally until the lines corresponding to the
displacement are encountered. Select a displacement with points of intersection aligned as near as possible
vertically, and the nearest to the maximum speed for the optimum performance range.
1.8
Magnum
HDD 30
HDD 35
Campo di funzionamento ottimale Le curve sono state ottenute alla temperatura di 50°C,
utilizzando olio con viscosità 36 mm2 /s a 40°C.
Range for optimum performance
1.9
Magnum
INTENSIFICATORI DI PRESSIONE
Pressure intensifiers
Sono impiegati per utilizzi che richiedono pressioni di lavoro superiori alla pressione di funzionamento della
pompa principale. Questo aumento di pressione, si ottiene facendo funzionare una sezione come motore
mettendola a scarico e l’altra come pompa collegandola all’utilizzo. Per ottimizzare il funzionamento degli
intensificatori, il rapporto R fra la cilindrata della sezione motore e la cilindrata della sezione pompa, deve
essere compreso nell’intervallo 0.5 ÷ 2. Nel diagramma di pag. 5.11 viene indicato l’incremento di pressione
che è possibile ottenere con questi componenti. A pag. 5.20 sono riportati due circuiti tipici che utilizzano
gli intensificatori di flusso.
Pressure intensifiers are used for services requiring working pressures in excess of the operating pressure
of the pump. Pressure is increased by using one of two sections as a motor connecting it to "tank" and the
other as a pump connecting it to the service. For optimum intensification, the ratio R between the
displacement of the "motor" and "pump" sections must fall within the range 0.5 ÷ 2. The graph on page 5.11
illustrates pressure intensification available with these units. Two typical circuit diagrams incorporating
pressure intensifiers are shown on page 5.20.

p1Q1 p2Q2
V1 V2
p0Q0
Q0 = Q1 + Q2
V0
p0Q0 = p1Q1 + p2Q2
1000 Q
V = ————–
n
Supponiamo di dovere alimentare un utilizzo alla pressione di 300 [bar] con una portata di 100 [l/min]. Per
calcolare la pressione di lavoro della pompa principale, entrare nel digramma a lato sull’asse delle ascisse
in corrispondenza della pressione richiesta all’utilizzo e salire verticalmente fino ad incontrare le linee dei
rapporti R. Scelto il rapporto di intensificazione R=1, spostarsi orizzontalmente verso sinistra, per leggere il
valore sull’asse delle ordinate; p0 = 180 [bar]. Ricordando che R = V2 / V1 = 1
Q1 = Q2 = 100 [l/min]
Per la scelta delle cilindrate, fare riferimento ai diagrammi di pag. 5.7 - 5.9.
Let us imagine that we must drive a service at a pressure of 300 [bar] with a flow of 100 [l/min]. To find the
working pressure of the main pump use graph on the facing page. First locate the pressure required by the
service on the X axis and then move up vertically until the lines of ratio R. Select the displacement ratio
between the two intensifier sections R=1 and move horizontally to the left to read off the pressure value on
the Y axis p0 = 180 [bar]. Remember that R = V2 / V1 = 1
Q1 = Q2 = 100 [l/min]
Select section displacements by consulting the graphs on pages 5.7 to 5.9.
1.10
Magnum
Le curve sono state ottenute alla temperatura di 50°C, uti-

lizzando olio con viscosità 36 mm2 /s a 40°C.
1.11
Magnum
NOTE SULLA COMPOSIZIONE

NOTES ABOUT COMPOSITION
Le sezioni del divisore vengono disposte in ordine decrescente di cilindrata o gruppo da sinistra verso destra
guardando il divisore dal lato delle bocche di mandata. Per i divisori composti da gruppi diversi, è obbligatorio
interporre il collettore tra gli elementi dove cambia il gruppo. Sotto e nella pagina seguente sono riportate le
composizioni standard dei divisori; per composizioni diverse consultare il nostro servizio tecnico commerciale.
Flow divider sections are arranged in descending displacements or groups with the largest displacement to the
left as viewed from the delivery ports side. Where flow dividers are made up of different groups, an intermediate
inlet section must be disposed between them. Standard formats of flow dividers are given beneath and on the
following pages; for different configurations please consult our Technical Sales staff.
COLLETTORI
Intermediate inlet sections
GRUPPO
Group HDD 30 HDD 35
HDD 30 C 30 • 30 ——
HDD 35 C 35 • 30 C 35 • 35
COMPOSIZIONE STANDARD
Standard composition
2 ELEMENTI - 2 SECTIONS
PORTATA MAX. PER COLLETTORE

TIPO Max. delivery for inlet section
Type
[l/min]
C 30•30 350
C 35•30 550
C 35•35 550

Type
[l/min]
C 30•30 350
C 35•30 550
C 35•35 550
1.12
Magnum

Type
[l/min]
C 30•30 350
C 35•30 550
C 35•35 550
COMPOSIZIONE STANDARD PER EQUALIZZATORI CON SEZIONE MOTORE

Standard composition for flow equalizers with motor section
FLANGIA INTERMEDIA
F Intermediate flange
GRUPPO
Group HDD 30 HDD 35
HDD 30 F 30 • 30 ——
Max. 6 elementi
Max. 6 sections
HDD 35 F 35 • 30 F 35 • 35
1.13
Magnum
BOCCHE
Ports
IN IN IN IN
OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT
Equalizzatore di flusso con sezione motore.

Flow equalizer with motor section.
Versione standard
Standard version
BOCCHE
SSS SSM BSPP ODT
PORTS
TIPO
TYPE IN IN OUT IN IN OUT IN IN OUT IN IN OUT
HDD 30•17
SB SA MB MA GE GD OD OB
HDD 30•22
HDD 30•27
SC SB MC MB GF GE OF OD
HDD 30•34
SD MD GF OF
HDD 30•43
SD SC MD MC
HDD 30•51
HDD 30•61 GG GF OG OF
HDD 30•73 SE SD ME MD
HDD 30•82
HDD 35•50
HDD 35•63
SE SD ME MD GH GG OG OF
HDD 35•71
HDD 35•80 SE ME GH OH
HDD 35•90
HDD 35•100
SF SE MF ME GL GH OH OG
HDD 35•112
HDD 35•125
1.14
Magnum
BOCCHE FLANGIATE SAE CON FILETTATURA UNC (SSS)

SAE FLANGED PORTS UNC THREADED (SSS)
CODICE DIMENSIONE A B C D
NOMINALE E
SA 1/2" 12,5 38,1 17,5 24 5/16 -18 UNC-2B
SB 3/4" 19 47,6 22,2

22 3/8 -16 UNC-2B
SC 1" 25,4 52,4 26,2
SD 1"1/4 30,5 58,7 30,2 28,5 7/16 -14 UNC-2B
SE 1"1/2 39,3 69,8 35,7

27 1/2 -13 UNC-2B
SF 2" 51 77,8 42,9
BOCCHE FLANGIATE SAE CON FILETTATURA METRICA (SSM)

SAE FLANGED PORTS METRIC THREAD (SSM)
NOMINALE
MA 1/2" 12,5 38,1 17,5 M 8
MB 3/4" 19 47,6 22,2

22
MC 1" 25,4 52,4 26,2 M 10
MD 1"1/4 30,5 58,7 30,2
ME 1"1/2 39,3 69,8 35,7

27 M12
MF 2" 51 77,8 42,9
BOCCHE FILETTATE (BSPP)

CODICE DIMENSIONE A B C
NOMINALE
CODE NOMINAL SIZE mm mm
GD 1/2" G 1/2 18 19
GE 3/4" G 3/4 20 24,5
GF 1" G 1 22 30,5
GG 1"1/4 G 1 1/4 24 39,3
GH 1"1/2 G 1 1/2 26 45
GL 2" G 2 32 56
BOCCHE FILETTATE SAE (ODT)

SAE STRAIGHT THREAD (ODT)
NOMINALE
OB 1/2" 3/4 -16 UNF-2B 15 32 2,5
OD 3/4" 1-1/16 -12 UN-2B 42
OF 1" 1-5/16 -12 UN-2B 50 0,5

20 3,3
OG 1"1/4 1-5/8 -12 UN-2B 60
OH 1"1/2 1-7/8 -12 UN-2B 70
1.15
Magnum
DIMENSIONI DIVISORI DI FLUSSO GRUPPI UGUALI

Same group flow dividers dimensions
280 Nm
Divisore tipo A B C D E F G H
Flow divider type
HDD 30 + HDD 30 Ve d i s o t t o
155 57 70+E 77 See below 70 75 155
HDD 35 + HDD 35 Ve d i s o t t o
175 63 82+E 93 See below 82 87,5 185
Divisore tipo E Divisore tipo E

Flow divider type Flow divider type
mm mm
HDD 30•17 23 HDD 35•50 38
HDD 30•22 26 HDD 35•63 44
HDD 30•27 29 HDD 35•71 48
HDD 30•34 34 HDD 35•80 52
HDD 30•43 40 HDD 35•90 57
HDD 30•51 45 HDD 35•100 61
HDD 30•61 51 HDD 35•112 67
HDD 30•73 59 HDD 35•125 73
HDD 30•82 64
1.16
Magnum
DIMENSIONI DIVISORI DI FLUSSO GRUPPI DIVERSI

Different group flow dividers dimensions
280 Nm
Divisore tipo A B C
Flow divider type
mm mm mm
HDD 35 + HDD 30 82+D 76+E 70+E
Divisore tipo D Divisore tipo E

Flow divider type Flow divider type
mm mm
HDD 35•50 38 HDD 30•17 23
HDD 35•63 44 HDD 30•22 26
HDD 35•71 48 HDD 30•27 29
HDD 35•80 52 HDD 30•34 34
HDD 35•90 57 HDD 30•43 40
HDD 35•100 61 HDD 30•51 45
HDD 35•112 67 HDD 30•61 51
HDD 35•125 73 HDD 30•73 59
HDD 30•82 64
1.17
Magnum
CIRCUITI TIPICI PER EQUALIZZATORI DI FLUSSO

Typical circuits for flow equalizers
Schema con equalizzatore di flusso per l’azionamento di Schema con equalizzatore di flusso per l’azionamento di
cilindri a doppio effetto. Speciali valvole consentono ad cilindri a semplice effetto. Speciali valvole consentono ad
ogni fine corsa dei cilindri, l’azzeramento dell’eventuale ogni fine corsa dei cilindri l’azzeramento dell’eventuale
errore di sincronismo. errore di sincronismo.
Diagram with a flow equalizer operating double acting Diagram with flow equalizer operating single acting cylin-
cylinders. Special valves provide for correction at each ders. The circuit incorporates special valves for correction
end-of-stroke limit to ensure that actuators are kept fully of actuator synchronization errors at each end-of-stroke
synchronized. limit.
1.18
Magnum
CIRCUITI TIPICI PER DIVISORI DI FLUSSO

Typical circuits for flow dividers
Schema con divisore di flusso che consente di impiegare Schema con divisore di flusso che consente di impiegare
una sola pompa per alimentare più utilizzi che necessi- una sola pompa per alimentare più utilizzi che necessi-
tano di portate a pressioni diverse. tano di portate a pressioni diverse.
Diagram with a flow divider permitting the use of a single Diagram with a flow divider permitting the use of a single
pump to drive a number of different services requiring pump to drive a number of different services requiring
flows at different pressures. flows at different pressures.
1.19
Magnum
CIRCUITI TIPICI PER INTENSIFICATORI DI PRESSIONE

Typical circuits for pressure intensifiers
Schema con intensificatore di pressione che consente Schema con intensificatore di pressione che consente
di alimentare l’utilizzo con una pressione superiore a di alimentare l’utilizzo con una pressione superiore a
quella della pompa di alimentazione. quella della pompa di alimentazione.
Diagram with pressure intensifier so that a service re- Diagram with pressure intensifier so that a service re-
quiring a pressure higher than the pressure available at quiring a pressure higher than the pressure available at
the main delivery pump can be driven. the main delivery pump can be driven.
1.20
Magnum
Raccordi SAE diritti filettati GAS

SAE straight BSPP thread port connectors
Tipo Coppia
A B C D E F G H I Viti Torque O-ring
Type Screws
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm
RD2-MA/FG12-N G 1/2 M8
13 16 54 38,1 17,5 46 25 4075
RD2-MA/FG38-N G 3/8 UNI 5931-8.8
36
RD2-MB/FG34-N G 3/4 19 19
65 47,6 22,2 50 4100
RD2-MB/FG12-N G 1/2 13 M 10
18 50
UNI 5931-8.8
RD2-MC/FG100-N G1 25
38 70 52,4 26,2 52 4131
RD2-MC/FG34-N G 3/4 19
RD2-MD/FG114-N G 1 1/4 32 M 10
22 21 41 79 58,7 30,2 68 86 4150
RD2-MD/FG100-N G1 25 UNI 5931-12.9
RD2-ME/FG112-N G 1 1/2 38
24 44 93 69,8 35,7 78 4187
RD2-ME/FG114-N G 1 1/4 32 M 12
25 148
UNI 5931-12.9
RD2-MF/FG200-N G2 51 30
45 102 77,8 42,9 90 4225
RD2-MF/FG112-N G 1 1/2 38 26
Tipo Coppia
Type Screws
RD2-SA/FG12-N G 1/2 5/16
13 16 54 38,1 17,5 46 25 4075
RD2-SA/FG38-N G 3/8 -18 UNC-2B
36
RD2-SB/FG34-N G 3/4 19 19
65 47,6 22,2 50 4100
RD2-SB/FG12-N G 1/2 13 3/8
18 50
-16 UNC-2B
RD2-SC/FG100-N G1 25
38 70 52,4 26,2 52 4131
RD2-SC/FG34-N G 3/4 19
RD2-SD/FG114-N G 1 1/4 32 7/16
22 21 41 79 58,7 30,2 68 86 4150
RD2-SD/FG100-N G1 25 -14 UNC-2B
RD2-SE/FG112-N G 1 1/2 38
24 44 93 69,8 35,7 78 4187
RD2-SE/FG114-N G 1 1/4 32 1/2
25 148
-14 UNC-2B
RD2-SF/FG200-N G2 51 30
45 102 77,8 42,9 90 4225
RD2-SF/FG112-N G 1 1/2 38 26
I raccordi standard sono dotati di guarnizioni in BUNA. Per utilizzi più gravosi, richiedere raccordi con guarnizioni in VITON sostituendo la N finale del codice
con la lettera V. ( es. RD2-MA/FG12-N - RD2-MA/FG12-V )
Standard port connectors are equipped with BUNA seals. For heavier operating conditions, require it with VITON seals replaceing code’s last letter N with
the V letter. ( eg. RD2-MA/FG12-N - RD2-MA/FG12-V )
N.B. I valori di coppia riportati in tabella sono riferiti al montaggio dei raccordi sulla serie MAGNUM.
N.B. Torque values in the table refer to the mounting of port connectors on MAGNUM series.
1.21
Magnum
Raccordi SAE diritti filettati NPT

SAE straight NPT thread port connectors
Tipo Coppia
A B C D E F G H I Viti
Torque O-ring
Type Screws
[Nm]
RD2-MA/FN12-N 1/2 NPT M8
13 16 54 38,1 17,5 46 25 4075
RD2-MA/FN38-N 3/8 NPT UNI 5931-8.8
36
RD2-MB/FN34-N 3/4 NPT 19 19
65 47,6 22,2 50 4100
RD2-MB/FN12-N 1/2 NPT 13 M 10
18 50
UNI 5931-8.8
RD2-MC/FN100-N 1 NPT 25
38 70 52,4 26,2 52 4131
RD2-MC/FN34-N 3/4 NPT 19
RD2-MD/FN114-N 1 1/4 NPT 32 M 10
22 21 41 79 58,7 30,2 68 86 4150
RD2-MD/FN100-N 1 NPT 25 UNI 5931-12.9
RD2-ME/FN112-N 1 1/2 NPT 38

24 44 93 69,8 35,7 78 4187
RD2-ME/FN114-N 1 1/4 NPT 32 M 12
25 148
UNI 5931-12.9
RD2-MF/FN200-N 2 NPT 51 30
45 102 77,8 42,9 90 4225
RD2-MF/FN112-N 1 1/2 NPT 38 26
Tipo Coppia
A B C D E F G H I Viti
Torque O-ring
Type Screws
[Nm]
RD2-SA/FN12-N 1/2 NPT 5/16
13 16 54 38,1 17,5 46 25 4075
RD2-SA/FN38-N 3/8 NPT -18 UNC-2B
36
RD2-SB/FN34-N 3/4 NPT 19 19
65 47,6 22,2 50 4100
RD2-SB/FN12-N 1/2 NPT 13 3/8
18 50
-16 UNC-2B
RD2-SC/FN100-N 1 NPT 25
38 70 52,4 26,2 52 4131
RD2-SC/FN34-N 3/4 NPT 19
RD2-SD/FN114-N 1 1/4 NPT 32 7/16
22 21 41 79 58,7 30,2 68 86 4150
RD2-SD/FN100-N 1 NPT 25 -14 UNC-2B
RD2-SE/FN112-N 1 1/2 NPT 38

24 44 93 69,8 35,7 78 4187
RD2-SE/FN114-N 1 1/4 NPT 32 1/2
25 148
-14 UNC-2B
RD2-SF/FN200-N 2 NPT 51 30
45 102 77,8 42,9 90 4225
RD2-SF/FN112-N 1 1/2 NPT 38 26
I raccordi standard sono dotati di guarnizioni in BUNA. Per utilizzi più gravosi, richiedere raccordi con guarnizioni in VITON sostituendo la N finale del codice
con la lettera V. ( es. RD2-MA/FN12-N - RD2-MA/FN12-V )
Standard port connectors are equipped with BUNA seals. For heavier operating conditions, require it with VITON seals replaceing code’s last letter N with
the V letter. ( eg. RD2-MA/FN12-N - RD2-MA/FN12-V )
1.22
Magnum
Raccordi SAE diritti a saldare di tasca

SAE straight weld in port connectors
Tipo Dim. nominale Coppia

Type Nominal size Screws
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm
RD2-MA/S12-N 1/2" 21,6

M8
13 16 54 38,1 17,5 46 25 4075
UNI 5931-8.8
RD2-MA/S38-N 3/8" 17,5 36
19
RD2-MB/S34-N 3/4" 27,2 19 65 47,6 22,2 50
M 10
4100
18 50
UNI 5931-8.8
RD2-MC/S100-N 1" 34 25 38 70 52,4 26,2 52 4131
M 10
RD2-MD/S114-N 1" 1/4 42,8 32 22 21 41 79 58,7 30,2 68 UNI 5931-12.9
86 4150
RD2-ME/S112-N 1" 1/2 48,6 38 24 44 93 69,8 35,7 78

M 12
4187
25 148
UNI 5931-12.9
RD2-MF/S200-N 2" 61 51 26 45 102 77,8 42,9 90 4225

RD2-SA/S12-N 1/2" 21,6

5/16
13 16 54 38,1 17,5 46 25 4075
-18 UNC-2B
RD2-SA/S38-N 3/8" 17,5 36
19
RD2-SB/S34-N 3/4" 27,2 19 65 47,6 22,2 50
3/8
4100
18 50
-16 UNC-2B
RD2-SC/S100-N 1" 34 25 38 70 52,4 26,2 52 4131
7/16
RD2-SD/S114-N 1" 1/4 42,8 32 22 21 41 79 58,7 30,2 68 -14 UNC-2B
86 4150
RD2-SE/S112-N 1" 1/2 48,6 38 24 44 93 69,8 35,7 78

1/2
4187
25 148
-14 UNC-2B
RD2-SF/S200-N 2" 61 51 26 45 102 77,8 42,9 90 4225
I raccordi standard sono dotati di guarnizioni in BUNA. Per utilizzi più gravosi, richiedere raccordi con guarnizioni in VITON sostituendo la N finale
del codice con la lettera V. ( es. RD2-MA/S12-N - RD2-MA/S12-V )
Standard port connectors are equipped with BUNA seals. For heavier operating conditions, require it with VITON seals replaceing code’s last letter
N with the V letter. ( eg. RD2-MA/S12-N - RD2-MA/S12-V )
1.23
Magnum
Raccordi SAE diritti a saldare di testa

SAE straight weld on port connectors

A B C D E F G H Viti Torque O-ring
RD2-MA/T12-N 1/2" 21,6

M8
13 16 54 38,1 17,5 46 25 4075
UNI 5931-8.8
RD2-MA/T38-N 3/8" 17,5 36
RD2-MB/T34-N 3/4" 27,2 19 65 47,6 22,2 50

M 10
4100
18 50
UNI 5931-8.8
RD2-MC/T100-N 1" 34 25 38 70 52,4 26,2 52 4131
M 10
RD2-MD/T114-N 1" 1/4 42,8 32 21 41 79 58,7 30,2 68 UNI 5931-12.9
86 4150
RD2-ME/T112-N 1" 1/2 48,6 38 44 93 69,8 35,7 78

M 12
4187
25 148
UNI 5931-12.9
RD2-MF/T200-N 2" 61 51 45 102 77,8 42,9 90 4225

A B C D E F G H Viti Torque O-ring
RD2-SA/T12-N 1/2" 21,6

5/16
13 16 54 38,1 17,5 46 25 4075
-18 UNC-2B
RD2-SA/T38-N 3/8" 17,5 36
RD2-SB/T34-N 3/4" 27,2 19 65 47,6 22,2 50

3/8
4100
18 50
-16 UNC-2B
RD2-SC/T100-N 1" 34 25 38 70 52,4 26,2 52 4131
7/16
RD2-SD/T114-N 1" 1/4 42,8 32 21 41 79 58,7 30,2 68 -14 UNC-2B
86 4150
RD2-SE/T112-N 1" 1/2 48,6 38 44 93 69,8 35,7 78

1/2
4187
25 148
-14 UNC-2B
RD2-SF/T200-N 2" 61 51 45 102 77,8 42,9 90 4225
del codice con la lettera V. ( es. RD2-MA/T12-N - RD2-MA/T12-V )
N with the V letter. ( eg. RD2-MA/T12-N - RD2-MA/T12-V )
1.24
Magnum
Raccordi SAE a gomito filettati GAS

SAE BSPP thread elbows

B C D E F G H Viti Torque O-ring
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm
RG2-MB/FG34-N G 3/4 Depth 19 19 19 38 66 47,6 22,2 46

M 10
4100
50
UNI 5931-8.8
RG2-MC/FG100-N G 1 Depth 19 25 22 45 71 52,4 26,2 55 4131
M 10
RG2-MD/FG114-N G 1 1/4 Depth 22 31 27 55 81 58,7 30,2 65
UNI 5931-12.9
86 4150
RG2-ME/FG112-N G 1 1/2 Depth 24 38 32 65 95 69,8 35,7 75

M 12
4187
148
UNI 5931-12.9
RG2-MF/FG200-N G 2 Depth 26 51 40 80 112 77,8 42,9 90 4237
del codice con la lettera V. ( es. RG2-MB/FG34-N - RG2-MB/FG34-V )
N with the V letter. ( eg. RG2-MB/FG34-N - RG2-MB/FG34-V )
1.25
Magnum
Raccordi SAE a gomito filettati NPT

SAE NPT thread elbows
Coppia
Tipo
A B C D E F G H Torque
Viti
Type O-ring
Dim. nominale Screws
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm
Nominal size
RG2-MB/FN34-N 3/4 NPT Depth 19 19 19 38 66 47,6 22,2 46

M 10
4100
50
UNI 5931-8.8
RG2-MC/FN-100-N 1 NPT Depth 19 25 22 45 71 52,4 26,2 55 4131
M 10
RG2-MD/FN114-N 1 1/4 NPT Depth 22 31 27 55 81 58,7 30,2 65
UNI 5931-12.9
86 4150
RG2-ME/FN112-N 1 1/2 NPT Depth 24 38 32 65 95 69,8 35,7 75

M 12
4187
148
UNI 5931-12.9
RG2-MF/FN200-N 2 NPT Depth 26 51 40 80 112 77,8 42,9 90 4237
del codice con la lettera V. ( es. RG2-MB/FN34-N - RG2-MB/FN34-V )
N with the V letter. ( eg. RG2-MB/FN34-N - RG2-MB/FN34-V )
1.26
Magnum
Raccordi SAE a gomito a saldare di tasca

SAE weld in elbows

RG2-MB/S34-N 3/4" 27,2 19 19 38 66 47,6 22,2 5 46

M 10
4100
50
UNI 5931-8.8
RG2-MC/S100-N 1" 34 25 22 45 71 52,4 26,2 6 55 4131
M 10
RG2-MD/S114-N 1" 1/4 42,8 31 27 55 81 58,7 30,2 7 65
UNI 5931-12.9
86 4150
RG2-ME/S112-N 1" 1/2 48,6 38 32 65 95 69,8 35,7 8 75

M 12
4187
148
UNI 5931-12.9
RG2-MF/S200-N 2" 61,3 51 40 80 112 77,8 42,9 10 90 4237
del codice con la lettera V. ( es. RG2-MB/S34-N - RG2-MB/S34-V )
N with the V letter. ( eg. RG2-MB/S34-N - RG2-MB/S34-V )
1.27
Magnum
Raccordi SAE a gomito a saldare di testa

SAE weld on elbows

RG2-MB/T34-N 3/4" 27 19 23 38 70 47,6 22,2 44 63

M 10
4100
50
UNI 5931-8.8
RG2-MC/T100-N 1" 34,5 23 25 42 75 52,4 26,2 48 72 4112
M 10
RG2-MD/T114-N 1" 1/4 43 31 27 48 86 58,7 30,2 56 82
UNI 5931-12.9
86 4150
RG2-ME/T112-N 1" 1/2 50 35 31,5 56 97 69,8 35,7 62 92

M 12
150
148
UNI 5931-12.9
RG2-MF/T200-N 2" 65 48 37,5 60 100 77,8 42,9 72 99 156
del codice con la lettera V. ( es. RG2-MB/T34-N - RG2-MB/T34-V )
N with the V letter. ( eg. RG2-MB/T34-N - RG2-MB/T34-V )
1.28
Magnum
Come ordinare
How to order
Esempio d’ordine di elementi separati di un divisore con 4 elementi

Prima di ordinare consultare le composizioni standard alle pagine 5.12 - 5.13
Order example for sections of flow divider with 4 sections

Before ordering consult standard compositions at pages 5.12 - 5.13
ME MD
ME MC MB MA
Divisore tipo vedi pag. 1.5

Flow divider type see page 1.5
Codice bocca di ingresso vedi pag. 1.14 - 1.15

Inlet port code see page 1.14 - 1.15
Codice bocca di uscita vedi pag. 1.14 - 1.15

Outlet port code see page 1.14 - 1.15
Guarnizione N - V - E vedi pag. 1.3

Seal N - V - E see page 1.4
Codice sezioni : T= elemento terminale

I= elemento intermedio
Sections code: T= end section
I= intermediate section
HDD 35•90 - / ME - N - T
C 35•30 - ME
HDD 30• 51 - / MC - N - I
HDD 30• 27 - MD / MB - N - I
HDD 30• 17 - / MA - N - T
Collettore tipo vedi pag. 1.12

Inlet section type see page 1.12


Omit code only in the order of assembled units.
Esempio d’ordine di un divisore con 4 elementi assemblato

Order example for assembled flow divider with 4 sections
HDD 35•90 - ME + C 35•30 - ME + 51 - MC + 27 - MD / MB + 17 - MA - N
1.29
Magnum
Come ordinare un equalizzatore con sezione motore

How to order flow equalizer with motor section
Esempio d’ordine di elementi separati

Prima di ordinare consultare le composizioni standard a pagina 5.13
Order example for sections

Before ordering consult standard compositions at page 5.13
MF MD
ME MC MC
Codice bocca di ingresso vedi pag. 1.14 - 1.15

Inlet port code see page 1.14 - 1.15
Codice bocca di uscita vedi pag. 1.14 - 1.15

Outlet port code see page 1.14 - 1.15
Guarnizione N - V - E vedi pag. 1.3

Seal N - V - E see page 1.4
Codice elemento: T= elemento terminale

I= elemento intermedio
Sections code: T= end section
I= intermediate section
HDD 35•90 - MF / ME - N - T
F 35•30
HDD 30• 43 - MD / MC - N - I
HDD 30• 43 - / MC - N - T
Flangia tipo vedi pag. 1.13

Flange type see page 1.13


Omit code only in the order of assembled units.
Esempio d’ordine di elementi assemblati

Order example for assembled sections
HDD 35•90 - MF / ME + F 35•30 + 43 - MD / MC + 43 - MC - N
1.30
F 01 T E
Hydraulic gear pumps

Replaces: F 06 T IE
DISPLACEMENTS
From 11,1 cm3/rev
To 149,73 cm3/rev
MAX. SPEED
3000 min-1
PRESSURE
Max. intermittent 315 bar
Max. peak 325 bar
l Two pieces cast iron housing.

l High performance at very low speed.
l Ideal for truck applications.
Edition: 01/07.00
FORMULA designates a CASAPPA gear pump range specifically designed for applications requiring high
pressure levels also at low speed; applications such as truck-mounted cranes, tripper trucks and lift-trucks
etc. Special design features and an exclusive CASAPPA patent have perfected a sophisticated mechanism
which makes FORMULA a highly reliable unit, proven by years of service in the specific field of use. The ver-
satility offered by the range of Italian (triangular) European (ISO) and American (SAE) mounting flanges al-
lows to the FORMULA pumps to be used in several applications.
Formula
FEATURES
GUARANTEE
CASAPPA provides a two years guarantee for FORMULA pumpson in du strial vehicles if used in accordance
with the applications and conditions indicated in this technical catalogue.
WARNING !
Failure or improper use of the product can cause damage at the same product or system.
Make sure that this is the last issue.
Con struc tion Exter nal gear type pumps
Mo un ting ISO (ZF), ITALIAN (trian gu lar) and SAE flan ges
Line connections Screw
Di rec tion of ro ta tion (lo o king on driv e shaft) Anti-clock (S) - cloc kwi se (D) - re ver si ble (R or B)
Inlet pressu re ran ge for pumps 0,7 ÷ 3 bar (abs.)
Flu id tempe ra tu re range From -25 to +110 °C
Mi ne ral oil ba sed hydra u lic flu ids to ISO/DIN and fire
Flu id re si stant flu ids [see ta ble (1)]. For ot her flu ids ple a se con -
sult our tec hni cal sales de par tment.
2
From 12 to 100 mm /s (cSt) re com men ded
Vi sco sity ran ge
Up to 750 mm 2 /s ( cSt) permitted
Fil te ring re qui re ment See ta ble (2)
Tab. 1
Max pres s u r e Max spe e d Tem pe ra tu re
Type Flu id com position [bar] [min -1 ] [°C] Se als
Mi ne ral oil ba sed hydra u lic See page See page -25 ÷ +80 N
ISO/DIN
flu id to ISO/DIN 3-4-5 3-4-5 -25 ÷ +110 V
Oil emulsion in wa ter

HFA 50 1500 2 ÷ 55
5 ÷ 15% of oil
N
Wa ter emulsion in oil
HFB 120 1500 2 ÷ 60
40 % of water
HFC Water - glycol 70 1500 -20 ÷ +60 N Bz
HFD Pho spha te ester (•) 150 1500 -10 ÷ +80 V Bz
(•) For skydrol phosphate esters please consult our technical sa les department .
Tab. 2
Wor king pressu re ∆p > 200 bar ∆p < 200 bar
Con ta mi na tion class NAS 1638 8 10
Con ta mi na tion class ISO 4406 17/14 19/16
Achie ved with fil ter ßx=75 10 µm 25 µm
D100-003 002 1
Formula
DEFINITION OF ROTATION DIRECTION LOOKING ON THE DRIVE SHAFT
PRESSURE DEFINITION
p1 Max. continuous pressure

p2 Max. intermittent pressure
p3 Max. peak pressure
GENERAL NOTES
Available with different inlet and outlet ports. Stan dard pumps are equipped with BUNA N (N) seals for
temperature up to 80 °C, for particular operating conditions (V) VITON seals and BUNA or VITON se-
als with bron ze thrust plates (N Bz), (V Bz) are available. If you use fire resistant fluids specify the type
of them at the order. For more information please consult our technical sales department.
2 002 D100-003
Formula
FORMULA 20 GENERAL DATA PUMPS FP 20
Max. pres su re Intermittent max. spe ed Min. spe ed

Di spla ce ment
Pump t y p e p1 p2 p3 At p 2 press. Wit ho ut load At p 2 press.
3 -1
c m /rev bar min
FP 20•11,2 (•) 11,1 280 310 325 2000 4200 300
FP 20•16 16,6 280 310 325 2000 4200 300
FP 20•20 20,8 260 280 290 2000 4200 300
FP 20•25 26 220 250 260 2000 4200 300
FP 20•31,5 32,6 190 210 220 1800 4000 300
FP 20•36 (•) 35,7 170 190 200 1800 4000 300
FP 20•40 39 160 180 190 1800 4000 300
(•): Only available in ISO 16 Z0 and ITALIAN 13 T1 version.
p1= Max. continuous pressure p2= Max. intermittent pressure p3 = Max. peak pressure
The values in the table refer to unidirectional and reversible pumps.
D100-004 001 3
Formula
Max. pressu re Inter mit tent max. spe ed Min. spe ed

Di spla ce ment
Pump type p1 p2 p3 A t p 2 press. Wit ho ut l o a d A t p 2 press.
3 -1
c m /rev bar min
FP 30•17 17,20 290 315 325 3000 4000 300
FP 30•27 26,58 290 315 325 3000 4000 300
FP 30•34 34,39 280 300 310 2800 4200 300
FP 30•38 38,53 280 300 310 2800 3500 300
FP 30•43 43,77 270 290 300 2500 3500 300
FP 30•51 51,59 240 260 280 2500 3500 300
FP 30•61 60,97 220 240 250 2000 3500 300
FP 30•73 73,47 200 220 230 1800 3500 300
FP 30•82 81,29 190 210 220 1800 3500 300
FP 30•100 99,43 180 200 220 1800 3500 300
FP 30•125 124,81 160 180 200 1800 3500 300
p1= Max. continuous pres su re p2= Max. intermittent pressure p3= Max. peak pressure

T2 type double shaft flan ge allow the pumps to work in clockwise or anticlockwise rotation obtaining the
reversible advantages and maintaining the general data of unidirectional pumps.
4 002 D100-004
Formula
Max. pressu re Inter mit tent max. speed Min. speed

Displacement
Pump type p1 p2 p3 A t p 2 press. Wit ho ut l o a d A t p 2 press.
3 -1
c m /rev bar min
FP 40•63 63 290 315 325 2700 4200 300
FP 40•73 72,09 280 300 315 2700 4200 300
FP 40•87 85,95 260 280 290 2700 4000 300
FP 40•109 108,13 240 260 280 2700 4000 300
FP 40•133 133,09 220 250 260 2500 4000 300
FP 40•151 149,73 180 210 220 2500 4000 300
p1= Max. continuous pressure p2= Max. intermittent pressure p3 = Max. peak pressure

T2 type double shaft flan ge allow the pumps to work in clockwise or anticlockwise rotation obtaining the
reversible advantages and maintaining the general data of unidirectional pumps.
D100-004 002 5
Formula
FORMULA 20 GEAR PUMPS PERFORMANCE CURVES FP 20
FP 20

pressures.
FP 20•11,2 . . . 20-280 bar

FP 20•16 . . . . . 20-280 bar
FP 20•20 . . . . . 20-260 bar
FP 20•25 . . . . . 20-220 bar
FP 20•31,5 . . . 20-190 bar
FP 20•36 . . . . . 20-170 bar
FP 20•40 . . . . . 20-160 bar
FP 20•11,2 FP 20•16
D100-005 002 7
Formula
FP 20•20 FP 20•25
FP 20•31,5 FP 20•36
8 002 D100-005
Formula
FP 20•40
D100-005 002 9
Formula
FP 30

oil with viscosity 36 mm2 /s at 40°C and at these
pressures.
FP 30•17 . . . . . 20-290 bar

FP 30•27 . . . . . 20-290 bar
FP 30•34 . . . . . 20-280 bar
FP 30•38 . . . . . 20-280 bar
FP 30•43 . . . . . 20-270 bar
FP 30•51 . . . . . 20-240 bar
FP 30•61 . . . . . 20-220 bar
FP 30•73 . . . . . 20-200 bar
FP 30•82 . . . . . 20-190 bar
FP 30•100 . . . . 20-180 bar
FP 30•125 . . . . 20-160 bar
FP 30•17 FP 30•27
10 002 D100-006
Formula
FP 30•34 FP 30•38
FP 30•43 FP 30•51
D100-006 002 11
Formula
FP 30•61 FP 30•73
FP 30•82 FP 30•100
12 002 D100-006
Formula
FP 30•125
D100-006 002 13
Formula
FP 40

oil with viscosity 36 mm2 /s at 40°C and at these
pressures.
FP 40•63 . . . . . 20-290 bar

FP 40•73 . . . . . 20-280 bar
FP 40•87 . . . . . 20-260 bar
FP 40•109 . . . . 20-240 bar
FP 40•133 . . . . 20-220 bar
FP 40•151 . . . . 20-180 bar
FP 40•63 FP 40•73
14 002 D100-007
Formula
FP 40•87 FP 40•109
FP 40•133 FP 40•151
D100-007 002 15
Formula
FORMULA 20 HYDRAULIC GEAR PUMPS ISO STANDARD 16 Z0
Radial and/or axial load are not allowed.
Standard version pumps have reversible rotation and internal drain.
The drawing shows the version with rear ports.

Removing the la te ral plugs all possible combination ports are allowed.
A B C Mass
Pump type
mm mm
kg
(in) (in)
107,5 83,5
FP 20•11,2 (4.232) (3.287)
5,70
117 87,5
FP 20•16 B0-16 Z0-LP GD/GD-N (4.606) (3.445)
G 1/2 6,00
123,5 94
FP 20•20 (4.862) (3.701)
6,35
131,5 87
FP 20•25 6,80
(5.177) (3.425)
141,5 97
FP 20•31,5 7,18
(5.571) (3.819)
B0-16 Z0-LP GE/GE-N G 3/4
146,4 91,4
FP 20•36 7,44
(5.764) (3.598)
151,5 97
FP 20•40 7,80
(5.965) (3.819)
How to order:
FP 20•11,2 B0 - 16 Z0 - LP GD/GD - N
16 002 D100-008
Formula
FORMULA 20 HYDRAULIC GEAR PUMPS ITALIAN STANDARD 13 T1 - L
Stan dard version pumps have reversible rotation and internal drain.
A B C Mass
Pump type
mm mm
kg
(in) (in)
136 108,5
FP 20•11,2 (5.354) (4.272)
5
145,5 112,5
FP 20•16 B0-13 T1-L GD/GD-N (5.728) (4.429)
G 1/2 5,2
152 119
FP 20•20 (5.984) (4.685)
5,3
160 112
FP 20•25 5,9
(6.299) (4.409)
170 122
FP 20•31,5 6
(6.693) (4.803)
B0-13 T1-L GE/GE-N G 3/4
175,5 116,5
FP 20•36 6,3
(6.909) (4.587)
181 122
FP 20•40 6,6
(7.126) (4.803)
How to order:
FP 20•11,2 B0 - 13 T1 - L GD/GD - N
D100-008 002 17
Formula
FORMULA 20 HYDRAULIC GEAR PUMPS ITALIAN STANDARD 13 T1 - P
The version with rear ports allow, removing the lateral plugs to have all
possible combination ports.
A B C Mass
P u m p type
mm mm
kg
(in) (in)
132,5 108,5
FP 20•11,2 (5.217) (4.272)
5
142 112,5
FP 20•16 B0-13 T1-P GD/GD-N (5.591) (4.429)
G 1/2 5,2
148,5 119
FP 20•20 (5.846) (4.685)
5,3
156,5 112
FP 20•25 B0-13 T1-P GE/GE-N (6.161) (4.409)
5,9
166,5 122
FP 20•31,5 (6.555) (4.803)
6
G 3/4
172,5 116,5
FP 20•36 B0-13 T1-(L)P GE/GE-N (6.791) (4.587)
6,3
178 122
FP 20•40 (7.008) (4.803)
6,6
How to order:
FP 20•11,2 B0 - 13 T1 - P GD/GD - N
18 002 D100-008
Formula
FORMULA 20 HYDRAULIC GEAR PUMPS ITALIAN STANDARD 43 T0 - L
Stan dard version pumps have reversible rotation and internal drain.
A B C Mass
P u m p type
mm mm
kg
(in) (in)
145,5 112,5
FP 20•16 5,2
(5.728) (4.429)
B0-43 T0-L GD/GD-N 152 119
G 1/2
FP 20•20 5,3
(5.984) (4.685)
160 112
FP 20•25 5,9
(6.299) (4.409)
170 122
FP 20•31,5 B0-43 T0-L GE/GE-N G 3/4 6
(6.693) (4.803)
181 122
FP 20•40 6,6
(7.126) (4.803)
How to order:
FP 20•16 B0 - 43 T0 - L GD/GD - N
D100-008 002 19
Formula
FORMULA 20 HYDRAULIC GEAR PUMPS ITALIAN STANDARD 43 T0 - P
The version with rear ports allow, removing the lateral plugs to have all
possible combination ports.
A B C Mass
P u m p type
mm mm
kg
(in) (in)
142 112,5
FP 20•16 (5.591) (4.429)
5,2
B0-43 T0-P GD/GD-N 148,5 119
G 1/2
FP 20•20 (5.846) (4.685)
5,3
156,5 112
FP 20•25 B0-43 T0-P GE/GE-N (6.161) (4.409)
5,9
166,5 122
FP 20•31,5 (6.555) (4.803)
G 3/4 6
B0-43 T0-(L)P GE/GE-N 178 122
FP 20•40 (7.008) (4.803)
6,6
How to order:
FP 20•16 B0 - 43 T0 - P GD/GD - N
20 002 D100-008
Formula
Max. radial load 9000 N (2025 lbf)

24 mm from mounting face (Fr)
Mul ti ple pumps ava i la ble.

For the ap pli ca tions without radial load is ava i la ble the light weight ver sin wit ho ut out bo ard be a ring.
(For more in for ma tion please consult our technical sa les department .).
A B C D Mass
Pump type
mm mm
IN OUT kg
(in) (in)
168,5 11 8 , 5
FP 30•17 L GD/GD-N (6.634) (4.665)
G 1/2 G 1/2 10,65
174,5 124,5
FP 30•27 (6.870) (4.902)
11,10
179,5 124,5
FP 30•34 (7.067) (4.902)
11,56
L GE/GE-N 182,5 127,5
G 3/4 G 3/4
FP 30•38 (7.185) (5.020)
12,10
185,5 130,5
FP 30•43 S (7.303) (5.138)
12,30
D 190,5 128,5
FP 30•51 0-16 Z0 (7.500) (5.059)
12,45
R
B 196,5 134,5
FP 30•61 L GF/GF-N (7.736) (5.295)
G1 13
G1
204,5 135,5
FP 30•73 (8.051) (5.335)
13,70
209,5 140,5
FP 30•82 L GG/GF-N (8.248) (5.531)
14,05
226,5 145,5
FP 30•100 (8.917) (5.728)
G 1 1/4 15,55
L GG/GG-N 242,5 161,5
G 1 1/4
FP 30•125 (9.547) (6.358)
17,05
Rotation: S=left - D=right - R=reversible - B=reversible internal drain

How to order:
FP 30•17 S0 - 16 Z0 - L GD/GD - N
D100-009 002 21
Formula
FORMULA 30 HYDRAULIC GEAR PUMPS ITALIAN STANDARD 19 T1
Flange T1
Flange T2
Only for rotation S-D
A B C D Mass
Pump type
mm mm
(in) (in) IN OUT kg
150,5 100,5
FP 30•17 L GD/GD-N (5.925) (3.957) G 1/2 G 1/2 9
156,5 106,5
FP 30•27 (6.161) (4.193) 9,3
161,5 106,5
FP 30•34 (6.358) (4.193)
9,6
L GE/GE-N 164,5 109,5
G 3/4 G 3/4
FP 30•38 (6.476) (4.311)
9,8
167,5 112,5
FP 30•43 S (6.594) (4.429)
10
T1
D 172,5 110,5
FP 30•51 0-19 (6.791) (4.350)
10,3
R
T2 178,5 116,5
FP 30•61 B L GF/GF-N G1 10,7
(7.028) (4.587)
G1
186,5 117,5
FP 30•73 (7.343) (4.623)
10,9
191,5 122,5
FP 30•82 L GG/GF-N (7.539) (4.823)
11
217 136
FP 30•100 (•) (8.543) (5.354)
G 1 1/4 11,5
L GG/GG-N 233 152
G 1 1/4
FP 30•125 (•) (9.173) (5.984)
12,3
Rotation: S=left - D=right - R=reversible - B=reversible internal drain (•) Only available in T1 version.
How to order:
FP 30•17 S0 - 19 T1 - L GD/GD - N
22 002 D100-009
Formula
FORMULA 30 HYDRAULIC GEAR PUMPS ITALIAN STANDARD 13 T
Flan ge T1
Flan ge T2
A B C D Mass
Pump type
mm mm
IN OUT kg
(in) (in)
178,5 116,5
FP 30•61 S L GF/GF-N (7.028) (4.587)
G1 10,7
T1
D
0-13 G1
R
T2 191,5 122,5
FP 30•82 B L GG/GF-N (7.539) (4.823)
G 1 1/4 11

How to order:
FP 30•61 S0 - 13 T1 - L GF/GF - N
D100-009 002 23
Formula
A B C D Mass
Pump type
mm mm
IN OUT kg
(in) (in)
178,5 116,5
FP 30•61 S 0-43 T0-L GF/GF-N (7.028) (4.587)
G1 10,7
D
G1
R
191,5 122,5
FP 30•82 B 0-43 T0-L GG/GF-N (7.539) (4.823)
G 1 1/4 11
Rotation: S=left - D=right - R=reversible - B=reversible internal dra in

How to order:
FP 30•61 S0 - 43 T0 - L GF/GF - N
24 002 D100-009
Formula
FORMULA 30 HYDRAULIC GEAR PUMPS SAE STANDARD SAE
A B C D Ports code Mass

Pump type
mm mm
IN OUT IN OUT kg
(in) (in)
148 98
FP 30•17 (•) (5.827) (3.858)
3/4-16 UNF-2B 3/4-16 UNF-2B OB OB 10,4
154 104
FP 30•27 (6.063) (4.094)
10,8
159 104
FP 30•34 (6.260) (4.094)
1-1/16-12 UN-2B OD 11,3
162 107
1-1/16-12 UN-2B OD
FP 30•38 (6.378) (4.213)
11,5
165 110
FP 30•43 (6.496) (4.331)
11,8
170 108
FP 30•51 (6.693) (4.252)
1-5/16-12 UN-2B OF 12
1-3/16-12 UN-2B OE
176 114
FP 30•61 (6.929) (4.488)
13
184 115
FP 30•73 (7.244) (4.528)
13,4
1-5/8-12 UN-2B 1-5/16-12 UN-2B OG OF
189 120
FP 30•82 (7.441) (4.724)
13,9
(•) Only available in version 2.
D100-009 002 25
Formula
FORMULA 30 SAE VERSION SAE
0 1 2
the drive shaft. axial load on the drive shaft. low ra dial load and wit ho ut
axial load on the dri ve shaft.
FORMULA 30 SAE END DRIVE SHAFTS SAE
13 Teeth
16/32 D.P.
flat root - side fit
15 Teeth
16/32 D.P.
26 002 D100-009
Formula
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pump Dri ve Mounting Ports Ports

type
Rotation Ver sion – shaft flan ge
– po si ton IN/OUT
– Seals
FP30•17 S 0 – 04 S3 – L OD/OD – N

3
CODE
c m / rev L Side
17,20 FP 30•17
26,58 FP 30•27 CODE Ports IN/OUT 7
34,39 FP 30•34 SAE STRAIGHT THREAD PORTS (ODT)
38,53 FP 30•38 No mi nal size Pump
43,77 FP 30•43 Inlet IN Out let OUT type
51,59 FP 30•51 OB/OB 1/2" 1/2" FP 30•17
60,97 FP 30•61 OD/OD 3/4" 3/4" FP 30•27
73,47 FP 30•73 OD/OD 3/4" 3/4" FP 30•34
81,29 FP 30•82 OD/OD 3/4" 3/4" FP 30•38
99,43 FP 30•100 OF/OD 1" 3/4" FP 30•43
124,81 FP 30•125 OF/OE 1" 7/8" FP 30•51
OF/OE 1" 7/8" FP 30•61
2 Rotation CODE OG/OF 1"1/4 1" FP 30•73
Left S OG/OF 1"1/4 1" FP 30•82
Right D
Re ver si ble R CODE Seals (a) 8
Re ver si ble with in ter nal drain B N Buna (stan dard)
V Viton
3 Version CODE N Bz Buna and Bron z e thrust pla tes
Wit ho ut o u t b o a r d be a ring 0 V Bz Vi ton and Bron z e thrust pla tes
With out bo ard be a ring 1
With out bo ard be a ring and indep . shaft 2 (a) Choose the seals according to the temperature
shown on page 2
4 Drive shaft CODE
SAE “B” spli ne (13 t e e t h) 04
SAE “B” s t r a i g h t 32
SAE “B B” spli ne (15 t e e t h) 05
SAE “B B” stra igh 33

ORDER EXAMPLE
Stan dard pump FP 30•27 S0 - 04 S3 - L OD/OD - N
Special version pump FP 30•17 S2 - 32 S3 - L OB/OB - V Bz
D100-009 002 27
Formula
Max. radial load 9000 N (2025 lbf)

24 mm from mounting face (Fr)
A B C D Mass
P ump type
mm mm
IN OUT kg
(in) (in)
199 131
FP 40•63 (7.835) (5.157)
18,65
L GF/GE-N 203 135
G1 G 3/4
FP 40•73 (7.992) (5.315)
19,30
S 208 140
FP 40•87 D (8.189) (5.512)
19,75
0-16 Z0 L GG/GF-N 216 141
G 1 1/4
FP 40•109 R 21
(8.504) (5.551)
B G1
225 150
FP 40•133 (8.858) (5.906)
22,10
L GH/GF-N 231 156
G 1 1/2
FP 40•151 (9.094) (6.142)
22,90
Rotation: S=left - D=right - R=reversible - B=reversible internal dra in

How to order:
FP 40•63 S0 - 16 Z0 - L GF/GE - N
28 002 D100-010
Formula
Flange T1
Flange T2
A B C D Mass
Pump type
mm mm
IN OUT kg
(in) (in)
187,5 119,5
FP 40•63 (7.382) (4.705)
16,1
L GF/GE-N 191,5 123,5
G1 G 3/4
FP 40•73 (7.539) (4.862)
16,5
S 196,5 128,5
FP 40•87 T1 17
D (7.736) (5.059)
0-19 L GG/GF-N 204,5 129,5
G 1 1/4
FP 40•109 R 18
T2 (8.051) (5.098)
B G1
213,5 138,5
FP 40•133 (8.406) (5.453)
119,5
L GH/GF-N 219,5 144,5
G 1 1/2
FP 40•151 (8.642) (5.689)
20

How to order:
FP 40•63 S0 - 19 T1 - L GF/GE - N
D100-010 002 29
Formula
To or der see page 31 - 32.
A B C D Ports code Mass

P ump type
mm mm
(in) (in) IN OUT IN OUT kg
188,5 120,5
FP 40•63 (7.421) (4.744) 19,5
1-5/16-12 UN-2B 1-1/16-12 UN-2B OF OD
192,5 124,5
FP 40•73 (7.579) (4.902)
20
197,5 129,5
FP 40•87 (7.776) (5.098)
20,5
1-5/8-12 UN-2B OG
205,5 130,5
FP 40•109 (8.091) (5.138)
21
1-5/16-12 UN-2B OF
214,5 139,5
FP 40•133 (8.445) (5.492)
23
220,5 145,5
1-7/8-12 UN-2B OH
FP 40•151 (8.681) (5.728)
25
30 002 D100-010
Formula
0 1 2
without radial and axial load low radial load and without dent shaft for applications with
on the drive shaft. axial load on the drive shaft. low radial load and without
SAE “C” SPLINE 06 SAE “C” STRAIGHT 34
14 Teeth
16/32 D.P.
u For “2” version whichever end shaft, the max. tor que applicable is M= 600 Nm (5311 lbf in)
PUMP - VERSION - SHAFT AVAILABILITY TABLE SAE
Pump VERSION
type
0 1 2
FP 40•63 06 06 06 - 34
FP 40•73 06 - 34 06 - 34 06 - 34
FP 40•87 06 - 34 06 - 34 06 - 34
FP 40•109 06 06 06 - 34
FP 40•133 06 - 34 06 - 34 06 - 34
FP 40•151 06 - 34 06 - 34 06 - 34
D100-010 002 31
Formula
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pum p Dri ve Mounting Ports Ports

type
Ro ta tion Ver sion – shaft flan ge
– po si ton IN/OUT
– Se als
FP40•63 S 0 – 06 S8 – L OF/OD – N

3
CODE
c m /r e v L Side
63 FP 40•63
72,09 FP 40•73 CODE Ports IN/OUT 7
85,95 FP 40•87 SAE STRAIGHT THREAD PORTS (ODT)
108,13 FP 40•109 No mi nal size Pump
133,09 FP 40•133 Inlet IN Out let OUT type
149,73 FP 40•151 OF/OD 1" 3/4" FP 40•63
OF/OD 1" 3/4" FP 40•73
2 Rotation CODE OG/OF 1"1/4 1" FP 40•87
Left S OG/OF 1"1/4 1" FP 40•109
Right D OH/OF 1"1/2 1" FP 40•133
Re ver si ble R OH/OF 1"1/2 1" FP 40•151
Re ver si ble with i n ter nal drain B
CODE Seals (a) 8
3 Version CODE N Buna (stan dard)
Wit ho ut out bo ard be a ring 0 V Viton
With out bo ard be a ring 1 N Bz Buna and Bron z e thrust p l a t e s
With out bo ard be a ring and in dep . shaft 2 V Bz Vi ton and Bron ze thrust p l a t e s
4 Drive shaf CODE (a) Choose the seals according to the temperature
SAE “C” spli ne ( 1 4 te eth) 06 shown on page 2
SAE “C” stra igh 34

SAE “C” 2-4 holes S8
ORDER EXAMPLE
Standard pump FP 40•63 S0 - 06 S8 - L OF/OD - N
Special version pump FP 40•63 S2 - 34 S8 - L OF/OD - V Bz
32 002 D100-010
Formula
MULTIPLE PUMPS
FORMULA series pumps can be coupled together in combination. Where imput power requirement of
each element varies, that with the greater requirement must be at the drive shaft end, and progressi-
vely smaller to the rear.
Features and performances are the same as the corresponding single pumps, but pressures must be
limited by the transmissible tor que of the drive and connecting shafts. To have appropriate data, use
the formula below.
M [Nm] Torque
V [cm3 /rev] Displacement
∆p [bar] Pressure
ηm= ηm (V,∆p, n) (≈ 0,90) Mechanical efficiency
∆p • V
M= [Nm]
62,83 • ηm
Note: The torque absorbed from the shaft of the first pump results from the sum of the torques due to all
single stages. The achieved value must not exceed the ma xi mum tor que limit given for the shaft of the first
pump. Diagrams providing approximate selection data will be found on page 34.
D100-011 002 33
Formula
ABSORBED TORQUE
FP 40 1 FP 30 2
FP 20 3 KP 20 - PLP 20 4
34 002 D100-011
Formula
Let us consider a double pump FP40•63+ FP30•61. If we sup po se that we have to work with the first pump
at a pressure of 200 bar and the second pump at a pressure of 150 bar, the grafh 1 shows that the tor que
absorbed by FP40•63 is 223 Nm and the grafh 2 shows that the torque absorbed by FP30•61 is 160 Nm
(acceptable value because it don’t exceed the maximum drive shaft torque that is 280 Nm, see page 37).
The torque to be transmitted by the first dri ve shaft will thus be 223+160= 383 Nm, this value must not ex-
ceed the shaft’s maximum rated value.
FORMULA 20 + FORMULA 20
Front Rear
FORMULA 20 END DRIVE SHAFT
ITALIAN STANDARD 13
D100-011 002 35
Formula
Fomula 30 + Formula 30
Fomula 30 + Kappa 20
Front Rear
Fomula 30 + Polaris 20
Front Rear
ITALIAN STANDARD 19
36 002 D100-011
Formula
Front Rear
Front Rear
D100-011 002 37
Formula
Fomula 40 + Kappa 20
Front Rear
Fomula 40 + Polaris 20
Front Rear
ITALIAN STANDARD 19 SPLINE SAE STANDARD 06
STRAIGHT SAE STANDARD 34
38 002 D100-011
Formula
A B C D E F
Pump type
mm mm mm mm
IN OUT
(in) (in) (in) (in)
108,5 32,5 32,5 27,5
FP 20•11,2 (4.272) (1.280) (1.280) (1.083)
112,5 43 36,5 32,5
FP 20•16 (4.429) (1.693) (1.437) (1.280)
G 1/2 G 1/2
119 43 43 33
FP 20•20 (4.685) (1.693) (1.693) (1.299)
112 58 36 48
FP 20•25 (4.409) (2.283) (1.417) (1.890)
G 3/4 G 3/4
122 58 46 48
FP 20•31,5 (4.803) (2.283) (1.811) (1.890)
The lenght of a tri ple pump is obtained with the sum of the following dimensions: A+B+C+B+C+D.

Front Inter me dia te Rear (1) (2)

pump / pump / pump – Ro ta tion – Seals
FP20•11,2 / 20•11,2 / 20•11,2 S – N

(1) S= Left - D= Right (2) N= Buna - V= Viton
D100-012 001 39
Formula
Flange T1
Flange T2
ISO and SAE version available.
A B C D E F G
P ump type
mm mm mm mm mm
IN OUT
111,5 63 29 49
FP 30•17 (4.390) (2.480) (1.142) (1.929)
117,5 63 35 49
FP 30•27 (4.626) (2.480) (1.378) (1.929)
122,5 63 40 49
FP 30•34 (4.823) (2.480) (1.575) (1.929)
G 3/4 G 3/4
130
125,5 63 43 49 (5.118)
FP 30•38 (4.941) (2.480) (1.693) (1.929)
128,5 63 46 49
FP 30•43 (5.059) (2.480) (1.811) (1.929)
125,5 71 43 57
FP 30•51 (4.941) (2.795) (1.693) (2.244)
132,5 70 50 56
FP 30•61 (5.217) (2.756) (1.969) (2.205)
G1
G1
140,5 70 58 56 135
FP 30•73 (5.531) (2.756) (2.283) (2.205) (5.315)
145,5 70
FP 30•82 (•) (5.728) (2.756)
––– ––– G 1 1/4
(•) Available only for front and intermediate sections.


/ / – Ro ta tion
– Se als
pump pump pump
FP30•17 / 30•17 / 30•17 S – N

40 001 D100-012
Formula
FORMULA 30 HYDRAULIC GEAR PUMPS ITALIAN STANDARD 19 T+KP20
Flan ge T1
Flan ge T2
Ports
A B C D E F G H
Pump type Pump type code
mm mm mm mm mm
IN OUT IN IN OUT
111,5 63 60 27,5
FP 30•17 (4.390) (2.480) KP 20•4 (2.362) (1.083)
117,5 63 62,5 27,5 G 1/2
FP 30•27 (4.626) (2.480) KP 20•6,3 (2.460) (1.083) 20
122,5 63 65 27,5 Depth GD
FP 30•34 (4.823) (2.480)
G 3/4 G 3/4
130
KP 20•8 (2.559) (1.083) (0.787)
125,5 63 ( 5 . 118) 68,5 27,5
FP 30•38 (4.941) (2.480) KP 20•11,2 (2.697) (1.083)
128,5 63 67 33
FP 30•43 (5.059) (2.480) KP 20•14 (2.638) (1.299) GD
125,5 71 72,5 33
FP 30•51 (4.941) (2.795) KP 20•16 (2.854) (1.299)
G 3/4
132,5 70 79 33 22
FP 30•61 (5.217) (2.756)
G1 KP 20•20 (3.110) (1.299) Depth
GE
G1 (0.866)
140,5 70 135 72 48
FP 30•73 (5.531) (2.756) (5.315) KP 20•25 (2.835) (1.890)
145,5 70 82 48
FP 30•82 (5.728) (2.756)
G 1 1/4 KP 20•31,5 (3.228) (1.890)
How to order
Front Rear Ports Ports (1) (2)

pump / pump – position IN/OUT Ro ta tion – Se als
FP30•17 - 67 / KP20•4 - L GD/GD S – N

D100-012 002 41
Formula
FORMULA 30 HYDRAULIC GEAR PUMPS ITALIAN STANDARD 19 T+PL20
Flan ge T1
Flan ge T2
Ports
A B C D E F G H
Pump type Pump t y p e code
mm mm mm mm mm
IN OUT IN IN OUT
111,5 63 43,7 49,3
FP 30•17 (4.390) (2.480) PLP 20•4 (1.720) (1.941)
117,5 63 45 50,5 G 1/2
FP 30•27 (4.626) (2.480) PLP 20•6,3 (1.772) (1.988) 17
122,5 63 46,2 51,8 Depth GD
FP 30•34 (4.823) (2.480)
G 3/4 G 3/4
130
PLP 20•8 (1.819) (2.039) (0.669)
125,5 63 (5.118) 48,5 54
FP 30•38 (4.941) (2.480) PLP 20•11,2 (1.909) (2.126)
128,5 63 51 56,5
FP 30•43 (5.059) (2.480) PLP 20•14 (2.001) (2.224) GD
125,5 71 52,7 58,3
FP 30•51 (4.941) (2.795) PLP 20•16 (2.075) (2.295)
G 3/4
132,5 70 56 61,5 18
FP 30•61 (5.217) (2.756)
G1 PLP 20•20 (2.205) (2.421) Depth
GE
G1 (0.709)
140,5 70 135 60 65,5
FP 30•73 (5.531) (2.756) (5.315) PLP 20•25 (2.362) (2.579)
145,5 70 65 70,5
FP 30•82 (5.728) (2.756)
G 1 1/4 PLP 20•31,5 (2.559) (2.776)
How to order
Front
/
Rear
–
Ports Ports (1) – (2)
pump pump po si tion IN/OUT Ro ta tion Se als
FP30•17 - 67 / PLP20•4 - L GD/GD S – N

42 002 D100-012
Formula
Flange T1
Flange T2
ISO version available.

SAE version on page 48.
A B C D E F
Pump type
mm mm mm mm
IN OUT
(in) (in) (in) (in)
119,5 57,5 65,5 68
FP 40•63 (4.705) (2.264) (2.579) (2.677)
G1 G 3/4
123,5 57,5 69,5 68
FP 40•73 (4.862) (2.264) (2.736) (2.677)
128,5 57,5 74,5 68
FP 40•87 (5.059) (2.264) (2.933) (2.677)
G 1 1/4
129,5 64,5 75,5 75
FP 40•109 (5.098) (2.539) (2.972) (2.953)
G1
138,5 64,5 84,5 75
FP 40•133 (5.453) (2.539) (3.327) (2.953)
G 1 1/2
144,5 64,5 90,5 75
FP 40•151 (5.689) (2.539) (3.563) (2.953)
The lenght of a tri ple pump is obtained with the sum of the following dimensions: A+B+C+B+C+D.


pump / pump / pump – Ro ta tion – Se als
FP40•63 / 40•63 / 40•63 S – N

D100-012 002 43
Formula
FORMULA 40 HYDRAULIC GEAR PUMPS ITALIAN STANDARD 19 T+FP30
Flange T1
Flange T2
A B C D E F G H
Pump type Pump type
mm mm mm mm
IN OUT (in) (in) IN OUT
(in) (in)
119,5 84,5 100,5 50
FP 40•63 (4.705) (3.327) FP 30•17 (5.925) (1.969) G 1/2 G 1/2
G1 G 3/4
123,5 84,5 106,5 50
FP 40•73 (4.862) (3.327) FP 30•27 (4.193) (1.969)
128,5 84,5 106,5 55
FP 40•87 (5.059) (3.327) FP 30•34 (4.193) (2.165)
G 1 1/4 G 3/4 G 3/4
129,5 91,5 109,5 55
FP 40•109 (5.098) (3.602) FP 30•38 (4.311) (2.165)
G1
138,5 91,5 11 2 , 5 55
FP 40•133 (5.453) (3.602) FP 30•43 (4.429) (2.165)
G 1 1/2
144,5 91,5 11 0 , 5 62
FP 40•151 (5.689) (3.602) FP 30•51 (4.350) (2.441)
11 6 , 5 62
FP 30•61 (4.587) (2.441)
G 1
G1
11 7 , 5 69
FP 30•73 (4.623) (2.717)
122,5 69
FP 30•82 (4.823) (2.717)
G 1 1/4
How to order
Front
/
Rear (1) – (2)
pump pump Ro ta tion Se als
FP40•63 - 53 / FP30•17 S – N
44 002 D100-012
Formula
FORMULA 40 HYDRAULIC GEAR PUMPS ITALIAN STANDARD 19 T+FP20
Flange T1
Flange T2
A B C D E F G
Pump type Pump type
mm mm mm mm
IN OUT (in) (in)
(in) (in)
11 9 , 5 84,5 136 28
FP 40•63 (4.705) (3.327) FP 20•11,2 (5.354) (1.102)
G1 G 3/4
123,5 84,5 145,5 33
FP 40•73 FP 20•16 G 1/2
(4.862) (3.327) (5.728) (1.299)
128,5 84,5 152 33
FP 40•87 (5.059) (3.327) FP 20•20 (5.984) (1.299)
G 1 1/4
129,5 91,5 160 48
FP 40•109 (5.098) (3.602) FP 20•25 (6.299) (1.890)
G1
138,5 91,5 170 48
FP 40•133 (5.453) (3.602) FP 20•31,5 (6.693) (1.890)
G 1 1/2 G 3/4
144,5 91,5 175,5 59
FP 40•151 (5.689) (3.602) FP 20•36 (6.909) (2.323)
181 59
FP 20•40 (7.126) (2.323)
How to order
Front Rear (1) (2)

pump / pump Rotation – Se als
FP40•63 - 54 / FP20•11,2 S – N
D100-012 002 45
Formula
FORMULA 40 HYDRAULIC GEAR PUMPS ITALIAN STANDARD 19 T+KP20
Flange T1
Flange T2
Ports
A B C D F G H
Pump t y p e Pump type code
mm mm mm mm
IN OUT IN IN OUT
(in) (in) (in) (in)
119,5 84,5 60 27,5
FP 40•63 (4.705) (3.327) KP 20•4 (2.362) (1.083)
G1 G 3/4
123,5 84,5 62,5 27,5 G 1/2
FP 40•73 (4.862) (3.327) KP 20•6,3 (2.460) (1.083) 20
128,5 84,5 65 27,5 Depth GD
FP 40•87 (5.059) (3.327) KP 20•8 (2.559) (1.083) (0.787)
G 1 1/4
129,5 91,5 68,5 27,5
FP 40•109 (5.098) (3.602) KP 20•11,2 (2.697) (1.083)
G1
138,5 91,5 67 33
FP 40•133 (5.453) (3.602) KP 20•14 (2.638) (1.299) GD
G 1 1/2
144,5 91,5 72,5 33
FP 40•151 (5.689) (3.602) KP 20•16 (2.854) (1.299) G 3/4
79 33 22
KP 20•20 (3.110) (1.299) Depth GE
72 48 (0.866)
KP 20•25 (2.835) (1.890)
82 48
KP 20•31,5 (3.228) (1.890)
How to order
Front
/
Rear
–
Ports Ports (1) – (2)
pump pump po si tion IN/OUT Rotation Se als
FP40•63 - 52 / KP20•4 - L GD/GD S – N

46 001 D100-012
Formula
FORMULA 40 HYDRAULIC GEAR PUMPS ITALIAN STANDARD 19 T+PL20
Flange T1
Flange T2
Ports
A B C D F G H
Pump type Pump type code
mm mm mm mm
IN OUT IN IN OUT
(in) (in) (in) (in)
119,5 84,5 43,7 49,3
FP 40•63 (4.705) (3.327) PLP 20•4 (1.720) (1.941)
G1 G 3/4
123,5 84,5 45 50,5 G 1/2
FP 40•73 (4.862) (3.327) PLP 20•6,3 (1.772) (1.988) 17
128,5 84,5 46,2 51,8 Depth GD
FP 40•87 (5.059) (3.327) PLP 20•8 (1.819) (2.039) (0.669)
G 1 1/4
129,5 91,5 48,5 54
FP 40•109 (5.098) (3.602) PLP 20•11,2 (1.909) (2.126)
G 1
138,5 91,5 51 56,5
FP 40•133 (5.453) (3.602) PLP 20•14 (2.001) (2.224) GD
G 1 1/2
144,5 91,5 52,7 58,3
FP 40•151 (5.689) (3.602) PLP 20•16 (2.075) (2.295) G 3/4
56 61,5 18
PLP 20•20 (2.205) (2.421) Depth GE
60 65,5 (0.709)
PLP 20•25 (2.362) (2.579)
65 70,5
PLP 20•31,5 (2.559) (2.776)
How to order
Front Rear Ports Ports (1) (2)

pump / pump – position IN/OUT Ro ta tion – Se als
FP40•63 - 52 / PLP20•4 - L GD/GD S – N

D100-012 002 47
Formula
To order see pages 49 - 50.
A B C D E F Ports code
Pump type
mm mm mm mm
(in) (in) (in) IN OUT IN OUT
120,5 57,5 65,5 68

FP 40•63 (4.744) (2.264) (2.579) (2.677)
1-5/16-12 UN-2B 1-1/16-12 UN-2B OF OD
124,5 57,5 69,5 68
FP 40•73 (4.902) (2.264) (2.736) (2.677)
129,5 57,5 74,5 68
FP 40•87 (5.098) (2.264) (2.933) (2.677)
1-5/8-12 UN-2B OG
130,5 64,5 75,5 75
FP 40•109 (5.138) (2.539) (2.972) (2.953)
1-5/16-12 UN-2B OF
139,5 64,5 84,5 75
FP 40•133 (5.492) (2.539) (3.327) (2.953)
1-7/8-12 UN-2B OH
145,5 64,5 90,5 75
FP 40•151 (5.728) (2.539) (3.563) (2.953)
48 002 D100-012
Formula
0 1 2
without radial and axial load on low ra dial load and without dent shaft for applications with
SAE “C” SPLINE 06 SAE “C” STRAIGHT 34
14 Teeth
16/32 D.P.
PUMP - VERSION - SHAFT AVAILABILITY TABLE SAE
Pump VERSION
type
0 1 2
FP 40•63 06 06 06 - 34
FP 40•73 06 - 34 06 - 34 06 - 34
FP 40•87 06 - 34 06 - 34 06 - 34
FP 40•109 06 06 06 - 34
FP 40•133 06 - 34 06 - 34 06 - 34
FP 40•151 06 - 34 06 - 34 06 - 34
D100-012 002 49
Formula
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pump Drive Mo un ting Ports Ports Ro ta tion Ver sion Se als

type – shaf flan ge – po si tion IN/OUT – –
FP 40•63 – 19 T1 – L OF/OD /
Front ump
40•63 – L OF/OD /
Intermediate pump
40•63 – L OF/OD – S – 0 N
Rear pump
1 Pump type CODE Ports IN/OUT 5

CODE
c m3 /r e v SAE STRAIGHT THREAD PORTS (ODT)
63 FP 40•63
No mi nal size Pump
72,09 FP 40•73 Inlet IN Out let O U T type
85,95 FP 40•87 OF/OD 1" 3/4" FP 40•63
108,13 FP 40•109 OF/OD 1" 3/4" FP 40•73
133,09 FP 40•133 OG/OF 1"1/4 1" FP 40•87
149,73 FP 40•151 OG/OF 1"1/4 1" FP 40•109
OH/OF 1"1/2 1" FP 40•133
2 Drive shaf CODE
OH/OF 1"1/2 1" FP 40•151
SAE “C” spli ne ( 1 4 te eth) 06
SAE “C” stra igh 34 CODE Rotation 6
S Left
D Right
SAE “C” 2-4 holes S8
CODE Version 7
0 Wit ho ut out bo ard be a ring
Side L
1 W i t h out bo ard be a ring
2 W i t h out bo ard be a ring a n d in dep. shaft
CODE Seals (a) 8

N Buna (stan dard)
V Viton
(a) Choose the seals according to the temperature

shown on page 2
ORDER EXAMPLE
Tri ple pump FP 40•63 - 06 S8 - L OF/OD / 40•63 - L OF/OD / 40•63 - L OF/OD S - 0 - N
50 002 D100-012
Formula
BEARING SUPPORT FOR COUPLING TO ZF P.T.O. (ISO standard) SL9 - SR9
The bearing support allows FORMULA Italian standard pumps to be

coupled to P.T.O. of commercial vehicles.
Ordering Max. radial load 24 mm Mass

code from mounting face (Fr)
N kg
SL9 
2,7
SR9 Low load
D100-013 002 51
Formula
KIT to assemble FP20 - 13 T1 and FP30 - 13 T pumps with support
Ordering
Part Q.ty De scrip tion code
Stud M 10x30 UNI 5911

3 Nut M 10
Washer 10 DIN 7980
1 Gasket
KIT 10 - A
Spli ned coupling

1 MA 6x21x25 UNI 8953 - A 22x19 DIN 5482
L= 31
KIT to assemble FP30 - 19 T and FP40 - 19 T pumps with support
Ordering
Part Q.ty De scrip tion code
Stud M 10x30 UNI 5911

3 Nut M 10 UNI 7473
1 Gasket
KIT 17 - A
Spli ned coupling

1 MA 6x21x25 UNI 8953 L= 31
52 002 D100-013
Formula
APPLICATIONS OF FORMULA PUMPS WITH ZF P.T.O. (ISO STANDARD)
Spli ned
Gasket coupling SL 9
The FORMULA pumps in the application without radial load can be directly connected to the
"ZF" P.T.O. using the SL9 support.
Gasket Gear SR 9
The FORMULA pumps in the application with radial load can be directly connected to the
"ZF" P.T.O. using the SR9 support.
D100-013 002 53
Formula
APPLICATIONS OF FORMULA PUMPS WITH ZF P.T.O. (ISO STANDARD)
SL 9
Use SL9 support to apply the universal joint.
54 002 D100-013
Formula
INSTRUCTIONS
INSTALLATION
The direction of rotation of single-rotation pumps must be the same as that of the drive shaft. Check that the
coupling flan ge correctly aligns the transmission shaft and the pump shaft, the connection do not ge ne ra tean
axial or radial load on the pump shaft
TANK
Tank capacity must be sufficient for the system’s operating conditions ( ~ 3 times the amount of oil in circula-
tion) to avoid overheating of the fluid. A heat exchanger should be installed if necessary. The intake and re-
turn lines in the tank must be spaced apart (by inserting a vertical divider) to prevent the return-line oil from
being taken up again immediately.
LINES
The lines must have a major diameter which is at least as large as the diameter of pump ports, and must be
perfectly sealed. To reduce loss of power, the lines should be as short as possible, reducing the sources of
hydraulic resistance (elbow, throttling, gate valves, etc.) to a minimum. A length of flexible tubing is recom-
mended to reduce the transmission of vibrations. All return lines must end below the minimum oil level, to
prevent foaming. Before connecting the lines, remove any plugs and make sure that the lines are perfectly
clean.
FILTERS
We recommend filtering the entire system flow. Filters should be fitted as indicated in the first pages of the ca-
talogue. Only coarse filters are recommended for pump intake.
HYDRAULIC FLUID
Use hydraulic fluid conforming to the table as specified in the first pages of the catalogue. Avoid using mixtu-
res of different oils which could result in decomposition and reduction of the oil’s lubricating power.
STARTING UP
Check that all circuit connections are tight and that the entire system is completely clean. Insert the oil in the
tank, using a filter. Bleed the circuit to as sist in filling. Set the pres su re relief valves to the lowest possible set-
ting. Turn on the system for a few moments at minimum speed, then bleed the circuit again and check the le-
vel of oil in the tank. Then gradually increase the pres su re and speed of rotation until the pre-set operating le-
vels as specified in the catalogue are attained.

Keep the outside surface clean especially in the area of the drive shaft seal. In fact, abra si ve powder can ac-
celerate wear on the seal and cause leakage. Replace filters regularly to keep the fluid clean. The oil level
must be checked and oil replaced periodically depending on the system’s operating conditions.
D100-014 001 55
Strada 3000
STR 03 T E
Fixed displacement bent axis piston pumps,

for truck applications.
Replaces: STR 02 T E
DISPLACEMENTS MAX. SPEED

From 40,9 cm3/rev
To 110 cm3/rev 2500 min-1
APPLICATION
High pressure
PRESSURE l Compact design.
Max. continuous 350 bar SECTOR
l High volumetric, mechanical and
Max. peak 400 bar Mobil hydraulic
overall efficiency.
l Low noise level.
l Reliability.
STRADA pumps are ideally suited for PTOs
l Clockwise or anti-clockwise rota-
applications in vehicles. These pumps are
available with different flange options.
tion turning the end cover 180°.
Pump type BAP30·40 BAP30·50 BAP30·63 BAP30·71 BAP30·80 BAP35·80 BAP35·110

Displacement [cm 3 /giro] 40,9 50,1 63 71,6 78,3 79,1 110
cont. 350 350 350 315 315 350 300
Max. pressure [bar]
peak 400 400 400 350 350 400 350
Max. selfpriming
[min -1 ] 1850 1700 1600 1300 1300 1300 1300
speed
Max. speed [min -1 ] 2500 2400 2200 2000 2000 2200 2000
Mass [kg] 10 10 10 10 10 16 17
Edition: 06.1999
cont. = continuous
Direction of rotation (looking on drive shaft) Clockwise or anti-clockwise rotation

Inlet pressure range 0.85 ¸ 2 bar (abs.)
Operating temperature 80 °C
Fluid Mineral oil based hydraulic fluids to DIN 51524
From 10 to 400 mm 2 /s (cSt) recommended
Viscosity range
1000 mm 2 /s (cSt) tolerated for cold starting
Filtering requirement Cleanliness grade 8 according to class NAS 1638
D026-031 003 1
Strada 3000
HYDRAULIC PISTON PUMPS ISO STANDARD 16 Z0
B 8x32x36 DIN 5462
X view
To chan ge pump rotation turn

the end co ver 180°
Anti-clockwise rotation
A B C D E F G H I
Pump type
mm mm IN OUT mm mm mm mm Nm
BAP 30•40
BAP 30•50
BAP 30•63 0-16 Z0-P GF/GE-N 244 228 G1 G 3/4 116 91 110 173 40-45
S
BAP 30•71
D
BAP 30•80
BAP 35•80
0-16 Z0-P GG/GF-N 269 251 G 1 1/4 G1 127 108 129 198 70-75
BAP 35•110
Rotation: S=anti-clockwise - D=clockwise

How to order BAP 30•40 S0 - 16 Z0 - P GF/GE - N
2 003 D026-031
Stra da 3000
HYDRAULIC PISTON PUMPS ITALIAN STANDARD 19 T1
6x21x25 UNI 8953
X view
To change pump rotation turn

the end co ver 180°
Anti-clockwise rotation
A B C D E F G H I
Pump type
mm mm IN OUT mm mm mm mm Nm
BAP 30•40
BAP 30•50
BAP 30•63 S 0-19 T1-P GF/GE-N 264 248 G1 G 3/4 116 91 110 173 40-45
BAP 30•71 D
BAP 30•80
BAP 35•80 0-19 T1-P GG/GF-N 294 276 G 1 1/4 G1 127 108 129 198 70-75
Rotation: S=anti-clockwise - D=clockwise
How to order BAP 30•40 S0 - 19 T1 - P GF/GE - N
D026-031 003 3
LVP 04 T E
Variable displacement axial piston pumps,

for open circuit.
Replaces: 04/10.99
DISPLACEMENTS
MAX. SPEED
3
From 29 cm /rev
3 -1
To 73 cm /rev 3000 min
APPLICATION
PRESSURE
Medium, high pressure
Max. intermittent 315 bar SECTOR
Max. peak 350 bar Mobil / Industrial
Edition: 04/04.2000
l Energy savings. PLATA pumps meet these requirements in every way.

The variable displacement axial piston pump is the op-
l Low noise emission.
timal solution for open circuit applications. PLATA
l Operational flexibility. pumps are available with a wide range of control op-
tions. The pump is designed for both radial and axial lo-
l Short response time.
ads, and supports full torque transmission in multiple
l Drive shaft bearing suitable for body configurations.
radial and axial loads.
Plata 3000
GENERAL INFORMATIONS / INSTRUCTIONS
Replaces: 04/10.99
1 - Pump body
2 - Swash plate
3 - Piston
4 - Cylinders block
5 - Cover
6 - Retaining plate
7 - Counterbalancing spring
8 - Piston guide plate
INSTALLATION MOUNTING POSITION

Check that the maximum coupling eccentricity stays wit- The pump can be mounted in a horizontal or vertical
hin 0,25 mm to reduce shaft loads due to misalignment. (shaft upwards) position, provided that the location of
It is advised to use a flexible coupling suitable to absorb the drain port assures the required filling of the case.
eventual water hammer. For applications with axial and The pump can be located above the oil level if the ab-
radial loads exceeding published standards, consult our solute pressure at the inlet port stays within the stated
sales department. The direction of rotation of the pump limits. To reduce noise emission, we recommend that
must agree with the prime mover rotation. Before instal- the pump be mounted below the oil level, and avoid
lation, the case of the pump must be filled with fluid. Be - suction lines with sharp restrictions.
fore start-up and during the operation, check that the
pump is full of hydraulic oil for at least 3/4 of the volume. STARTING UP
Check that all connections are secure and that the en-
LINES tire system is completely clean. Add oil to the tank al-
The lines must have a major diameter which is at least as ways using a filter. Bleed the air from the circuit to help
large as the diameter of pump ports, and must be per - the filing. Turn on the system for a few moments at mi-
fectly sealed. To keep the oil velocity low and increase nimum speed, then bleed the circuit again and check
atmospheric pressure at the pump inlet, the suction lines the level of oil in the tank. Gradually increase the pres-
should be as short as possible. Sources of hydraulic re- sure and speed of rotation up to the pre-set operating
sistance such as elbow, throttilng, gate valves, ect. sho - levels, which must stay within the stated limits as spe-
uld also be kept to a minimum. A length of flexible tubing cified in the catalogue.
04/04.00
is recommended to reduce the transmission of vibra-

tions. Before connecting the lines, remove any plugs and
make sure that the lines are perfectly clean. Check that
the drain line is dimensioned in a way to guarantee a
case pressure lower than 1,5 bar absolute. The drain line
must be connected directly (no filter, no valves, no oil co-
oler) to the tank and must terminate below the oil level.
Check that the dimensions of the suction line guarantees
a pressure equal or superior to 0,8 bar. Inlet pressure in-
ferior to 0,8 bar could cause an increase of noise emis-
sion, decreasing pum p performance and a reduction of
its life expectancy.
2 002 D037-001
Plata 3000
TECHNICAL DATA
Technical data (with HL or HLP mineral oil based hydraulic fluid to DIN 51524)
Pump type LVP 30 LVP 48 LVP 75

3
Max. displacement (theor.) Vmax [cm /rev] 29 46 73
min. 0,8
Max. inlet pressure [bar abs.]
max. 25
cont. 280
Max. outlet pressure
Replaces: 10.97
[bar] int. 315

peak 350
Max. drain line pressure [bar abs.] 1,5
-1
Max. speed nmax [min ] @ Vm a x (1) 3000 2600 2200
@ nm a x 87 119,6 160,6
Max. delivery (theor.) [l/min] -1
@ 1500 min 43,5 69 109,5
Max. power (theor.) @ nm a x 39,8 54,7 73,5
[kW]
( Dp= 280 bar) @ 1500 min - 1 19,9 31,6 50,1
D p = 280 bar 129,3 205,1 325,5
Max. torque (theor.) [Nm]
D p = 100 bar 46,2 73,2 116,2
2
Moment of inertia [kgm ] 0,0020 0,0030 0,0080
Max. permissible loading Fa x 1000 1500 2000
[N]
on drive shaft F rad 1500 1500 3000
Fill capacity [l] 0,7 0,9 1,5
Mass (without oil) [kg] 18 24 33
Seals N= Buna - V= Viton
with Buna seals -25 ¸ +90
Operating temperature [°C]
with Viton seals -10 ¸ +90
cont. = continuous Fax = Axial force

int. = intermittent Frad = Radial force
(1) = with an inlet pressure of 1 bar abs.
For different working conditions, please consult our sales department. External load position
Technical data restrictions (with fire resistant fluid)
Max. pressure Max. speed Operating

Hydraulic fluid
[bar] [min - 1 ] temperature Seals
Life
bearing
Type Fluid composition cont. int. peak LVP 30 LVP 48 LVP 75 [°C]
Water - glycol
HFC 170 185 200 2100 2000 1700 0 ¸ +90 N - V 75 %
(35 ¸ 55 % of water)
HFD Phosphate ester 200 220 240 2100 2000 1700 -10 ¸ +50 V 90 %
DIRECTION OF ROTATION FLUID VISCOSITY

Clockwise or anti-clockwise defined looking at the drive shaft. The fluid viscosity range for optimal use of PLATA pump is between
15 and 35 mm2/s (cSt). Limit functional conditions are:
1500 mm2/s at start up at -25 °C
Q [l/min] Delivery 10mm2/s at maximum temperature of 90 °C.
M [Nm] Torque FILTERS

04/10.99
For a maximum pump life, we recommend the use of filtration

P [kW] Power systems suitable to contain the hydraulic fluid contamination in the
3 class 16/13 conforming to ISO 4406. Satisfactory operation is obtai-
V [cm /rev] Displacement ned also with contamination class 19/15 conforming to ISO 4406 or
-1 with cleanliness grade 9 conforming to class NAS 1638.
n [min ] Speed
-3
Dp [bar] Pressure Q= V • h v • n • 10 [l/min]
hv = hv (V, Dp, n) Volumetric efficiency Dp • V

M= [Nm]
hm= h m (V, Dp, n) Mechanical efficiency 62,83 • hm
ht = hv • hm Overall efficiency Dp • V • n
P= [kW]
600 • 1000• ht
D037-001 002 3
Plata 3000
OPERATING CURVES / TECHNICAL DATA
Delivery / power (max. displacement)

2
Each curve has been obtained at 50 °C, using oil with viscosity 36 mm /s at 40 °C and at these speed:
(1) a 1500 min-1 (3) a 3000 min-1 (5) a 2200 min-1
(2) a 1800 min-1 (4) a 2600 min-1
LVP 30 LVP 48
LVP 75
DETERMINATION OF INLET PRESSURE AND

FLOW REDUCTION FOR SPEED INCREASING
Inlet
Displacement %
pressure
[bar abs.] 65 70 80 90 100
0,8 120 115 105 97 90

Speed increasing %
0,9 120 120 110 103 95
1,0 120 120 115 107 100

1,2 120 120 120 113 106
04/10.99
1,4 120 120 120 120 112

1,6 120 120 120 120 117
2,0 120 120 120 120 120
Example 1 Example 2
Speed increasing: 120 % Speed increasing: 113 %
Inlet pressure: 1,4 bar abs. Inlet pressure: 1,2 bar abs.
Displacement: 80 % Displacement: 90 %
4 002 D037-001
Plata 3000
NOISE LEVEL CURVES
Qmax For each curve the sound pressure has been measured in
a semi-anechoic chamber at 50 °C, using oil with viscosity
Qmin 46 mm2/s at 40 °C.
Distance from microphone to pump = 1m
Measuring error = ± 2 dB (A)
LVP 30 LVP 48
-1
i n -1
0 0m in
30 00m
26
-1
n
mi
00 -1
15 n
mi
00
15
LVP 75
-1
in
0 0m
22
-1
in
00m
04/10.99
15
D037-001 002 5
Plata 3000
VERSION WITH SIDE PORTS - DIMENSIONS LVP 30
Replaces: 10.97
PORTS
IN OUT
SAE 3000 SAE 6000
Nominal size
1" 1/4 3/4"
D1, D2: Drain port

Dimensions on page 12
Optional:
E: Max. displacement limiter (l)
F: Min. displacement limiter (l)
(l) One turn of screw change
pump displacement of 1,5 cm3 /rev.
VERSION WITH REAR PORTS - DIMENSIONS LVP 30
04/10.99
PORTS
IN OUT
SAE 3000 SAE 6000
Optional: Nominal size
E : Max. displacement limiter (l)
1" 1/4 3/4"
(l) One turn of screw change D1, D2 : Drain port
3
pump displacement of 1,5 cm /rev. Dimensions on page 12
6 002 D037-002
Plata 3000
SHAFTS / MOUNTING FLANGES LVP 30
SAE “B” SPLINE 04 SAE “B” 2 HOLES S5

Available with flange code S5 SAE J744 Jul88
Replaces: 04/10.99
ANSI B 92.1a-1976
class 5 - 13 teeth
16/32 D.P. - ang=30°
flaat root - side fit
SAE “B” STRAIGHT 32

Available with flange code S5
ISO Ø 100 Z1
ISO 3019/2 Feb88
STRAIGHT Ø 22 68
Available with flange code Z1
04/04.00
D037-002 002 7
Plata 3000
Replaces: 10.97
PORTS
IN OUT
SAE 3000 SAE 6000
Nominal size
1" 1/2 1"
D1, D2: Drain port

Optional:
04/10.99
PORTS
IN OUT
SAE 3000 SAE 6000
E : Max. displacement limiter (l) 1" 1/2 1"
3
pump displacement of 2,2 cm /rev. Dimensions on page 12
8 002 D037-002
Plata 3000
SAE “BB” SPLINE 05 SAE “B” 2 HOLES S5

Replaces: 04/10.99
ANSI B 92.1a-1976
class 5 - 15 teeth
16/32 D.P. - ang=30°
SAE “BB” STRAIGHT 33

ISO Ø 100 Z1
ISO 3019/2 Feb88
STRAIGHT Ø 25 69
04/04.00
D037-002 002 9
Plata 3000
Replaces: 10.97
PORTS
IN OUT
SAE 3000 SAE 6000
Nominal size
2" 1" 1/4
D1, D2: Drain port

Optional:
04/10.99
PORTS
IN OUT
SAE 3000 SAE 6000
E: Max. displacement limiter (l) 2" 1" 1/4
pump displacement of 3,9 cm3 /rev. Dimensions on page 12
10 002 D037-002
Plata 3000
SAE “C” SPLINE 06 SAE “C” 2 HOLES S7

Replaces: 04/10.99
ANSI B 92.1a-1976
class 5 - 14 teeth
12/24 D.P. - ang=30°
SAE “C” STRAIGHT 34

ISO Ø 125 Z2
ISO 3019/2 Feb88
STRAIGHT Ø 32 70
04/04.00
D037-002 002 11
Plata 3000
PORT DIMENSIONS
Replaces: 10.97
INLET PORT - IN DRAIN LOAD SENSING
(SAE 3000) PORT D1 PORT
SAE FLANGED PORTS METRIC THREAD (SSM) BRITISH STANDARD BSPP
A B C D E X
Nominal
CODE
size mm mm mm Thread
Thread Thread
32 58,7 30,2 M 10
MD 1" 1/4
(1.260) (2.311) (1.189) 28 (1.102)
G 1/2
38,1 69,9 35,7 M 12
ME 1" 1/2 G 1/8
(1.500) (2.752) (1.406) 26 (1.024)
50,8 77,8 42,9 M 12
MF 2"
(2.000) (3.063) (1.689) 25 (0.984)
G 3/4
SAE FLANGED PORTS UNC THREAD (SSS) SAE STRAIGHT THREAD (ODT)
A B C D E X
Nominal
CODE mm mm mm Thread
size
Thread Thread
32 58,7 30,2 7/16-14 UNC-2B
SD 1" 1/4
(1.260) (2.311) (1.189) 28 (1.102)
3/4-16 UNF-2B
38,1 69,9 35,7 1/2-13 UNC-2B

SE 1" 1/2 7/16-20 UNF-2B
(1.500) (2.752) (1.406) 26 (1.024)
7/8-14 UNF-2B
50,8 77,8 42,9 1/2-13 UNC-2B
SF 2"
(2.000) (3.063) (1.689) 25 (0.984)
OUTLET PORT - OUT DRAIN LOAD SENSING

(SAE 6000) PORT D2 PORT
SAE FLANGED PORTS METRIC THREAD (SSM) BRITISH STANDARD BSPP
A B C D E X
Nominal
CODE mm mm mm Thread
size
Thread Thread
19 50,8 23,8 M 10
QB 3/4"
(0.748) (2.000) (0.937) 24 (0.945)
G 1/2
25,4 57,2 27,8 M 10
QC 1" G 1/8
(1.000) (2.252) (1.094) 24 (0.945)
04/10.99
32 66,7 31,8 M 14
QD 1" 1/4 G 3/4
(1.260) (2.626) (1.252) 23 (0.906)
SAE FLANGED PORTS UNC THREAD (SSS) SAE STRAIGHT THREAD (ODT)
A B C D E X
Nominal
CODE
size mm mm mm Thread Thread Thread
19 50,8 23,8 3/8-16 UNC-2B
VB 3/4" 3/4-16 UNF-2B
(0.748) (2.000) (0.937) 24 (0.945)
25,4 57,2 27,8 7/16-14 UNC-2B
VC 1"
(1.000) (2.252) (1.094) 20 (0.787)
7/16-20 UNF-2B
7/8-14 UNF-2B
32 66,7 31,8 1/2-13 UNC-2B
VD 1" 1/4
(1.260) (2.626) (1.252) 23 (0.906)
12 002 D037-003
Plata 3000
PRESSURE COMPENSATOR RP
Regulates the pump displacement automatically to

equal the flow requirement of the system while maintai-
ning the pre-adjusted pressure.
Pressure
Standard
Compensator setting
setting
type range
bar bar
RP0 20 ¸ 350 280
For remote control please consult our sales department.
OPERATING CURVES
Curves have been obtained at the speed of

-1
1500 min and oil temperature 50 °C.
RESPONSE TIME
t1 t2
04/10.99
Pump
type
ms ms
LVP 30 31 19
LVP 48 44 20
Swashplate
angle
LVP 75 50 25
D037-004 002 13
Plata 3000
MOUNTING POSITIONS AND DIMENSIONS (pressure compensator) RP
Side ports
Anti-clockwise rotation Clockwise rotation
Replaces: 10.97
Rear ports
04/10.99
A
Pump
type mm
(in)
114
LVP 30 (4.488)
123
LVP 48 (4.843)
136
LVP 75 (5.354)
NOTES: For different mounting positions, please consult our sales department.
14 002 D037-004
Plata 3000
FLOW COMPENSATOR (Load-sensing) LS
LS0 - LS2 Hydraulic circuits

Regulates the pump displacement to maintain a constant
(load independent) pressure drop across a flow metering
device. In the standard version the flow compensator is
combined with pressure compensator.
Replaces: 10.97
Differential
Flow pressure Standard
Pressure setting setting
compensator
type compensator range
bar bar
LS0 RP0 10 ¸ 40 14
LS2 * RP0 10 ¸ 40 14
LS3 RP0 10 ¸ 40 14
* : For remote control Y is plugged.

: For internal control and remote pressure control.
Pilot flow » 1,3 ¸ 1,5 [l/min]
In standard setting conditions (14 bar) the stand-by pressure is

±2
16 bar.
LS3 Hydraulic circuits

OPERATING CURVES
This curve has been obtained at the speed of

1500 min -1and oil temperature 50 °C.
Curve at variable speed
TECHNICAL DATA
04/10.99
Pump DQ max
type
l/min
LVP 30 0,9
LVP 48 1,7
LVP 75 2,5
D037-004 002 15
Plata 3000
MOUNTING POSITIONS AND DIMENSIONS (flow compensator) LS
Side ports
Replaces: 10.97
Rear ports
04/10.99
A B
Pump
type mm mm
(in) (in)
144 100
LVP 30 (5.669) (3.937)
153 109
LVP 48 (6.024) (4.291)
165 122
LVP 75 (6.496) (4.803)
X: Load sensing port. Dimension on page 12
16 002 D037-004
Plata 3000
TORQUE LIMITER RN
RN0 - Standard
Regulates the pump displacement according to the system
pressure, to maintain the pre-adjusted torque value and
protect the prime mover from overload.
To have the best torque limiter regulation, the minimum

working pressure should be at least 80 bar.
Replaces: 10.97
In the order of the torque limiter please specify the reque-

sted value of power:
-1
(eg. 10 kW at 1500 min )
RN1 - Inernal pilot
OPERATING CURVES
This curve has been obtained at the speed of

1500 min -1and oil temperature 50 °C.
Theoretical power
04/10.99
D037-004 002 17
Plata 3000
MOUNTING POSITIONS AND DIMENSIONS (torque limiter) RN
Side ports
Replaces: 10.97
Pump
A B C D
type mm mm mm mm
04/10.99
(in) (in) (in) (in)

144 100 104 211
LVP 30 (5.669) (3.937) (4.094) (8.307)
153 109 111 235
LVP 48 (6.024) (4.291) (4.370) (9.252)
165 122 120 258
LVP 75 (6.496) (4.803) (4.724) (10.157)
18 002 D037-004
Plata 3000
MOUNTING POSITIONS AND DIMENSIONS (torque limiter) RN
Rear ports

Replaces: 10.97
A B C D
Pump
04/10.99
type mm mm mm mm
(in) (in) (in) (in)
144 100 104 211
LVP 30 (5.669) (3.937) (4.094) (8.307)
153 109 111 235
LVP 48 (6.024) (4.291) (4.370) (9.252)
165 122 120 258
LVP 75 (6.496) (4.803) (4.724) (10.157)
D037-004 002 19
Plata 3000
UNLOADING VALVE U ..
NC (normally closed) NA (normally open)
Replaces: 10.97
With the valve NC type (normally closed), energi- With the valve NA type (normally open), energizing
zing the solenoid valve the displacement is reset the solenoid valve the pump is sent to the maximum
and the pump is unloaded. displacement.
Notes
Unloading valve can be supplied only with

pressure compensator RP..
Voltages value availability
Regulator Volt
Arrangement
type
U1 NC 12 V D.C.
U2 NC 24 V D.C.
U3 NC 24 V A.C.
U4 NC 110 V A.C.
U5
04/10.99
NC 220 V A.C.
U6 NA 12 V D.C.
U7 NA 24 V D.C.
U8 NA 24 V A.C.
U9 NA 110 V A.C.
U10 NA 220 V A.C.
20 002 D037-004
Plata 3000
ELECTROHYDRAULIC SERVOCONTROLS S...
S - SE Hydraulic circuits
In this line of servocontrols, the displacement variation is
regulated by a proportional system in double closed loop
with a feedback transducer on the swash plate and a feed-
back transducer on the proportional valve: in this way high
performances and high dynamics can be reached.
The regulated displacement have a linear relation with the
electronic control signal 0 ¸ 10 Volt DC (see diagram be-
low). The electronic driver can be separated, Eurocard
type or integral on the pump.
S Proportional flow servocontrol.
SE Proportional flow servocontrol with integral electro-

nics, single 7-pins connector for electric supply and
reference signals.
SER As above with sequence module RES to grant a mi-

nimum piloting pressure (18 bar) when the actual
pressure of the system can fall under that value.
This version can be used for the combined control of
pressure and flow coupled with an electronic regula- SER Hydraulic circuits
tor in Eurocard format and with a pressure transdu-
cer which can be integral or separated.
Note: The minimum pressure to grant a correct functioning

of the servocontrol in S and SE versions cannot be under
18 bar.
Pumps with servocontrols type S and SE must be protec-
ted for safety with an external relief valve against pressure
peaks. This is not necessary for version SER because the
sequence module RES includes the maximum pressure
protection.
04/10.99
Technical data (only for pumps with servocontrols type S and SE)
Coil resistance R at 20 °C 3 ¸ 3,3 W for standard 12 Volt (DC) coil

Relative duty factor Countinuous rating (ED= 100 %)
Max. solenoid current 2,6 A for standard 12 Volt (DC) coil
Max. power 35 W
For different mounting positions, please consult our sales department.
D037-004 002 21
Plata 3000
MOUNTING POSITIONS AND DIMENSIONS (electrohydraulic servocontrols) S
Anti-clockwise rotation (side ports)
Clockwise rotation (side ports)
04/10.99
A B C D
Pump
type mm mm mm mm
(in) (in) (in) (in)
146,3 167,8
LVP 30 (5.760) (6.606)
153 163 103,5 176,8
LVP 48 (6.024) (6.417) (4.075) (6.961)
161,5 189,3
LVP 75 (6.358) (7.453)
22 002 D037-004
Plata 3000
MOUNTING POSITIONS AND DIMENSIONS (electrohydraulic servocontrols) SE

04/10.99
A B C D
Pump
type mm mm mm mm
(in) (in) (in) (in)
146,3 167,8
LVP 30 (5.760) (6.606)
153 160 103,5 176,8
LVP 48 (6.024) (6.299) (4.075) (6.961)
161,5 189,3
LVP 75 (6.358) (7.453)
D037-004 002 23
Plata 3000
MOUNTING POSITIONS AND DIMENSIONS (electrohydraulic servocontrols) SER
04/10.99
A B C D E
Pump
type mm mm mm mm mm
146,3 167,8 199,5
LVP 30 (5.760) (6.606) (7.854)
153 160 103,5 176,8 219
LVP 48 (6.024) (6.299) (4.075) (6.961) (8.622)
161,5 189,3 226
LVP 75 (6.358) (7.453) (8.898)
24 002 D037-004
Plata 3000
MULTIPLE PUMPS
Through drive
PLATA 3000 through drive axial piston pumps offer the flexibility to obtain different groups able to supply several hydrau-
lic systems. The operating characteristics of each assembled pumps are the same as the corresponding single pumps
according to the following conditions:
1) Do not exceed the maximum transmissible torque.
2) The maximum rotational speed is that of the lowest rated speed of the single unit incorporated.
Replaces: 10.97
M [Nm] Torque
V 3
[cm /rev] Displacement Dp • V
M= [Nm]
Dp [bar] Pressure 62,83• hm
hm= h m (V, Dp, n) Mechanical efficiency
Notes: The torque absorbed from the shaft of the first pump results from the sum of the torques due to all single stages.
The achieved value must not exceed the maximum torque limit given for the shaft of the first pump.
Pump
A B C D E
type mm mm Flanged mm mm mm
Code
(in) (in) for (in) (in) (in)
04/10.99
145 77 SAE A AS1 213 183 222

LVP 30 (5.709) (3.031) SAE B AS5 (8.386) (7.205) (8.740)
169 82 SAE A AS1 242 206 251
LVP 48 (6.654) (3.228) SAE B AS5 (9.528) (8.110) (9.882)
99 SAE A AS1 291
192 (3.898) SAE B AS5 276 235 (11.445)
LVP 75 (7.559) 104 (10.866) (9.252) 296
SAE C AS7
(4.094) (11.654)
Overall dimensions: the same as the single pumps.

Ports dimensions on page 12. - Screws are supplied with the first pump.
D037-005 002 25
Plata 3000
INTERMEDIATE FLANGES LVP 30
SAE “A” 2 HOLES AS1

SAE J744 Jul88
Replaces: 04/10.99
COUPLINGS LVP 30
SAE “A” SPLINE 03

Available with flange code AS1
ANSI B 92.1a-1976
class 6 - 9 teeth
16/32 D.P. - ang=30°
Second pump side
SAE “A” STRAIGHT 31

04/04.00
SAE “A” Straight
Second pump side
26 002 D037-005
Plata 3000
SAE “B” 2 HOLES AS5

SAE J744 Jul88
Replaces: 04/10.99
COUPLINGS LVP 30
SAE “B” SPLINE 04

ANSI B 92.1a-1976
class 6 - 13 teeth
16/32 D.P. - ang=30°
Second pump side
SAE “B” STRAIGHT 32

04/04.00
SAE “B” Straight
Second pump side
D037-005 002 27
Plata 3000

SAE J744 Jul88
Replaces: 04/10.99
COUPLINGS LVP 48

ANSI B 92.1a-1976
class 6 - 9 teeth
16/32 D.P. - ang=30°
Second pump side

04/04.00
Second pump side
28 002 D037-005
Plata 3000

SAE J744 Jul88
Replaces: 04/10.99
COUPLINGS LVP 48
SAE “B” SPLINE 04 SAE “BB” SPLINE 05

Available with flange code AS5 Available with flange code AS5
ANSI B 92.1a-1976 ANSI B 92.1a-1976

class 6 - 13 teeth class 6 - 15 teeth
16/32 D.P. - ang=30° 16/32 D.P. - ang=30°
flat root - side fit flat root - side fit
Second pump side Second pump side
SAE “B” STRAIGHT 32 SAE “BB” STRAIGHT 33

04/04.00
SAE “B” Straight SAE “BB” Straight

MAX 145 Nm (1283 lbf in) Second pump side MAX 240 Nm (2124 lbf in) Second pump side
D037-005 002 29
Plata 3000

SAE J744 Jul88
Replaces: 04/10.99
COUPLINGS LVP 75

ANSI B 92.1a-1976
class 6 - 9 teeth
16/32 D.P. - ang=30°
Second pump side

04/04.00
Second pump side
30 002 D037-005
Plata 3000

SAE J744 Jul88
Replaces: 04/10.99
COUPLINGS LVP 75
SAE “B” SPLINE 04 SAE “BB” SPLINE 05

ANSI B 92.1a-1976 ANSI B 92.1a-1976

class 6 - 13 teeth class 6 - 15 teeth
16/32 D.P. - ang=30° 16/32 D.P. - ang=30°
flat root - side fit flat root - side fit
SAE “B” STRAIGHT 32 SAE “BB” STRAIGHT 33

04/04.00
SAE “B” Straight SAE “BB” Straight

D037-005 002 31
Plata 3000
SAE “C” 2 HOLES AS7

SAE J744 Jul88
Replaces: 04/10.99
COUPLINGS LVP 75
SAE “C” SPLINE 06

ANSI B 92.1a-1976
class 6 - 14 teeth
12/24 D.P. - ang=30°
Second pump side
SAE “C” STRAIGHT 34

04/04.00
SAE “C” Straight
Second pump side
32 002 D037-005
Plata 3000
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Drive Mounting Ports Ports Additional
Pump type Rotation – – – Seals – Regulators – Fluid
shaft flange position IN/OUT options
LVP 30 S – 04 S5 – L MD/QB – N – RP0 – E ...

Replaces: 10.97
1 Pump type (max displacement) CODE Seals 7

CODE
in 3/rev cm3/rev N Buna (standard)
1.74 29 LVP 30 V Viton
2.76 46 LVP 48
4.38 73 LVP 75 CODE Regulators 8
Pressure compensator
RP0
2 Rotation CODE setting range 20 - 350 bar (a)
LS0 Flow compensator (b)
Anti-clockwise S
LS2 Flow compensator for remote control (b)
Clockwise D
LS3 Flow compensator for internal control (b)
RN0 Torque limiter - standard
3 Drive shaft CODE RN1 Torque limiter - internal pilot
SAE “B” spline (13 teeth) 04 S Proportional flow servocontrol (c)
SAE “B” straight 32 Proportional flow servocontrol with inte-
SE
straight Æ 22 68 gral electronics (c)
SAE “BB” spline (15teeth) 05 Proportional flow servocontrol with inte-
SER gral electronics and seq. module RES (c)
Straight Æ 25 69
SAE “C” spline (14 teeth) 06 CODE Additional options (d) 9
SAE “C” straight 34 U.. Unloading valve (e)
Straight Æ 32 70 E Max. displacement limiter (f)
F Min. displacement limiter (f)
4 Mounting flange CODE G Min. and max. displacement limiter (f)
ISO Æ 100 Z1 CODE Fluid 10
SAE “C” 2 holes S7 ... Mineral oil (no CODE)
ISO Æ 125 Z2 HF fluid (please consult our sales
H department)
Side L
Rear P a) Standard setting 280 bar.
b) Differential pressure standard setting 14 bar
(setting range 10 - 40 bar).
6 Inlet/outlet ports CODE C) For more informations, please consult our
SAE FLANGED PORTS METRIC THREAD (SSM) sales department.
d) For additional options, please consult our
Nominal size
Pump type Inlet IN Outlet OUT
sales department.
SAE 3000 SAE 6000 e) For voltages availability please see page 20.
LVP 30 1"1/4 3/4" MD/QB f) Max. up to 50% of the displacement.
LVP 48 1"1/2 1" ME/QC
LVP 75 2" 1"1/4 MF/QD
04/10.99
SAE FLANGED PORTS UNC THREAD (SSS)

Nominal size
SAE 3000 SAE 6000
LVP 30 1"1/4 3/4" SD/VB
LVP 48 1"1/2 1" SE/VC
LVP 75 2" 1"1/4 SF/VD
D037-007 002 33
Plata 3000
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Pump Rota- Drive Mounting Ports Ports Regula- Addit. Interm. Cou-
– – – Seals – – Fluid – –
type tion shaft flange position IN/OUT tors options flange pling
LVP 30 S* – 04 S5 – L MD/QB – N# – RP0 – E ... – AS5 04 /

Front section
Replaces: 10.97
LVP 30 S# – 04 S5 – L MD/QB – N – LS2 – E ...
Rear section
1 Pump type (cilindr. max) CODE Seals 7

CODE
in3/rev cm 3/rev N Buna (standard)
1.74 29 LVP 30 V Viton
2.76 46 LVP 48
4.38 73 LVP 75 CODE Regulators 8
Pressure compensator
RP0
2 Rotation CODE setting range 20 - 350 bar (b)
LS0 Flow compensator (c)
Anti-clockwise S
LS2 Flow compensator for remote control (c)
Clockwise D
LS3 Flow compensator for internal control (b)
RN0 Torque limiter - standard
3 Drive shaft CODE RN1 Torque limiter - internal pilot
SAE “B” spline (13 teeth) 04 S Proportional flow servocontrol (d)
SAE “B” straight 32 Proportional flow servocontrol with inte -
SE
straight Æ 22 68 gral electronics (d)
SAE “BB” spline (15 teeth) 05 Proportional flow servocontrol with inte -
SER gral electronics and seq. module RES (d)
Straight Æ 25 69
SAE “C” spline (14 teeth) 06 CODE Additional options (e) 9
SAE “C” straight 34 U.. Unloading valve (f)
Straight Æ 32 70 E Max. displacement limiter (g-h)
F Min. displacement limiter (g-h)
4 Mounting flange CODE G Min. and max. displacement limiter (g-h)
ISO Æ 100 Z1 CODE Fluid 10
SAE “C” 2 holes S7 ... Mineral oil (no CODE)
ISO Æ 125 Z2 HF fluid (please consult our sales
H department)
Side L CODE Intermediate flange 11
Rear (a) P AS1 SAE “A” 2 holes
AS5 SAE “B” 2 holes
6 Inlet/outlet ports CODE AS7 SAE “C” 2 holes
SAE FLANGED PORTS METRIC THREAD (SSM) CODE Coupling 12

Nominal size 03 SAE “A” spline (9 teeth)
SAE 3000 SAE 6000 31 SAE “A” straight
LVP 30 1"1/4 3/4" MD/QB 04 SAE “B” spline (13 teeth)
LVP 48 1"1/2 1" ME/QC 32 SAE “B” straight
05 SAE “BB” spline (15 teeth)
04/10.1999
LVP 75 2" 1"1/4 MF/QD

33 SAE “BB” straight
SAE FLANGED PORTS UNC THREAD (SSS) 06 SAE “C” spline (14 teeth)
Nominal size 34 SAE “C” straight
SAE 3000 SAE 6000
LVP 30 1"1/4 3/4" SD/VB c) Differential pressure standard setting 14 bar
LVP 48 1"1/2 1" SE/VC
(setting range 10 - 40 bar).
LVP 75 2" 1"1/4 SF/VD
d) For more informations, please consult our
sales department.
e) For additional options, please consult our
sales department.
* For assembled multiple pumps, the rotation code letter
is added at the end of the complete ordering code.
f) For voltages availability please see page 20.
g) Max. up to 50% of the displacement.
# Omit code only if ordering assembled multiple pumps. h) LVP30 with flange AS5 and LVP75 with flange AS7
a) Not available for front sections. are not available.
b) Standard setting 280 bar.
34 002 D037-007
A 03 T IE
POMPE A INGRANAGGI SERIE APL

GEAR PUMPS APL SERIES
Caratteristiche/Features
CARATTERISTICHE GENERALI
Features
Co stru zio ne Pom pe ad in gra nag gi esterni
Tipo di fissag gio A flan gia: trian go la re (Italiana)

Col le ga men to tubi Rac cor di filet ta ti
Sen so di ro ta zio ne (de finito guar dan do l’albero con duttore) Re ver si bi le (B) con dre naggio in terno
Cam po pres sio ne di ali men ta zio ne per pom pe 0,7 ÷ 3 bar ( a s s.)
Tem pe ra tu ra flui do Da -15 a +80 °C
Flu i di idra u li ci a base di oli mi ne ra li, se con do le norme
Flu i do idra ulico ISO/DIN. Per al tri flu i di con sul ta re il no stro ser vi zio tecni co
com mer cia le.
2
Da 12 a 100 mm /s.(cSt) con si glia to
Cam po di vi sco si tà
Fino a 750 mm 2 /s (cSt) con sen ti to
Fil tra zio ne con sigliata 20÷ 25 m m
Con struc tion Exter nal gear type pumps

Mounting Trian gu lar (Ita lian) flan ge
Line con nec tions Screw
Di rec tion of ro ta tion (looking on drive shaft) Re ver si ble (B) in ter nal drain
Inlet pressu re ran ge for pumps 0,7 ÷ 3 bar (abs.)
Flu id tempe ra tu re range From -15 to +80 °C
Mi ne ral oil ba sed hydra u lic fluids to ISO /DIN.

Flu id For other flu ids ple a se consult our sales de par tment.
12 u p to 100 mm2 /s (cSt) re com men ded
Viscosity ran ge
U p to 750 mm 2 /s (cSt) per mit ted
Fil te ring re qui re ment 2 0 ÷ 25 mm
1.2 001
Ca rat te ri sti che ge ne ra li / Features
PARAMETRI DI FUNZIONAMENTO
General data
Pres sio ne max. Velocità max. intermittente Velocità min.

Cilindrata Max pressu re Intermittent max. speed Min. speed
Pompa tipo
Displacement A press . p 2 A press . p 2
At p 2 pres su - A vu o to At p 2 p r e s su -
Pump type p1 p2 p3 Wit ho ut load
re re
c m 3 /giro bar -1
cu in/rev psi min
60,97 180 200 230

APL 61 3.72 2610 2900 3300
1750 2000
81,29 160 180 220

APL 82 4.96 2320 2610 3190
350
99,43 160 180 210
APL 100 6.06 2320 2610 3040
1500 1750
124,81 140 160 200

APL 125 1.99 2030 2320 2900

p1 = p2= p 3=
Max. continuous pressure Max. intermittent pres su re Max. peak pressure
DETERMINAZIONE DI UNA POMPA

Design calculations for pumps
Q [l/min] Portata Delivery
M [Nm] Coppia Torque
P [kW] Potenza Power
V [cm 3/giro] - [cm3 /rev] Cilindrata Displacement
n [min -1 ] Velocità Speed
Dp [bar] Pressione Pressure
hv = η v (V,Dp, n) (′ 0,98) Rendimento volumetrico Volumtric efficiency
hm= η m (V,D p, n) (′ 0,90) Rendimento meccanico Mechanical efficiency
ht (′ 0,88) Rendimento totale Overall efficiency
Q= V•η v•n•10-3 [l/min]
∆p• V
M= [Nm]
62,8•η m
∆p•V•n [kW]
P=
612•1000•ηt
001 1.3
"A" SERIES Pompe sin go le / Sin gle pumps
APL 43 T0
POMPE AD INGRANAGGI UNIFICAZIONE ITALIANA
HYDRAULIC GEAR PUMPS ITALIAN STANDARD
Cop pia max. 160 Nm

Max. tor que 160 Nm
Rotazione reversibile con dre naggiointerno.
Reversible rotation with in ter nal dra in.
Mas sa
Pompa tipo A B C Mass
Pump type
mm mm kg
APL 61 178,5 116,5 G 1 10,7
APL 82 B 0-43 T0-L GF/GF-N 191,5 122,5 G 1 11
APL 100 218 136 G 1 11,5
APL 125 B 0-43 T0-L GG/GG-N 234 152 G 1 1/4 12,3
Come ordinare (How to order) APL 61 B0 - 43 T0 - L GF/GF - N
1.4 001
APL 19 T1
UNI 8953-6X21X25 S
(21 UNI 221)
Rotazione reversibile con drenaggio interno.
Reversible rotation with in ter nal drain.
Mas sa
Pompa tipo A B C Mass
Pump type
mm mm kg
APL 61 178,5 116,5 G 1 10,7
APL 82 B 0-19 T1-L GF/GF-N 191,5 122,5 G 1 11
APL 100 218 136 G 1 11,5
APL 125 B 0-19 T1-L GG/GG-N 234 152 G 1 1/4 12,3
1.5 001
APL 13 T1
Rotazione reversibile con dre naggiointerno.
Reversible rotation with in ter nal drain.
Mas sa
Pompa tipo A B Mass
Pump type
mm mm kg
APL 61 178,5 116,5 10,7

B 0-13 T1-L GF/GF-N
APL 82 191,5 122,5 11
1.6 001
Supporti/Supports
SML 06892200
SUPPORTI PER POMPE VERSIONE 43 T0

SUPPORTS FOR PUMPS VERSION 43 T0
001 1.7
Supporti/Supports
SFL 06890200

1.8 001
Supporti/Supports
SFL P 06890900

1.9 001
Supporti/Supports
SFL 7/3 06891100

1.10 001
Supporti/ Supports
SFL 7/3P 06891050

SUPPORTS FOR PUMPS 13 T1
1.11 001
Supporti/Supports
SML 4 06892300
SUPPORTI PER POMPE VERSIONE 19 T1 - 13 T1

SUPPORTS FOR PUMPS VERSION 19 T1 - 13 T1
MA6x21x25 UNI 8953/

MA6x21x25 UNI 8953 06951400 A 22x19 DIN 5482 06950600
MANICOTTO PER SUPPORTO SML 4 - 19 T1 MANICOTTO PER SUPPORTO SML 4 - 13 T1

COUPLING FOR SUPPORT SML 4 - 19 T1 COUPLING FOR SUPPORT SML 4 - 13 T1
1.12 001
Supporti/Supports
SFL 7/4 06891120

MA6x21x25 UNI 8953 06951400
MANICOTTO PER SUPPORTO SFL 7/4

COUPLING FOR SUPPORT SFL 7/4
1.13 001
Supporti/Supports
SFL 7/4P 06891060

MA6x21x25 UNI 8953 06951400
MANICOTTO PER SUPPORTO SFL 7/4P

COUPLING FOR SUPPORT SFL 7/4P
1.14 001
Supporti/Supports
MO22-1 DIN 9611 06900000
MANICOTTO PER POMPE VERSIONE 43 T0

COUPLING FOR PUMPS VERSION 43 T0
MA22-1 DIN 9611 06900520

MA22-1 DIN 9611 P 06900580

1.15 001
DV 02 T IE
DISTRIBUTORI OLEODINAMICI SERIE DUMPVALVES
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVES DUMPVALVES SERIES
D015-001.PUB March 1993

Caratteristiche generali / Features
Features
DUMPVALVES è la serie di distributori oleodinamici progettati per rispondere alle esigenze degli allestito-
ri in conformità con le norme vigenti nel settore del veicolo industriale. Una considerevole gamma di ver-
sioni predisposte per il montaggio su telaio o sul serbatoio offre una notevole versatiità di impiego per por-
tate fino a 300 l/min e pressioni di 315 bar.
AVVERTENZE DA OSSERVARE PER UN BUON FUNZIONAMENTO DELL’IMPIANTO.

SERBATOIO
La capacità del sebatoio deve essere dimensionata in funzione delle condizioni di esercizio
dell’impianto (~ 3 volte l’olio in circolazione).
TUBAZIONI
Per limitare le perdite di carico si consiglia che le tubazioni abbiano un diametro nominale non infe-
riore a quello delle bocche del distributore, il percorso delle tubazioni sia il più corto possibile e si ri-
duca al minimo il numero delle resistenze idrauliche (gomiti, strozzamenti).
FILTRAZIONE
Noi consigliamo una filtrazione su tutta la portata dell’impianto, i filtri devono essere scelti rispettan-
do le indicazioni riportate in tabella.
MESSA IN FUNZIONE
Assicurarsi che tutti i collegamenti del circuito siano esatti e che l’impianto sia in condizioni di asso-
luta pulizia. Durante il collaudo verificare la corretta regolazione del cavo di fine corsa del cassone.
The DUMPVALVES series of directional control valves are designed to meet the full requirements of users
in compliance with legislation regarding industrial vehicles. DUMPVALVES are available in a broad range
of versions for chassis or tank mounting and afford considerable applications versatility with delivery to 80
US gpm and pressures of 4560 psi.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR CORRECT OPERATION OF HYDRAULIC PLANTS.

TANK
Tank capacity must be in function of plant duty (~ 3 times the amount of oil in circulation).
LINES
Pressure loss should be reduced to a minimum by using lines having a nominal diameter that is no
less than the diameter of the control valve ports. Hydraulic lines should always follow the shortest
possible route with as few bends and restrictions as possible.
FILTERS
We advise users to ensure that the full capacity of the plant is filtered. The choice of the type of filters
to instal should be made with reference to the data given in the table.
STARTING-UP
Make sure that the circuit has been connected correctly and that the plant is scrupulously clean. Du-
ring testing check that the dumper body control cable is correctly adjusted.
1.2
Caratteristiche generali / Features
Features
Temperatura fluido Da -25 a +80 °C
Fluido idraulico Fluidi idraulici a base di oli minerali, secondo le norme ISO/DIN.
Per altri fluidi consultare il nostro servizio tecnico commerciale.
Da 12 a 100 mm 2 /s.(cSt) consigliato

Campo di viscosità
Fino a 750 mm 2 /s (cSt) consentito
Filtrazione consigliata Vedi tabella
Pressione di la-
voro [bar] > 200 < 200
Contaminazione
classe NAS 1638 8 10
Contaminazione
classe ISO 4406 17/14 19/16
Da ottenere con
filtro ßx=75 10 mm 25 mm
Fluid temperature range From -25 up to +80 °C
Fluid Mineral oil based hydraulic fluid to ISO/DIN.

From 12 up to 100 mm 2 /s.(cSt) recommended.

Viscosity range
Up to 750 mm 2 /s (cSt) permitted.
Filter recommendations See table
Working
pressure [bar] > 200 < 200
Contamination
class NAS 1638 8 10
Contamination
class ISO 4406 17/14 19/16
Achieved with
ßx=75 10 mm 25 mm
1.3
DUMPVALVES
DUMPVALVES DME 50
DISTRIBUTORI OLEODINAMICI MOTRICE

HYDRAULIC DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVES FOR TIPPER
Valvole di controllo direzionale della portata a due posizioni con incorporata la valvola di ritegno. Inserite in impianti per il ribalta-
mento dei cassoni di veicoli industriali di piccola e media dimensione, in posizione di riposo collegano la mandata della pompa
al cilindro, azionando il comando elettrico posto in cabina si ottiene la discesa del cassone. Impegnando nell’apposito occhiello
un cavo di fine corsa collegato all’altra estremità con il cassone, a fine ribaltamento si ha l’azionamento del comando meccanico
così da porre in collegamento con lo scarico il condotto di adduzione dell’olio al cilindro. A richiesta possono essere fornite con
valvola limitatrice di pressione regolabile (taratura standard 180 bar), idrostop e serbatoio con capacità di 10, 15, 20 l.
Two position directional control valves with built-in check valve. When installed on systems for tipping tipper bodies of small and
medium sized industrial vehicles, in rest position they connect the pump delivery line to the cylinder, while the electrical control
in the cab is operated to lower the tipper body. If an end stroke cable is connected between the special eye and the tipper body,
at the end of the tipping phase the mechanical control is tripped to connect the cylinder oil feed line to tank. Available on request
with relief valve having regulation facility (standard setting 2610 psi), pressure switch and tanks with capacity of 10, 15 and 20 l.
Portata max. Pressione max. Voltaggio Massa Serbatoio tipo Capacità

Tipo Max. rated flow Max pressure Bobina tipo Voltage Mass Tank type Capacity
Type l/min bar Type coil kg 10 l
ST 10
US gpm psi Volt lbs
ST 15 15 l
50 315 4,2
DME 50/1 13.2 4560 BT/CS 12ÿ24 VDC 9.25 ST 20 20 l
DME 50 / 1 3 4 – A / ST..
Tipo Serbatoio tipo vedi pag. 1.8
Type Tank type see page 1.8
1=Valvola di ritegno Voltaggio bobina A=12 VDC
1=Check valve Voltage coil B=24 VDC
3=Valvola di max. pressione 4=Idrostop
3=Max. pressure relief valve 4=Pressure switch
1.4
DUMPVALVES
DUMPVALVES DMM 50

al cilindro, azionando il comando meccanico posto in cabina si ottiene la discesa del cassone. Impegnando nell’apposito oc-
chiello un cavo di fine corsa collegato all’altra estremità con il cassone, a fine ribaltamento si ha l’azionamento del comando
meccanico così da porre in collegamento con lo scarico il condotto di adduzione dell’olio al cilindro. A richiesta possono essere
fornite con valvola limitatrice di pressione regolabile (taratura standard 180 bar), idrostop e serbatoi con capacità di 10, 15, 20 l.
medium sized industrial vehicles, in rest position they connect the pump delivery line to the cylinder, while the mechanical con-
trol in the cab is operated to lower the tipper body. If an end stroke cable is connected between the special eye and the tipper
body, at the end of the tipping phase the mechanical control is tripped to connect the cylinder oil feed line to tank. Available on
request with relief valve having regulation facility (standard setting 2610 psi), pressure switch and tanks with capacity of 10, 15
and 20 l.
Portata max. Pressione max. Massa Serbatoio tipo Capacità

Tipo Max. rated flow Max pressure Mass Tank type Capacity
Type l/min bar kg 10 l
ST 10
US gpm psi lbs
ST 15 15 l
50 315 4,2
DMM 50/1 13.2 4560 9.25 ST 20 20 l
DMM 50 / 1 3 4 / ST..
Tipo
Type
1=Valvola di ritegno Serbatoio tipo vedi pag. 1.8
1=Check valve Tank type see page 1.8
1.5
DUMPVALVES
DUMPVALVES DMP 50

al cilindro, azionando il comando pneumatico posto in cabina si ottiene la discesa del cassone. Impegnando nell’apposito oc-
chiello un cavo di fine corsa collegato all’altra estremità con il cassone, a fine ribaltamento si ha l’azionamento del comando
fornite con valvola limitatrice di pressione regolabile (taratura standard 180 bar), idrostop e serbatoi con capacità di 10, 15, 20 l.
medium sized industrial vehicles, in rest position they connect the pump delivery line to the cylinder, while the pneumatic control
in the cab is operated to lower the tipper body. If an end stroke cable is connected between the special eye and the tipper body,
at the end of the tipping phase the mechanical control is tripped to connect the cylinder oil feed line to tank. Available on request
with relief valve having regulation facility (standard setting 2610 psi), pressure switch and tanks with capacity of 10, 15 and 20 l.
Portata max. Pressione max. Massa Serbatoio tipo Capacità

Tipo Max. rated flow Max pressure Mass Tank type Capacity
Type l/min bar kg 10 l
ST 10
US gpm psi lbs
ST 15 15 l
50 315 4,2
DMP 50/1 13.2 4560 9.25 ST 20 20 l
DMP 50 / 1 3 4 / ST..
Tipo
Type
1=Valvola di ritegno Serbatoio tipo vedi pag. 1.8
1=Check valve Tank type see page 1.8
1.6
DUMPVALVES
DUMPVALVES DM 60

Valvole di controllo direzionale della portata flangiabili al serbatoio a due posizioni con incorporata la valvola di ritegno. Inserite
in impianti per il ribaltamento dei cassoni di veicoli industriali di piccola e media dimensione, in posizione di riposo collegano la
mandata della pompa al cilindro, azionando il comando meccanico posto in cabina si ottiene la discesa del cassone. Impegnan-
do nell’apposito occhiello un cavo di fine corsa collegato all’altra estremità con il cassone, a fine ribaltamento si ha
l’azionamento del comando meccanico così da porre in collegamento con lo scarico il condotto di adduzione dell’olio al cilindro.
A richiesta possono essere fornite con valvola limitatrice di pressione regolabile (taratura standard 180 bar) e idrostop.
Two position directional control valves for flange mounting on tank with built-in check valve. When installed on systems for tip-
ping tipper bodies of small and medium sized industrial vehicles, in the rest position they connect the pump delivery line to the
cylinder, while the mechanical control in the cab is operated to lower the tipper body. If an end stroke cable is connected betwe-
en the special eye and the tipper body, at the end of the tipping phase the mechanical control is tripped to connect the cylinder
oil feed line to tank. Available on request with relief valve having regulation facility (standard setting 2610 psi) and pressure
switch.
Foratura serbatoio.
Drilling tank.
/1 /14
/13 /134
Portata max. Pressione max. Massa

Tipo Max. rated flow Max pressure Mass
Type l/min bar kg
US gpm psi lbs
60 250 2,50
DM 60/1 15.8 3625 5.50
DM 60 / 1 3 4
Tipo 4=Idrostop
Type 4=Pressure switch
1=Valvola di ritegno 3=Valvola di max. pressione
1=Check valve 3=Max. pressure relief valve
1.7
DUMPVALVES
Serbatoi flangiabili su veicoli industriali di piccole e medie dimensioni

Tanks for flange mounting on small or medium load capacity industrial vehicles.
DM 60
Serbatoio tipo Capacità A B C D E

Tank type Capacity
mm mm mm mm mm
ST 10 10 l 265 52 53 175 37
ST 15 15 l 340 55 45 275 20
ST 20 20 l 470 57 43 390 37
DM 60 / 1 3 4 / ST 10
Tipo Serbatoio tipo
Type Tank type
1=Valvola di ritegno
1=Check valve
1.8
DUMPVALVES
DUMPVALVES DM 100

Valvole di controllo direzionale della portata a tre posizioni con incorporate la valvola di ritegno e la valvola limitatrice di pressio-
ne regolabile (taratura standard 200 bar). Inserite in impianti per il ribaltamento dei cassoni di veicoli industriali, in posizione di
riposo collegano la mandata della pompa al cilindro, azionando il comando pneumatico posto in cabina si ottiene la discesa del
cassone con due diverse velocità. Impegnando nell’apposito occhiello un cavo di fine corsa collegato all’altra estremità con il
cassone, a fine ribaltamento si ha l’azionamento del comando meccanico così da porre in collegamento con lo scarico il condot-
to di adduzione dell’olio al cilindro. A richiesta possono essere fornite con molla parastrappi (P) e la possibilità di regolare la ve-
locità di discesa lenta (R).
Three position directional control valves with built-in check valve and relief valve having regulation facility (standard setting
2900 psi). When installed on systems for tipping tipper bodies of industrial vehicles, in rest position they connect the pump deli-
very line to the cylinder, while the pneumatic control in the cab is operated for two-speed lowering of tipper body. If an end stro-
ke cable is connected between the special eye and the tipper body, at the end of the tipping phase the mechanical control is
tripped to connect the cylinder oil feed line to tank. Available on request version with buffer spring (P) and descent speed con-
trol (R).

Max. rated flow Max pressure A Mass
Tipo
Type l/min bar kg
US gpm psi lbs
140 315 5,80

DM 100 36.8 4560 G 3/4 12.70
180 315 5,80

DM 100/10 47.4 4560 G 1 12.70
Tipo DM 100 – P – R
Type
Versione con molla Versione con regolazione della velocità di discesa lenta
Version with spring Version with descent speed control
1.9
DUMPVALVES
DUMPVALVES DM 100 S

Valvole di controllo direzionale della portata a tre posizioni flangiabili al serbatoio con incorporate la valvola di ritegno e la valvo-
la limitatrice di pressione regolabile (taratura standard 200 bar). Inserite in impianti per il ribaltamento dei cassoni di veicoli indu-
striali, in posizione di riposo collegano la mandata della pompa al cilindro, azionando il comando pneumatico posto in cabina si
ottiene la discesa del cassone con due diverse velocità. Impegnando nell’apposito occhiello un cavo di fine corsa collegato
all’altra estremità con il cassone, a fine ribaltamento si ha l’azionamento del comando meccanico così da porre in collegamento
con lo scarico il condotto di adduzione dell’olio al cilindro. A richiesta possono essere fornite con molla parastrappi (P) e la pos-
sibilità di regolare la velocità di discesa lenta (R).
Three position directional control valves for flange mounting on tank with built-in check valve and relief valve having regulation
facility (standard setting 2900 psi). When installed on systems for tipping tipper bodies of industrial vehicles, in rest position they
connect the pump delivery line to the cylinder, while the pneumatic control in the cab is operated for two-speed lowering of tip-
per body. If an end stroke cable is connected between the special eye and the tipper body, at the end of the tipping phase the
mechanical control is tripped to connect the cylinder oil feed line to tank. Available on request version with buffer spring (P) and
descent speed control (R).
Foratura serbatoio.
Drilling tank.
OR 3175
R

Tipo
Type l/min bar kg
US gpm psi lbs
140 315 5,80

DM 100 S 36.8 4560 G 3/4 12.70
180 315 5,80

DM 100/10 S 47.4 4560 G 1 12.70
Tipo DM 100 S – P – R
Type
Versione con molla Versione con regolazione della velocità di discesa lenta
Version with spring Version with descent speed control
1.10
DUMPVALVES
DUMPVALVES DM 100 L

Valvole di controllo direzionale della portata a due posizioni con incorporate la valvola di ritegno e la valvola limitatrice di pres-
sione regolabile (taratura standard 200 bar). Inserite in impianti per il ribaltamento dei cassoni di veicoli industriali, in posizione
di riposo collegano la mandata della pompa al cilindro, azionando il comando pneumatico posto in cabina si ottiene la discesa
del cassone. Sfruttando la variazione di inclinazione del cilindro di sostentamento del cassone, a fine ribaltamento si ottiene
l’azionamento del comando meccanico così da porre in collegamento con lo scarico il condotto di adduzione dell’olio al cilindro.
Two position directional control valves with built-in check valve and relief valve having regulation facility (standard setting
very line to the cylinder, while the pneumatic control in the cab is operated for lowering of tipper body. Using the variation in the
angle of the body support cylinder, at the end of the tipping phase the mechanical control is tripped to connect the cylinder oil
feed line to tank.

Tipo
Type l/min bar kg
US gpm psi lbs
140 315 5,80

DM 100 L 36.8 4560 G 3/4 12.70
180 315 5,80

DM 100/10 L 47.4 4560 G 1 12.70
Applicazione tipica.
Typical application.
Tipo DM 100 L
Type
1.11
DUMPVALVES
DUMPVALVES DM 101

to di adduzione dell’olio al cilindro. Particolare importante è la possibilità di poter avviare la discesa a velocità minore anche a
comando meccanico azionato. A richiesta possono essere fornite con molla parastrappi (P).
very line to the cylinder, while the pneumatic control in the cab is operated for two-speed lowering of tipper body. If an end stro-
ke cable is connected between the special eye and the tipper body, at the end of the tipping phase the mechanical control is
tripped to connect the cylinder oil feed line to tank. An especially important feature is the facility for engaging low-speed lowering
even after activation of the mechanical control. Available on request version with buffer spring (P).

Max. rated flow Max pressure A B C Mass
Tipo
Type l/min bar kg
US gpm psi mm mm lbs
140 315 5,80

DM 101 36.8 4560 G 3/4 108,5 176 12.70
180 315 5,80

DM 101/10 47.4 4560 G 1 86 153,5 12.70
Tipo DM 101 – P
Type
Versione con molla
Version with spring
1.12
DUMPVALVES
DUMPVALVES DM 101 S

Valvole di controllo direzionale della portata a tre posizioni flangiabili al serbatoio con incorporate la valvola di ritegno e la valvo-
la limitatrice di pressione regolabile (taratura standard 200 bar). Inserite in impianti per il ribaltamento dei cassoni di veicoli indu-
striali, in posizione di riposo collegano la mandata della pompa al cilindro, azionando il comando pneumatico posto in cabina si
ottiene la discesa del cassone con due diverse velocità. Impegnando nell’apposito occhiello un cavo di fine corsa collegato
all’altra estremità con il cassone, a fine ribaltamento si ha l’azionamento del comando meccanico così da porre in collegamento
con lo scarico il condotto di adduzione dell’olio al cilindro. Particolare importante è la possibilità di poter avviare la discesa a ve-
locità minore anche a comando meccanico azionato. A richiesta possono essere fornite con molla parastrappi (P).
Three position directional control valves for flange-mounting on tank with built-in check valve and relief valve having regulation
facility (standard setting 2900 psi). When installed in systems for tipping tipper bodies of industrial vehicles, in rest position they
connect the pump delivery line to the cylinder, while the pneumatic control in the cab is operated for two-speed lowering of tip-
per body. If an end stroke cable is connected between the special eye and the tipper body, at the end of the tipping phase the
mechanical control is tripped to connect the cylinder oil feed line to tank. An especially important feature is the facility for enga-
ging low-speed lowering even after activation of the mechanical control. Available on request version with buffer spring (P)
Foratura serbatoio.
Drilling tank.
OR 3175

Max. rated flow Max pressure A B Mass
Tipo
Type l/min bar kg
US gpm psi mm lbs
140 315 5,80

DM 101 S 36.8 4560 G 3/4 176 12.70
180 315 5,80

DM 101/10 S 47.4 4560 G 1 153,5 12.70
Tipo DM 101 S – P
Type
Versione con molla
Version with spring
1.13
DUMPVALVES
DUMPVALVES DM 102

Valvole di controllo direzionale della portata a due posizioni con incorporate la valvola di ritegno e la valvola limitatrice di pres-
sione regolabile (taratura standard 200 bar). Inserite in impianti per il ribaltamento dei cassoni di veicoli industriali, in posizione
di riposo collegano la mandata della pompa al cilindro, azionando il comando pneumatico (D 12/1/G/S) posto in cabina si ottiene
la discesa a velocità modulata in funzione dell’inclinazione della leva del comando. Impegnando nell’apposito occhiello un cavo
di fine corsa collegato all’altra estremità con il cassone, a fine ribaltamento si ha l’azionamento del comando meccanico così da
porre in collegamento con lo scarico il condotto di adduzione dell’olio al cilindro.
Two position directional control valves with built-in check valve and relief valve having regulation facility (standard setting
very line to the cylinder, while the pneumatic control (D 12/1/G/S) in the cab is operated for lowering body at a speed proportio-
nal to control lever angle. If an end stroke cable is connected between the special eye and the tipper body, at the end of the tip-
ping phase the mechanical control is tripped to connect the cylinder oil feed line to tank.

Tipo
Type l/min bar kg
140 315 5,80

DM 102 36.8 4560 G 3/4 108,5 176 12.70
180 315 5,80

DM 102/10 47.4 4560 G 1 86 153,5 12.70
Tipo DM 102
Type
1.14
DUMPVALVES
DUMPVALVES DM 102 S

Valvole di controllo direzionale della portata a due posizioni flangiabili al serbatoio con incorporate la valvola di ritegno e la val-
vola limitatrice di pressione regolabile (taratura standard 200 bar). Inserite in impianti per il ribaltamento dei cassoni di veicoli in-
dustriali, in posizione di riposo collegano la mandata della pompa al cilindro, azionando il comando pneumatico (D 12/1/G/S) po-
sto in cabina si ottiene la discesa a velocità modulata in funzione dell’inclinazione della leva del comando. Impegnando
nell’apposito occhiello un cavo di fine corsa collegato all’altra estremità con il cassone, a fine ribaltamento si ha l’azionamento
del comando meccanico così da porre in collegamento con lo scarico il condotto di adduzione dell’olio al cilindro.
Two position directional control valves for flange-mounting on tank with built-in check valve and relief valve having regulation fa-
cility (standard setting 2900 psi). When installed in systems for tipping tipper bodies of industrial vehicles, in rest position they
connect the pump delivery line to the cylinder, while the pneumatic control (D 12/1/G/S) in the cab is operated for lowering body
at a speed proportional to control lever angle. If an end stroke cable is connected between the special eye and the tipper body,
at the end of the tipping phase the mechanical control is tripped to connect the cylinder oil feed line to tank.
Foratura serbatoio.
Drilling tank.
OR 3175

Max. rated flow Max pressure A B Mass
Tipo
Type l/min bar kg
US gpm psi mm lbs
140 315 5,80

DM 102 S 36.8 4560 G 3/4 176 12.70
180 315 5,80

DM 102/10 S 47.4 4560 G 1 153,5 12.70
Tipo DM 102 S
Type
1.15
DUMPVALVES
DUMPVALVES YDM-02

riposo collegano la mandata della pompa al serbatoio, azionando il comando pneumatico (D 12/2...) posto in cabina, si ottiene
la discesa a velocità modulata in funzione dell’inclinazione della leva del comando. Impegnando nell’apposito occhiello un cavo
di fine corsa collegato all’altra estremità con il cassone, a fine ribaltamento si ha l’azionamento del comando meccanico così da
porre in collegamento con lo scarico il condotto di adduzione dell’olio al cilindro.
very line to tank, while the pneumatic control (D 12/2...) in the cab is operated for lowering body at a speed proportional to con-
trol lever angle. If an end stroke cable is connected between the special eye and the tipper body, at the end of the tipping phase
the mechanical control is tripped to connect the cylinder oil feed line to tank.

Tipo
Type l/min bar kg
US gpm psi lbs
140 315 5,6

YDM-02 36.8 4560 G 3/4 12.35
180 315 5,6

YDM-02/10 47.4 4560 G 1 12.35
Tipo YDM-02
Type
1.16
DUMPVALVES
DUMPVALVES YDM-02 S

Valvole di controllo direzionale della portata a tre posizioni flangiabili al serdatoio con incorporate valvola di ritegno e valvola li-
mitatrice di pressione regolabile (taratura standard 200 bar). Inserite in impianti per il ribaltamento dei cassoni di veicoli indu-
striali, in posizione di riposo collegano la mandata della pompa al serbatoio, azionando il comando pneumatico (D 12/2...) posto
in cabina si ottiene la discesa a velocità modulata in funzione dell’inclinazione della leva del comando. Impegnando
nell’apposito occhiello un cavo di fine corsa collegato all’altra estremità con il cassone, a fine ribaltamento si ha l’azionamento
del comando meccanico così da porre in collegamento con lo scarico il condotto di adduzione dell’olio al cilindro.
Three position directional control valves for flange-mounting on tank with built-in check valve and relief valve having regulation
facility (standard setting 2900 psi). When installed on systems for tipping tipper bodies of industrial vehicles, in rest position they
connect the pump delivery line to tank, while the pneumatic control (D 12/2...) in the cab is operated for lowering body at a spe-
ed proportional to control lever angle. If an end stroke cable is connected between the special eye and the tipper body, at the
end of the tipping phase the mechanical control is tripped to connect the cylinder oil feed line to tank.
Foratura serbatoio.
Drilling tank.
OR 3175

Tipo
Type l/min bar kg
US gpm psi lbs
140 315 5,80

YDM-02 S 36.8 4560 G 3/4 12.70
180 315 5,80

YDM-02 S/10 47.4 4560 G 1 12.70
Tipo YDM-02 S
Type
1.17
DUMPVALVES
DUMPVALVES DM 200

to di adduzione dell’olio al cilindro. A richiesta possono essere fornite con la possibilità di regolare la velocità di discesa lenta
(R).
Three position directional control valves with built-in check valve and relief valve (standard setting 2610 psi). When installed on
systems for tipping tipper bodies of industrial vehicles, in rest position they connect the pump delivery line to the cylinder, while
the pneumatic control in the cab is operated for two speeds lowering of tipper body. If an end stroke cable is connected between
the special eye and the tipper body, at the end of the tipping phase the mechanical control is tripped to connect the cylinder oil
feed line to tank. Available on request version with descent speed control (R).

Tipo
Type l/min bar kg
US gpm psi lbs
250 250 10,5

DM 200 66 3625 G 11/4 23
300 250 10,5

DM 200/112 79.23 3625 G 11/2 23
Tipo DM 200 – R
Type
Versione con regolazione della velocità di discesa lenta

Version with descent speed control
1.18
DUMPVALVES
DUMPVALVES DMR 100
DISTRIBUTORI OLEODINAMICI MOTRICE-RIMORCHIO

HYDRAULIC DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVES TIPPER-TRAILER
ne regolabile (taratura standard 200 bar). Inserite in impianti per il ribaltamento dei cassoni di veicoli industriali con motrice e ri-
morchio, in posizione di riposo collegano la mandata della pompa al cilindro della motrice, azionando il comando pneumatico
posto in cabina si ottiene la salita del cilindro del rimorchio, oppure la discesa del cassone della motrice o del rimorchio con due
diverse velocità. Impegnando nell’apposito occhiello un cavo di fine corsa collegato all’altra estremità con il cassone della motri-
ce, a fine ribaltamento si ha l’azionamento del comando meccanico così da porre in collegamento con lo scarico il condotto di
adduzione dell’olio al cilindro.
Three position directional control valves with built-in check valve and relief valve (standard setting 2900 psi). When installed on
systems for tipping tipper and trailer bodies of industrial vehicles, in the rest position they connect pump delivery line to the tip-
per cylinder, while the pneumatic control in the cab is operated for tipping tipper body, if desired, or for lowering tipper body or
trailer body at two different speeds. If an end stroke cable is connected between the special eye and the tipper body, at the end
of the tipping phase the mechanical control is tripped to connect the cylinder oil feed line to tank.

Tipo
Type l/min bar kg
US gpm psi lbs
140 280 8,5

DMR 100 36.8 4060 G 3/4 18.7
180 280 8,5

DMR 100/10 47.4 4060 G 1 18.7
Tipo DMR 100

Type
1.19
DUMPVALVES
DUMPVALVES VMR 200
DISTRIBUTORI OLEODINAMICI MOTRICE-RIMORCHIO

HYDRAULIC DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVES TIPPER-TRAILER
Valvole di controllo direzionale della portata a due posizioni da accoppiare alle valvole DM 200. Inserite in impianti per il ribalta-
mento dei cassoni di veicoli industriali di grossa portata con motrice e rimorchio, in posizione di riposo collegano la mandata del-
la pompa al cilindro della motrice, azionando il comando pneumatico posto in cabina si ottiene la salita del cilindro del rimorchio
oppure, la discesa del cassone della motrice o del rimorchio con due diverse velocità. Impegnando nell’apposito occhiello un
cavo di fine corsa collegato all’altra estremità con il cassone della motrice, a fine ribaltamento si ha l’azionamento del comando
forniti con la possibilità di regolare la velocità di discesa lenta (R).
Two position directional control valves for use with DM 200 valves. When installed on systems for tipping tipper and a trailer bo-
dies of heavy load capacity industrial vehicles, in rest position they connect pump delivery line to the tipper cylinder, while the
pneumatic control in the cab is operated for tipping tipper body, if desired, or for lowering tipper body or trailer body at two diffe-
rent speeds. If an end stroke cable is connected between the special eye and the tipper body, at the end of the tipping phase
the mechanical control is tripped to connect the cylinder oil feed line to tank. Available version with descent speed control (R).
DM 200
Ch.D
Ch.E
DM 200

Max. rated flow Max pressure A D E Mass
Tipo
Type l/min bar kg
US gpm psi lbs
250 250 7,5

VMR 200 66 3625 G 11/4 65 50 16.5
300 250 7,5

VMR 200/112 79.23 3625 G 11/2 70 55 16.5
Tipo VMR 200

Type
1.20
DUMPVALVES
DUMPVALVES DFC 40
DISTRIBUTORI OLEODINAMICI FINE CORSA

END-STROKE HYDRAULIC DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVES
Valvole di controllo direzionale della portata a due posizioni. Inserite in impianti per il ribaltamento dei cassoni allestiti su rimor-
chi di veicoli industriali, in posizione di riposo collegano la mandata della pompa al cilindro. Impegnando nell’apposito occhiello
un cavo collegato all’altra estremità con il cassone del rimorchio, a fine ribaltamento si ha l’azionamento del comando meccani-
co (fine corsa) così da chiudere il passaggio e fare intervenire la valvola limitatrice di pressione incorporata nella valvola di con-
trollo principale montata sulla motrice.
Two position directional control valves. When installed on systems for tipping trailer bodies of industrial vehicle, in rest position
they connect pump delivery line to the trailer cylinder. A control cable is attached to the special eye at the end of the spool with
the other end attached to the trailer body so that when the body is fully tipped (travel limit), the control cable causes the valve to
shut off the oil supply to the cylinder, and simultaneously consents cut-in of the relief valve built-in to the main control valve fitted
on the tipper.

Tipo
Type l/min bar kg
US gpm psi lbs
50 315 1,5
DFC 40 13.2 4560 G 3/8 3.3
50 315 1,5
DFC 40/12 13.2 4560 G 1/2 3.3
Tipo DFC 40
Type
1.21
DUMPVALVES
DUMPVALVES DFC 100

Valvole di controllo direzionale della portata a due posizioni e due o tre vie. Inserite in impianti per il ribaltamento dei cassoni al-
lestiti su rimorchi di veicoli industriali, in posizione di riposo collegano la mandata della pompa al cilindro. Impegnando
nell’apposito occhiello un cavo collegato all’altra estremità con il cassone del rimorchio, a fine ribaltamento si ha l’azionamento
del comando meccanico (fine corsa) così da chiudere il passaggio e fare intervenire la valvola limitatrice di pressione incorpora-
ta nella valvola di controllo principale montata sulla motrice. La versione a tre vie a fine ribaltamento collega il cilindro con lo
scarico.
Two position two or three-way directional control valves. When installed on systems for tipping trailer bodies of industrial vehicle,
in rest position they connect pump delivery line to the trailer cylinder. A control cable is attached to the special eye at the end of
the spool with the other end attached to the trailer body so that when the body is fully tipped (travel limit), the control cable cau-
ses the valve to shut off the oil supply to the cylinder, and simultaneously consents cut-in of the relief valve built-in to the main
control valve fitted on the tipper. In the three-way version of this valve the cylinder is connected to tank when the trailer body is
fully raised.
DFC 100 DFC 100-3

Tipo
Type l/min bar kg
140 315 3
DFC 100 36.8 4560 G 3/4 74 140 6.6
180 315 3
DFC 100/10 47.4 4560 G 1 83 150 6.6
Tipo DFC 100 – 3

Type
3 = 3 vie, 2 posizioni
3 = 3 way, 2 position
1.22
DUMPVALVES
DUMPVALVES DFC 200

Valvole di controllo direzionale della portata a due posizioni e due o tre vie. Inserite in impianti per il ribaltamento dei cassoni al-
lestiti su rimorchi di veicoli industriali, in posizione di riposo collegano la mandata della pompa al cilindro. Impegnando
nell’apposito occhiello un cavo collegato all’altra estremità con il cassone del rimorchio, a fine ribaltamento si ha l’azionamento
del comando meccanico (fine corsa) così da chiudere il passaggio e fare intervenire la valvola limitatrice di pressione incorpora-
ta nella valvola di controllo principale montata sulla motrice. La versione a tre vie a fine ribaltamento collega il cilindro con lo
scarico.
Two position two or three-way directional control valves. When installed on systems for tipping trailer bodies of industrial vehicle,
in rest position they connect pump delivery line to the trailer cylinder. A control cable is attached to the special eye at the end of
the spool with the other end attached to the trailer body so that when the body is fully tipped (travel limit), the control cable cau-
ses the valve to shut off the oil supply to the cylinder, and simultaneously consents cut-in of the relief valve built-in to the main
control valve fitted on the tipper. In the three-way version of this valve the cylinder is connected to tank when the trailer body is
fully raised.
DFC 200 DFC 200-3

Tipo
Type l/min bar kg
US gpm psi lbs
250 280 7,5

DFC 200 66 4060 G 11/4 16.5
300 280 7,5

DFC 200/112 79.23 4060 G 11/2 16.5
Tipo DFC 200 – 3

Type
3 = 3 vie, 2 posizioni
3 = 3 way, 2 position
1.23
DUMPVALVES
D 13/1...
DISTRIBUTORI PNEUMATICI
PNEUMATIC DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVES
Valvole di controllo direzionale pneumatiche a tre vie e due posizioni.

A richiesta possono essere fornite complete di lampada spia e idrostop (24V).
Pressione aria max. 12 bar
Temperatura d’impiego -30÷ +80 °C
Three-way two position pneumatic directional control valves.

Available complete unit spy hole-pressure switch on request (24V).
Maximum air pressure 174 psi
Service temperature range -30÷+80 °C
Con spia e idrostop. Senza spia e idrostop.

A With spy-hole and pressure switch. Without spy-hole and pressure switch.
M 12x1,25 06917910 06917900

Gj 1/8 06917915 06917905
1.24
DUMPVALVES
D 13/2...
Valvole di controllo direzionale pneumatiche a tre vie e due posizioni di composte di due elementi in parallelo..
A richiesta possono essere fornite complete di lampada spia e idrostop (24V).
Temperatura d’impiego -30÷ +80 °C
Three-way two position pneumatic directional control valves comprising two elements in parallel.
Available complete unit spy hole-pressure switch on request (24V).
Maximum air pressure 174 psi
Service temperature range -30÷+80 °C

M 12x1,25 06917930 06917920

Gj 1/8 06917935 06917925
1.25
DUMPVALVES
D 13/3...
Valvole di controllo direzionale pneumatiche a tre vie e due posizioni composte di tre elementi in parallelo. A richiesta possono
essere fornite complete di lampada spia e idrostop (24V).
Temperatura d’impiego -30÷ +80 °C.
Three-way two position pneumatic directional control valves comprising three elements in parallel. Available complete unit spy
hole-pressure switch on request (24V).
Maximum air pressure 174 psi.
Service temperature range -30÷+80 °C.

M 12x1,25 06917950 06917940

Gj 1/8 06917955 06917945
1.26
DUMPVALVES
D 12/1/G/S
Valvole di controllo direzionale pneumatiche a tre vie complete di lampada spia e idrostop (24V). Applicate ai nostri distributori
oleodinamici consentono la salita, il disinserimento della presa e la modulazione della discesa del cassone su veicoli industriali.
Pressione max. 12 bar
Temperatura d’impiego -30÷+80 °C
Three-way complete unit spy hole-pressure switch (24V) pneumatic directional control valves. When installed with our hydraulic
control valves these control tipping, PTO disengagement and modulated lowering of industrial vehicle bodies.
Max. pressure 174 psi
Operating temperature -30÷+80 °C
1) Posizione di innesto presa di forza - salita del ribaltabile.

2) Posiz. di riposo disinserimento presa automatico.
3) Modulazione della velocità di discesa da pos. 2 a 3.
1) PTO engagement - body tipping position

2) Rest position, PTO automatically disengaged
3) Modulated lowering from position 2 to position 3.
Codice d’ordine.
06917600
Ordering code.
1.27
DUMPVALVES
D 12/2...
Valvole di controllo direzionale pneumatiche a cinque vie complete di lampada spia e idrostop (24V). Applicate ai nostri di-
stributori oleodinamici consentono l’innesto della presa, la salita e la modulazione della discesa del cassone con disinseri-
mento automatico della presa (solo nella versione 06917680) su veicoli industriali.
Temperatura d’impiego -30÷ +80°C
Five-way complete unit spy hole-pressure switch (24V) pneumatic directional control valves. When installed with our hydrau-
lic control valves these control PTO engagement, tipping and modulated lowering of industrial vehicle bodies and automatic
PTO disengagement only on (06917680) version.
Max. air pressure 174 psi
Operating temperature -30÷+80 °C
1
2
3
A)Innesto presa di forza.
B) Presa di forza disinnestata.
1) Salita del ribaltabile.
2) Posizione di riposo.
3)Modulazionedelladiscesadapos.2a3edisinserimentoautomaticopresadiforzasolonellaversione(06917680)
A) PTO engaged.
B) PTO disengaged.
1) Body tipping.
2) Stop position.
3) Modulated lowering from position 2 to position 3 and automatic disengagement of PTO only on (06917680) version.
Versione con disinserimento automatico della presa di forza. Versione normale.

Version with automatic PTO disengagement . Normal version
06917680 06917670
1.28
DUMPVALVES
RACCORDI - TUBO
FITTINGS - TUBE
RACCORDI RAPIDI AUTOMATICI

AUTOMATIC QUICK FITTINGS
Codice B Codice B
A A
Code [mm] Code [mm]
RDA 125 M 12X1,25 6 RAA 125 M 12X1,25 6
RDA 18 G J1/8 6
RACCORDI RAPIDI
QUICK FITTINGS
Codice B Codice B
A A
Code [mm] Code [mm]
RDN 125 M 12X1,25 6 RAN 125 M 12X1,25 6
Codice B Codice B Codice B

Code [mm] Code [mm] Code [mm]
RAN 26 6 RAN 36 6 RAN 46 6
TUBO IN NYLON
NYLON TUBE
A B TN W / 6x4
[mm] [mm]
4 6 Colore: W=bianco R=rosso
B=nero G verde
Colour: W=white R= red
B=black G=green
1.29
DUMPVALVES
V4
VALVOLE DI RITEGNO PNEUMATICHE
PNEUMATIC VALVES
Valvola di ritegno pneumatica.

Taratura standard 4,2 bar.
Inserita nel circuito dell’impianto frenante di veicoli industriali, consente di alimentare un utilizzo solo se la pressione
all’ingresso della valvola è superiore alla taratura della stessa.
Pneumatic check valve.

Standard setting 60 psi..
In the brake circuit of an industrial vehicles it allows to feed an actuator only when the inlet pressure is higher than pressure
of the setting valve.
Codice d’ordine.
06907200
Ordering code.
1.30
EP 02 T E
Hydraulic hand pumps
DISPLACEMENTS
From 12 cm3/cycle
To 45 cm3/cycle
MAX PRESSURE
315 bar
l New interchangeable modular design for maximum flexibility
l Same pumping group with or without reservoir
l Suitable for auxiliary or emergency applications
UpEasy
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
General description
"UpEasy" is a series of double acting hand pumps providing flow in both directions of lever movement.
Modular design
One of the primary characteristics of the new series of "UpEasy" pumps is the modular design.
The modular design of the pumping groups, reservoirs and accessories allow the flexibility to
configure the hand pump assembly required for the application.
All pumping groups shown in the following pages can be mounted on a common support or on the re-
servoirs.
The pumping groups are furnished with the screws and a gasket for sealing to the support or the reser-
voir.
1) Assembly of the pumping group on the support:

place the "O-Ring" supplied with the support on the pumping group
2) Assembly of the pumping group on the reservoir:
insert the suction kit on the pumping group
Section A on page 4 addresses points 1 and 2.
To limit the inventory levels all the hand pumps configurations can be made by matching the follo-
wing kits:
– pumping groups
– suction kit
– reservoirs
– reservoirs capacity kit (cover, gasket and screws)
Section B on page 5 addresses this flexibility
D032-002 002 1
UpEasy
TECHNICAL DATA
Pumping group type EP 12 EP 25 EP 45

3
Displacement [cm /cycle ] 12 25 45
Max. pressure [bar] 315 250 220
Operating temperature [°C] -15 ÷ +80

Mi ne ral oil ba sed hydra u lic flu ids to
DIN 51524.
Fluid
For ot her flu ids ple a se con sult our
sa les de par tment.
Fluid viscosity range at 50 °C [mm 2 /s] [cSt] 12 ÷ 46
FORCE - PRESSURE CHART
80
(176.4) EP 45
60
(132.3)
EP 25
40 EP 12
(88.2)
20
(44.1)
0
0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300 330 [bar]
(430) (870) (1300) (1740) (2175) (2610) (3045) (3500) (3900) (4350) (4800) P
[(psi )]
F Force at the end of the standard lever [daN]
P Pressure [bar]
2 002 D032-002
UpEasy
PUMP AND RESERVOIR SELECTION
PUMP SELECTION
To select the right displacement of the pumping group it is necessary to know :
Piston stroke C [cm]

Piston diameter D [cm]
Piston rod diameter d [cm]
Max. outlet pressure P [bar]
Choose :
Pump displacement Q [cm3 /cycle]
Using the formulas listed below you can calculate the number of cycles “n” needed for the piston stroke “C”.
A(1) A(2) pD 2
A = [cm ] 2
(1) 4
2 2
pD pd
A = - [cm ] 2
(2) 4 4
A C
(...)
n=
Q
From the force-pressure chart in page 2 is possible to see the force needed at the end of the lever.
RESERVOIR CHOICE
We recommend the reservoir capacity be 30% greater than the volume of oil needed.
D032-002 002 3
UpEasy
MODULAR DESIGN A
Support for hand pumps without reservoirs
T0A
Complete reservoirs
T1A 1 Liter
Lever
T2P 2 Liters
T3P 2+1=3 Liters
Pumping group
T5P 2+3=5 Liters
T7P 2+5=7 Liters
T10A 2+8=10 Liters
4 002 D032-002
UpEasy
MODULAR DESIGN B
Support for hand pumps without reservoirs
T0A
Lever Reservoirs parts
T1A 1 Liter
C2P 2 Liters
Pumping group
C3P 3 Liters
SB
Base reservoir 5 Liters
C5P
C7P 7 Liters
C10A 10 Liters
D032-002 002 5
UpEasy
MOUNTING POSITION OF PUMPS WITH RESERVOIRS
Horizontal and/or vertical mounting

Suction kit
Hand pump with standard configuration is set with the inlet kit
mounted as shown in positions 1 and 2. Such configuration is
horizontal or vertical mounting.
Suction kit
Breather
Top mounting.
For this mounting the suction kit has to be turned 180° and the
filling plug position has to be switched with the breather.
For the reservoirs 0.26 US gal capacity order T1A-S type.
Suction kit
Security lock
For safety reasons, you may lock the handle in place with a
padlock to disable the pump
Security lock
6 002 D032-002
UpEasy
EP.. S - EP.. S V1 PUMPING GROUP WITH BUILT-IN SHUT-OFF VALVE
Requires the lever code 06004390
Displacement Max. pressure A B C We ight

How to order 3 mm mm mm
[cm /cycle ] [bar] kg
(in) (in) (in)
110 219 35
EP 12 S 12 315
(4.331) (8.622) (1.378)
3,40
110 229 35
EP 25 S 25 250
(4.331) (9.016) (1.378)
3,40
114 237 42
EP 45 S 45 220 3,70
(4.488) (9.331) (1.654)
Pumping group with relief valve built-in - V1 standard setting 140 [bar]
How to or der
EP 12 S V1
EP 25 S V1
EP 45 S V1
V1 0-140 [bar]
Re lief valve set ting
V2 70-315 [bar]
V3(...) On re quest re lief valve set ting V3 (... [bar]) max. 315 [bar]
D032-002 002 7
UpEasy
EP.. D - EP.. D V1 PUMPING GROUP WITH BUILT-IN 4 WAY CONTROL VALVE
Di spla ce ment Max. pressu re A B C We ight

How to or der 3 mm mm mm
[cm /cycle ] [bar] [kg]
(in) (in) (in)
110 219 35
EP 12 D 12 315 3,50
(4.331) (8.622) (1.378)
110 229 35
EP 25 D 25 250
(4.331) (9.016) (1.378)
3,50
114 237 42
EP 45 D 45 220
(4.488) (9.331) (1.654)
3,80
How to or der
EP 12 D V1
EP 25 D V1
EP 45 D V1
V1 0-140 [bar]
V2 70-315 [bar]
8 002 D032-002
UpEasy
EP.. W PUMPING GROUP WITHOUT SHUT-OFF VALVE
Di spla ce ment Max. pres su re A B C We ight

How to or der 3 mm mm mm
[cm /cycle ] [bar] [kg]
(in) (in) (in)
110 219 35
EP 12 W 12 315
(4.331) (8.622) (1.378)
3,20
110 229 35
EP 25 W 25 250 3,20
(4.331) (9.016) (1.378)
114 237 42
EP 45 W 45 220 3,50
(4.488) (9.331) (1.654)
D032-002 002 9
UpEasy
HAND PUMP WITHOUT RESERVOIR WITH

EP.. S/T0A - EP.. S V1/T0A BUILT-IN SHUT-OFF VALVE
Di spla ce ment Max. pres su re A We ight

How to or der 3 mm
[cm /cycle] [bar] [kg]
(in)
375
EP 12 S/T0A 12 315 4,70
(14.764)
385
EP 25 S/T0A 25 250 4,70
(15.157)
393
EP 45 S/T0A 45 220 5,00
(15.472)
How to or der
EP 12 S V1/T0A
EP 25 S V1/T0A
EP 45 S V1/T0A
V1 0-140 [bar]
V2 70-315 [bar]
10 002 D032-002
UpEasy
HAND PUMP WITHOUT RESERVOIR WITH BUILT-IN

EP.. D/T0A - EP.. D V1/T0A 4 WAY CONTROL VALVE
Available version L ( É plugged )

How to or der 3 mm
(in)
375
EP 12 D/T0A 12 315 4,80
(14.764)
385
EP 25 D/T0A 25 250 4,80
(15.157)
393
EP 45 D/T0A 45 220
(15.472)
5,10
How to or der
EP 12 D V1/T0A
EP 25 D V1/T0A
EP 45 D V1/T0A
V1 0-140 [bar]
V2 70-315 [bar]
D032-002 002 11
UpEasy
HAND PUMP WITH RESERVOIR 1 LITER CAPACITY

EP.. S/T1A - EP.. S V1/T1A WITH BUILT-IN SHUT-OFF VALVE

How to or der 3 mm
(in)
364
EP 12 S/T1A 12 315 5,00
(14.331)
374
EP 25 S/T1A 25 250 5,00
(14.724)
382
EP 45 S/T1A 45 220 5,30
(15.039)
Hand pump with relief valve built-in - V1 standard setting 140 [bar]
How to or der
EP 12 S V1/T1A
EP 25 S V1/T1A
EP 45 S V1/T1A
V1 0-140 [bar]
V2 70-315 [bar]
12 002 D032-002
UpEasy
HAND PUMP WITH RESERVOIR 1 LITER CAPACITY

EP.. D/T1A - EP.. D V1/T1A WITH BUILT-IN 4 WAY CONTROL VALVE

How to or der 3 mm
(in)
364
EP 12 D/T1A 12 315 5,10
(14.331)
374
EP 25 D/T1A 25 250 5,10
(14.724)
382
EP 45 D/T1A 45 220 5,40
(15.039)
How to or der
EP 12 D V1/T1A
EP 25 D V1/T1A
EP 45 D V1/T1A
V1 0-140 [bar]
V2 70-315 [bar]
D032-002 002 13
UpEasy
HAND PUMP WITH RESERVOIR 2 LITERS CAPACITY

EP.. S/T2P - EP.. S V1/T2P WITH BUILT-IN SHUT-OFF VALVE

How to or der 3 mm
(in)
374,7
EP 12 S/T2P 12 315 5,90
(14.752)
384,7
EP 25 S/T2P 25 250 5,90
(15.146)
392,7
EP 45 S/T2P 45 220 6,20
(15.461)
How to or der
EP 12 S V1/T2P
EP 25 S V1/T2P
EP 45 S V1/T2P
V1 0-140 [bar]
V2 70-315 [bar]
V3(...) On re quest relief valve set ting V3 (... [bar]) max. 315 [bar]
14 002 D032-002
UpEasy
HAND PUMP WITH RESERVOIR 2 LITERS CAPACITY

EP.. D/T2P - EP.. D V1/T2P WITH BUILT-IN 4 WAY CONTROL VALVE

How to or der 3 mm
(in)
374,7
EP 12 D/T2P 12 315 6,00
(14.752)
384,7
EP 25 D/T2P 25 250 6,00
(15.146)
392,7
EP 45 D/T2P 45 220 6,30
(15.461)
How to or der
EP 12 D V1/T2P
EP 25 D V1/T2P
EP 45 D V1/T2P
V1 0-140 [bar]
V2 70-315 [bar]
D032-002 002 15
UpEasy
HAND PUMP WITH RESERVOIR 3-5-7-10 LITERS

EP.. S/T..P - EP.. S V1/T..P CAPACITY WITH BUILT-IN SHUT-OFF VALVE
Di spla ce ment Max. pressu re A We ight

How to order mm [kg]
[cm 3 /cycle] [bar]
(in) T3P T5P T7P T10A
350
EP 12.. 12 315 6,00 6,20 6,50 9,60
(13.780)
360
EP 25.. 25 250 6,00 6,20 6,50 9,60
(14.173)
368
EP 45.. 45 220 6,30 6,50 6,80 9,90
(14.488)
Hand pump with reservoir

Reservoir capacity 0.79 [US gal] - (3 l) 1.32 [US gal] - (5 l) 1.85 [US gal] - 7 (l) 2.64 [US gal] - (10 l)
B [mm] 70 174 290 275

(in) (2.756) (6.850) (11.417) (10.827)
C [mm] 72,25 72,25 72,25 112
(in) (2.844) (2.844) (2.844) (4.409)
D [mm] 144,5 144,5 144,5 208
(in) (5.689) (5.689) (5.689) (8.189)
EP 12 S/... T3P T5P T7P T10A
EP 25 S/... T3P T5P T7P T10A
EP 45 S/... T3P T5P T7P T10A
Hand pump with relief valve and reservoir
EP 12 S V1/... T3P T5P T7P T10A

EP 25 S V1/... T3P T5P T7P T10A
EP 45 S V1/... T3P T5P T7P T10P
16 002 D032-002
UpEasy
HAND PUMP WITH RESERVOIR 3-5-7-10 LITERS

EP.. D/T..P - EP.. D V1/T..P CAPACITY WITH BUILT-IN 4 WAY CONTROL VALVE

How to or der mm [kg]
[cm 3 /ciycle] [bar]
(in) T3P T5P T7P T10A
350
EP 12.. 12 315 6,10 6,30 6,60 9,70
(13.780)
360
EP 25.. 25 250 6,10 6,30 6,60 9,70
(14.173)
368
EP 45.. 45 220 6,40 6,60 6,90 10,00
(14.488)
Hand pump with reservoir

Reservoir capacity 0.79 [ US gal] - (3 l) 1.32 [US gal] - (5 l) 1.85 [ US gal] - (7 l) 2.64 [US gal] - (10 l)
B [mm] 70 174 290 275

(in) (2.756) (6.850) (11.417) (10.827)
C [mm] 72,25 72,25 72,25 112
(in) (2.844) (2.844) (2.844) (4.409)
D [mm] 144,5 144,5 144,5 208
(in) (5.689) (5.689) (5.689) (8.189)
EP 12 D/... T3P T5P T7P T10A
EP 25 D/... T3P T5P T7P T10A
EP 45 D/... T3P T5P T7P T10A
Hand pump with relief valve and reservoir
EP 12 D V1/... T3P T5P T7P T10A

EP 25 D V1/... T3P T5P T7P T10A
EP 45 D V1/... T3P T5P T7P T10P
D032-002 002 17
UpEasy
SUPPORT FOR HAND PUMPS WITHOUT RESERVOIR
OR - 2106
Assemble the OR - 2106

to the pumping group end.
PUMPING GROUP ENd
OR - 2106
We ight
How to or der (*) Ma te ria l
[kg]
T0A Alu minum 1,30
(*) The ordering code includes the O-Ring seal.
18 002 D032-002
UpEasy
RESERVOIRS 1 - 2 - 3 - 5 -7 LITERS CAPACITY
We ight Re ser vo ir ca pa city A We ight

Material How to
[kg] or der (*) mm
[l] [kg]
(in)
Alu minum 1,60
24,7
T2P 2
(0.972)
2,50
70
Re ser vo ir ca pa city T3P 3
(2.756)
2,60
How to or der (*) 174
[l] T5P 5 2,80
(6.850)
T1A 1 290
T7P 7
(11.417)
3,10
(*) The ordering code includes the suction kit.
(*) For top mounting order reservoir code T1A-S.
(*) The base reservoir “SB” is aluminum,
the cover is available in plastic or aluminum,
to order the end cover in aluminum replace the letter P
with A (ex. T2A)
D032-002 002 19
UpEasy
RESERVOIR 10 LITERS CAPACITY
Re ser vo ir ca pa city We ight

How to or der (*) Material
[l] [kg]
T10A Alu minum 10 6,20
20 002 D032-002
UpEasy
KIT AND ACCESSORIES
Suction kit.
A B
Re ser vo ir type How to or der kit (*) mm mm
(in) (in)
T1A 41
KT 02 (1.614)
T2P
91
T3P KT 03 (3.583)
194
T5P KT 05 (7.638)
T7P KT 07 311
T10P (12.244)
KT 10
(*) The kit is complete with strainer
Mounting flange for attaching the pumping group to a customer reservoir
How to or der
06004395
Lever
How to order (*)

06004390
(*) Different length lever are available on request.
D032-002 002 21
UpEasy
KIT AND ACCESSORIES
Base reservoir
How to order Material

SB Alu minum
Cover kit for reservoir (cover, gasket, screws and suction kit)
How to or der kit

Re ser vo ir capa city
Co ver mate rial
[l]
Plastic Alu minum
2 C2P C2A
3 C3P C3A
5 C5P C5A
7 C7P C7A
10 ----- C10A
22 002 D032-002

Cassapa

Transféré par

Informations du document

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Cassapa

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

PL10 01 R A

Max. intermittent 4060 psi (280 bar)

SAE "A-A" STRAIGHT 30 SAE STRAIGHT 36

SAE "A-A" SPLINE 02 STRAIGHT 29

MOUNTING FLANGE OPTIONS

SAE "A-A" 2 BOLT S0 SAE "A-A" 2-4 BOLT R9

SAE 2 BOLT W9 SAE 2-4 BOLT R8

MOUNTING FLANGE OPTIONS

EUROPEAN RECTANGULAR E1 EUROPEAN RECTANGULAR E7

EUROPEAN RECTANGULAR E8 THROUGH 2 BOLTS (32 mm pilot) B1

SAE STRAIGHT THREAD PORTS O-RING BOSS

(1.024) (0.020) (0.591)

BSPP STRAIGHT THREAD PORTS

GERMAN 4 BOLT FLANGE

(•): Drain ports options.

SIDE PORTS PUMPS AND MOTORS DIMENSIONS

Unidirectional and bidirectional rotation with internal drain

Drain port position

Pump Motor A (*) B C D E F

REAR PORTS PUMPS AND MOTORS DIMENSIONS

Unidirectional and bidirectional rotation with internal drain

Bidirectional rotation with external drain

Drain port position

MAX. PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE FIXED SETTING

FIXED SETTING PRESSURE VALUE

MAX. PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE ADJUSTABLE SETTING

SETTING PRESSURE RANGE

Code bar psi

TS 75 ÷ 220 1090 ÷ 3190

Pump Motor A B C Note: For X dimension see moun-

HOW TO ORDER SINGLE PUMPS AND MOTORS

PLP 10-2 S 0 – 30 S0 – L OB/OA – N – EL – L OA –

HOW TO ORDER MULTIPLE PUMPS

PLP 10-2 – 30 S0 – L OB/OA / 10-2 – L OB/OA – S – N – EL

1 Pump size CODE Inlet/outlet ports 5

(30 mm pilot, 52x72 mm bolt pattern) E8

4 Ports position CODE

PLP10-2 – 30 S0 – L OB/OA / 10-2 – L OB/OA / 10-2 – L OB/OA – S – N – EL

Max. intermittent 4350 psi (300 bar)

SAE "A" STRAIGHT (5/8"dia) 31 STRAIGHT (3/4"dia 2" lenght) 49

SAE "A" SPLINE (9 T) 03 SAE SPLINE (11 T) 07

SAE "B" SPLINE (13 T) 04 DIN 5482 SPLINE 12

GERMAN TAPERED 1:5 54

EUROPEAN STRAIGHT 46 TANG 95

MOUNTING FLANGE OPTIONS

SAE "A" 2 BOLT S1 SAE "A" 2 BOLT S2

MOUNTING FLANGE OPTIONS

THROUGH 2 BOLT (50 mm pilot) B5 THROUGH 4 BOLT (52 mm pilot) B6

SAE STRAIGHT THREAD PORTS O-RING BOSS

(•): Drain ports options.

BSPP STRAIGHT THREAD PORTS

(•): Drain ports options.

METRIC THREAD PORTS

(•): Drain ports options.

METRIC SAE SPLIT PORTS SAE J518 C (STANDARD PRESSURE SERIES)

SAE SPLIT PORTS SAE J518 C (STANDARD PRESSURE SERIES)

EUROPEAN 4 BOLT FLANGE

GERMAN 4 BOLT FLANGE

SIDE PORTS PUMPS AND MOTORS DIMENSIONS

Unidirectional and bidirectional rotation with internal drain

Bidirectional rotation with external drain

Drain port position

REAR PORTS PUMPS AND MOTORS DIMENSIONS

Unidirectional and bidirectional rotation with internal drain